DAQ-2024-007488

DAQE-AN103370009-24

{{$d1 }}

Brenda Terry
Utah Metal Works Incorporated
PO Box 1073
Salt Lake City, UT 84110
[e-mail]

Dear Ms. Terry:

Re: Approval Order: Modification to Approval Order DAQE-AN103370008-17 to Add Scrap
Aluminum Processing Equipment
Project Number: N103370009

The attached Approval Order (AO) is issued pursuant to the Notice of Intent (NOI) received on June 2,
2022. Utah Metal Works Incorporated must comply with the requirements of this AO, all applicable state
requirements (R307), and Federal Standards.

The project engineer for this action is Mr. Tim DeJulis, who can be contacted at [phone] or
[e-mail]. Future correspondence on this AO should include the engineer's name as well as the
DAQE number shown on the upper right-hand corner of this letter. No public comments were received
on this action.

Sincerely,

{{$s }}

Bryce C. Bird
Director

BCB:TD:jg

cc: Salt Lake County Health Department

195 North 1950 West • Salt Lake City, UT
Mailing Address: P.O. Box 144820 • Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4820
Telephone [phone] • Fax [phone] • T.D.D. [phone]
www.deq.utah.gov
Printed on 100% recycled paper
State of Utah

SPENCER J. COX
Governor

DEIDRE HENDERSON
Lieutenant Governor

Department of
Environmental Quality

Kimberly D. Shelley
Executive Director

DIVISION OF AIR QUALITY
Bryce C. Bird
Director

March 27, 2024

STATE OF UTAH
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Air Quality

{{#s=Sig_es_:signer1:signature}}
{{#d1=date1_es_:signer1:date:format(date, "mmmm d, yyyy")}}
{{#d2=date1_es_:signer1:date:format(date, "mmmm d, yyyy"):align(center)}}

APPROVAL ORDER
DAQE-AN103370009-24
Modification to Approval Order DAQE-AN103370008-17
to Add Scrap Aluminum Processing Equipment

Prepared By
Mr. Tim DeJulis, Engineer
[phone]
[e-mail]

Issued to
Utah Metal Works Incorporated - Utah Metal Works

Issued On
{{$d2 }}

Issued By

{{$s }}

Bryce C. Bird
Director
Division of Air Quality

March 27, 2024
TABLE OF CONTENTS

TITLE/SIGNATURE PAGE ....................................................................................................... 1
GENERAL INFORMATION ...................................................................................................... 3
CONTACT/LOCATION INFORMATION ............................................................................... 3
SOURCE INFORMATION ........................................................................................................ 3
General Description ................................................................................................................ 3
NSR Classification .................................................................................................................. 3
Source Classification .............................................................................................................. 3
Applicable Federal Standards ................................................................................................. 4
Project Description.................................................................................................................. 4
SUMMARY OF EMISSIONS .................................................................................................... 4
SECTION I: GENERAL PROVISIONS .................................................................................... 4
SECTION II: PERMITTED EQUIPMENT .............................................................................. 5
SECTION II: SPECIAL PROVISIONS ..................................................................................... 6
PERMIT HISTORY ................................................................................................................... 11
ACRONYMS ............................................................................................................................... 12

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 3

GENERAL INFORMATION

CONTACT/LOCATION INFORMATION

Owner Name Source Name
Utah Metal Works Incorporated Utah Metal Works Incorporated - Utah Metal
Works

Mailing Address Physical Address
PO Box 1073 805 Everett Avenue
Salt Lake City, UT 84110 Salt Lake City, UT 84116

Source Contact UTM Coordinates
Name: Brenda Terry 422,896 m Easting
Phone: [phone],516,862 m Northing
Email: [e-mail] Datum NAD83
UTM Zone 12

SIC code 5093 (Scrap & Waste Materials)

SOURCE INFORMATION
General Description
Utah Metal Works Incorporated (UMW) operates a non-ferrous scrap metal recycling plant in Salt Lake
City, Salt Lake County. Common items that Utah Metal Works recycles include brass fixtures, aluminum
foil, aluminum siding, Christmas lights, screen doors, plumbing pipe, car batteries, and aluminum pots
and pans. Customers drop off the metal at the plant, or Utah Metal Works picks up materials to be
recycled. Aluminum and Copper are then chopped into smaller pieces, separated by vibrating screens,
and sent to large or small mesh air gravity separators. The plant uses three (3) baghouses at several
locations to control the particulate emissions.

NSR Classification
Minor Modification at Minor Source

Source Classification
Located in Northern Wasatch Front O3 NAA, Salt Lake City UT PM2.5 NAA, Salt Lake County SO2
NAA
Salt Lake County
Airs Source Size: SM

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 4

Applicable Federal Standards
None
Project Description
UWM has requested to modify AO DAQE-AN103370008-17, dated October 18, 2017, to add a recycler
for scrap aluminum with a metal chopper, vibrating screen, gravity separator, and baghouse to the metal
recovery operations at the plant.

SUMMARY OF EMISSIONS

The emissions listed below are an estimate of the total potential emissions from the source. Some
rounding of emissions is possible.

Criteria Pollutant Change (TPY) Total (TPY)
CO2 Equivalent 0 2118.00
Carbon Monoxide 0 11.01
Nitrogen Oxides 0 24.10
Particulate Matter - PM10 2.81 15.44
Particulate Matter - PM2.5 2.81 15.44
Sulfur Dioxide 0 2.07
Volatile Organic Compounds 0 2.58

SECTION I: GENERAL PROVISIONS

I.1 All definitions, terms, abbreviations, and references used in this AO conform to those used in
the UAC R307 and 40 CFR. Unless noted otherwise, references cited in these AO conditions
refer to those rules. [R307-101]

I.2 The limits set forth in this AO shall not be exceeded without prior approval. [R307-401]

I.3 Modifications to the equipment or processes approved by this AO that could affect the
emissions covered by this AO must be reviewed and approved. [R307-401-1]

I.4 All records referenced in this AO or in other applicable rules, which are required to be kept by
the owner/operator, shall be made available to the Director or Director's representative upon
request, and the records shall include the two-year period prior to the date of the request.
Unless otherwise specified in this AO or in other applicable state and federal rules, records
shall be kept for a minimum of two (2) years. [R307-401-8]

I.5 At all times, including periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction, owners and operators
shall, to the extent practicable, maintain and operate any equipment approved under this AO,
including associated air pollution control equipment, in a manner consistent with good air
pollution control practice for minimizing emissions. Determination of whether acceptable
operating and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information available to
the Director which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, opacity observations,
review of operating and maintenance procedures, and inspection of the source. All
maintenance performed on equipment authorized by this AO shall be recorded. [R307-401-4]

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 5

I.6 The owner/operator shall comply with UAC R307-107. General Requirements: Breakdowns.
[R307-107]

I.7 The owner/operator shall comply with UAC R307-150 Series. Emission Inventories.
[R307-150]

I.8 The owner/operator shall submit documentation of the status of construction or modification to
the Director within 18 months from the date of this AO. This AO may become invalid if
construction is not commenced within 18 months from the date of this AO or if construction is
discontinued for 18 months or more. To ensure proper credit when notifying the Director, send
the documentation to the Director, attn.: NSR Section. [R307-401-18]

SECTION II: PERMITTED EQUIPMENT

II.A THE APPROVED EQUIPMENT

II.A.1 Utah Metal Works
A scrap metal recycling plant

II.A.2 East Cyclone/Baghouse
One (1) Baghouse controlling one (1) copper separating table
Flow rate: 14,728 acfm

II.A.3 West Cyclone/Baghouse
One (1) Cyclone and Baghouse in series controlling one (1) copper separating table
Flow rate: 14,728 acfm

II.A.4 Aluminum Cyclone/Baghouse
Manufacturer: CamCorp
One (1) Cyclone controlled by a dust collector and baghouse in series
Flow rate: 25,345 acfm

II.A.5 Wire Incinerator
One (1) Incinerator
Primary Chamber Burner Capacity: 1.0 MMBtu/hr
Secondary Chamber Burner Capacity: 1.0 MMBtu/hr Control: Secondary Chamber

II.A.6 Wastewater Evaporator System
One (1) Wastewater Evaporator System
Fuel: Propane
Maximum Rated Capacity: Less than 5.0 MMBtu/hr burner
Control: Filter

II.A.7 Aluminum Wire Chopping Line
Location: East Building 2
Includes: Primary shredder, secondary shredder, magnetic separator, tertiary granulator, and
various bucket elevators

II.A.8 One (1) Vibrating Screen
Location: East Building 2
Control: Baghouse

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 6

II.A.9 Two (2) Gravity Separators
Location: East Building 2
Control: Baghouse

II.A.10 Miscellaneous Combustion Equipment
Miscellaneous off-road diesel and liquid propane-powered equipment

SECTION II: SPECIAL PROVISIONS

II.B REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS

II.B.1 Plant-Wide Requirements

II.B.1.a The owner/operator shall not allow visible emissions from the following emission points to
exceed the following values:

A. Incinerator - 5% opacity.

B. Baghouses/Dust Collector Filters - 10% opacity.

C. Fugitive dust - 20% opacity.

D. Haul road and mobile equipment operational areas - 20% opacity.

E. Wastewater evaporator system filter - 10% opacity.

F. All other points - 15% opacity.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.1.a.1 Opacity observations of emissions from stationary sources shall be conducted according to 40
CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 9. [R307-401-8]

II.B.1.a.2 Opacity observations of fugitive dust from intermittent sources shall be conducted according to
40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 9; however, the requirement for observations to be made at
15-second intervals over a six-minute period shall not apply. The number of observations and
the time period shall be determined by the length of the intermittent source. For fugitive dust
generated by mobile sources, visible emissions shall be measured at the densest point of the
plume but at a point not less than one-half vehicle length behind the vehicle and not less than
one-half the height of the vehicle. [R307-401-8]

II.B.1.b The owner/operator shall not produce more than 10,530 tons of Aluminum per rolling 12-month
period. [R307-401-8]

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 7

II.B.1.b.1 The owner/operator shall:

A. Determine production with belt scales or a scale house.

B. Record production on a daily basis.

C. Use the production data to calculate a new 12-month total by the 20th day
of each month using data from the previous 12 months.

D. Keep the production records for all periods the plant is in operation.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.1.c The owner/operator shall use only natural gas as fuel in the incinerator. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2 Baghouse Conditions
II.B.2.a The owner/operator shall use the East Baghouse, West Baghouse, and Aluminum Baghouse to
control particulate emissions from each attached feeding gravity separator/vibrating screen.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.b The owner/operator shall not operate the Aluminum baghouse for more than 3,900 hours per
rolling 12-month period. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.b.1 The owner/operator shall:

A. Determine hours of operation with a supervisor monitoring and maintaining an
operations log.

B. Record hours of operation each day.

C. Use the hours of operation to calculate a new rolling 12-month total by the 20th
day of each month using data from the previous 12 months.

D. Keep hours of operation records for all periods the plant is in operation.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.c The owner/operator shall operate the Aluminum baghouse with a flowrate from 12,221 scfm to
14,937 scfm. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.c.1 The owner/operator shall take the measurement of the flow rate, in scfm, once per operating day
through the Aluminum baghouse. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.c.2 The owner/operator shall maintain records of the flow rates through the Aluminum baghouse.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.d The owner/operator shall install a manometer or magnehelic pressure gauge to measure the static
pressure differential across each baghouse. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.d.1 The pressure gauge shall be located such that an inspector/operator can safely read the indicator
at any time. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.d.2 The pressure gauge shall measure the static pressure differential in 1-inch water column
increments or less. [R307-401-8]

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 8

II.B.2.e During operation of each baghouse, the owner/operator shall maintain the static pressure
differential across the baghouse between two (2) and seven (7) inches of water column.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.e.1 The owner/operator shall record the static pressure differential at least once per operating day
while the baghouse is operating. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.e.2 The owner/operator shall maintain the following records of the static pressure differential:

A. Unit identification;

B. Manufacturer recommended static pressure differential for the unit (if
applicable);

C. Daily static pressure differential readings;

D. Date of reading.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.f At least once every 12 months, the owner/operator shall calibrate each pressure gauge in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions or replace the pressure gauge. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.f.1 The owner/operator shall maintain records of the pressure gauge calibrations and replacements.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.g The owner/operator shall cover the receptor bin attached to the Aluminum baghouse to protect
fugitive dust being re-entrained into the atmosphere. [R307-401-8]

II.B.3 Emission Unit Specific Conditions
II.B.3.a The owner/operator shall not emit more than the following rates and concentrations from three
(3) baghouses each:

Pollutant lb/hr grains/dscf

East and West Baghouses
Filterable PM10 1.10 0.020
Filterable PM2.5 1.10 0.020

Aluminum Baghouse (new)
Filterable PM10 0.24 0.00133
Filterable PM2.5 0.12 0.00065

[R307-401-8]

II.B.3.a.1 Compliance Demonstration
To demonstrate compliance with the emission limitations above, the owner/operator shall
perform stack testing on the emissions unit according to the stack testing conditions contained in
this AO. [R307-401-8]

II.B.3.a.2 Initial Test
The owner/operator shall conduct an initial stack test on the emission unit within 180 days after
startup of the emission unit. The owner/operator shall stack test the Baghouse 3 controlling the
Aluminum wire chopping line within 180 days of the date on this AO. [R307-401-8]

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 9

II.B.3.a.3 Test Frequency
The owner/operator shall conduct a stack test on the emission unit within three (3) years after the
date of the most recent stack test of the emission unit. The Director may require the
owner/operator to perform a stack test at any time. [R307-401-8]

II.B.4 Stack Testing Requirements
II.B.4.a The owner/operator shall conduct any stack testing required by this AO according to the
following conditions. [R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.1 Notification
At least 30 days prior to conducting a stack test, the owner/operator shall submit a source test
protocol to the Director. The source test protocol shall include the items contained in
R307-165-3. If directed by the Director, the owner/operator shall attend a pretest conference.
[R307-165-3, R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.2 Testing & Test Conditions
The owner/operator shall conduct testing according to the approved source test protocol and
according to the test conditions contained in R307-165-4. [R307-165-4, R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.3 Access
The owner/operator shall provide Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)- or
Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA)-approved access to the test location.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.4 Reporting
No later than 60 days after completing a stack test, the owner/operator shall submit a written
report of the results from the stack testing to the Director. The report shall include validated
results and supporting information. [R307-165-5, R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.5 Possible Rejection of Test Results
The Director may reject stack testing results if the test did not follow the approved source test
protocol or for a reason specified in R307-165-6. [R307-165-6, R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.6 Test Methods
When performing stack testing, the owner/operator shall use the appropriate EPA-approved test
methods as acceptable to the Director. Acceptable test methods for pollutants are listed below.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.7 Standard Conditions

A. Temperature - 68 degrees Fahrenheit (293 K).

B. Pressure - 29.92 in Hg (101.3 kPa).

C. Averaging Time - As specified in the applicable test method.

[40 CFR 60 Subpart A, 40 CFR 63 Subpart A, R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.8 Filterable PM10
40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 5; 40 CFR 51, Appendix M, Method 201; Method 201A; or
other EPA-approved testing method as acceptable to the Director. If other approved testing
methods are used which cannot measure the PM10 fraction of the filterable particulate emissions,
all of the filterable particulate emissions shall be considered PM10. [R307-401-8]

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 10

II.B.4.a.9 Filterable PM2.5
40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 5; 40 CFR 51, Appendix M, Method 201A or other
EPA-approved testing method as acceptable to the Director. If other approved testing methods
are used which cannot measure the PM2.5 fraction of the filterable particulate emissions, all of the
filterable particulate emissions shall be considered PM2.5. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5 Incinerator Requirements
II.B.5.a The owner/operator shall not operate the incinerator for more than 3,000 hours per rolling
12-month period. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5.a.1 The owner/operator shall:

A. Determine hours of operation by monitoring and maintaining an operations log.

B. Record hours of operation each day.

C. Use the hours of operation to calculate a new rolling 12-month total by the 20th
day of each month using data from the previous 12 months.

D. Keep hours of operation records for all periods the plant is in operation.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.5.b The owner/operator shall not operate the primary chamber at less than 800 degrees Fahrenheit for
more than five (5) minutes in any 60-minute period. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5.c The owner/operator shall not load material into the primary chamber until the secondary chamber
has correctly preheated to a minimum temperature of 1,300 degrees Fahrenheit. The
owner/operator shall operate the secondary chamber at a temperature at or above 1,300 degrees
Fahrenheit throughout the entire incineration cycle. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5.d The owner/operator shall install thermocouples in the incinerator in both the primary and
secondary chambers. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5.d.1 The owner/operator shall install the thermocouples such that an inspector/operator can safely
read the output any time. All instruments shall be calibrated against a primary standard at least
once per rolling 12-month period. Records of the temperature of the secondary chamber shall be
kept daily and include the following information:

A. Temperature of the secondary chamber at the start of the incineration cycle.

B. Temperature of the secondary chamber halfway through the incineration cycle.

C. Temperature of the secondary chamber at the end of the incineration cycle.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.6 Wastewater Evaporator System Requirements
II.B.6.a The owner/operator shall equip the wastewater evaporator system with a filter, or equivalent, to
control particulate emissions. All air exiting the wastewater evaporator system shall pass
through this control system before being vented to the atmosphere. [R307-401-8]

II.B.6.b The owner/operator shall not operate the wastewater evaporator system for more than 3,000
hours per rolling 12-month period. [R307-401-8]

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 11

II.B.6.b.1 The owner/operator shall:

A. Determine hours of operation by monitoring and maintaining an operations log.

B. Record hours of operation each day the wastewater evaporator system is in
operation.

C. Use the hours of operation to calculate a new rolling 12-month total by the 20th
day of each month using data from the previous 12 months.

D. Keep hours of operation records for all periods the plant is in operation.

[R307-401-8]

PERMIT HISTORY

This Approval Order shall supersede (if a modification) or will be based on the following documents:

Supersedes AO DAQE-AN103370008-17 dated October 18, 2017
Is Derived From NOI dated June 2, 2022
Incorporates Additional information dated November 3, 2022
Incorporates Modeling memorandum dated June 7, 2023
Incorporates Additional information dated November 27, 2023
Incorporates DAQE-MN103370009A-23 dated November 28, 2023

DAQE-AN103370009-24
Page 12

ACRONYMS

The following lists commonly used acronyms and associated translations as they apply to this document:

40 CFR Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations
AO Approval Order
BACT Best Available Control Technology
CAA Clean Air Act
CAAA Clean Air Act Amendments
CDS Classification Data System (used by Environmental Protection Agency to classify
sources by size/type)
CEM Continuous emissions monitor
CEMS Continuous emissions monitoring system
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CMS Continuous monitoring system
CO Carbon monoxide
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
CO2e Carbon Dioxide Equivalent - Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 98,
Subpart A, Table A-1
COM Continuous opacity monitor
DAQ/UDAQ Division of Air Quality
DAQE This is a document tracking code for internal Division of Air Quality use
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FDCP Fugitive dust control plan
GHG Greenhouse Gas(es) - Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations 52.21 (b)(49)(i)
GWP Global Warming Potential - Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 86.1818-
12(a)
HAP or HAPs Hazardous air pollutant(s)
ITA Intent to Approve
LB/YR Pounds per year
MACT Maximum Achievable Control Technology
MMBTU Million British Thermal Units
NAA Nonattainment Area
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NESHAP National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
NOI Notice of Intent
NOx Oxides of nitrogen
NSPS New Source Performance Standard
NSR New Source Review
PM10 Particulate matter less than 10 microns in size
PM2.5 Particulate matter less than 2.5 microns in size
PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration
PTE Potential to Emit
R307 Rules Series 307
R307-401 Rules Series 307 - Section 401
SO2 Sulfur dioxide
Title IV Title IV of the Clean Air Act
Title V Title V of the Clean Air Act
TPY Tons per year
UAC Utah Administrative Code
VOC Volatile organic compounds

DAQE-IN103370009-24

February 15, 2024

Brenda Terry
Utah Metal Works Incorporated
PO Box 1073
Salt Lake City, UT 84110
[e-mail]

Dear Ms. Terry:

Re: Intent to Approve: Modification to Approval Order DAQE-AN103370008-17 to Add Scrap
Aluminum Processing Equipment
Project Number: N103370009

The attached document is the Intent to Approve (ITA) for the above-referenced project. The ITA is
subject to public review. Any comments received shall be considered before an Approval Order (AO) is
issued. The Division of Air Quality is authorized to charge a fee for reimbursement of the actual costs
incurred in the issuance of an AO. An invoice will follow upon issuance of the final AO.

Future correspondence on this ITA should include the engineer's name, Mr. Tim DeJulis, as well as the
DAQE number as shown on the upper right-hand corner of this letter. Mr. Tim DeJulis, can be reached at
[phone] or [e-mail], if you have any questions.

Sincerely,

{{$s }}

Alan D. Humpherys, Manager
New Source Review Section

ADH:TD:jg

cc: Salt Lake County Health Department

195 North 1950 West • Salt Lake City, UT
Mailing Address: P.O. Box 144820 • Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4820
Telephone [phone] • Fax [phone] • T.D.D. [phone]
www.deq.utah.gov
Printed on 100% recycled paper
State of Utah

SPENCER J. COX
Governor

DEIDRE HENDERSON
Lieutenant Governor

Department of
Environmental Quality

Kimberly D. Shelley
Executive Director

DIVISION OF AIR QUALITY
Bryce C. Bird
Director

STATE OF UTAH
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Air Quality

INTENT TO APPROVE
DAQE-IN103370009-24
Modification to Approval Order DAQE-AN103370008-17 to Add
Scrap Aluminum Processing Equipment

Prepared By
Mr. Tim DeJulis, Engineer
[phone]
[e-mail]

Issued to
Utah Metal Works Incorporated - Utah Metal Works

Issued On
February 15, 2024

{{$s }}

New Source Review Section Manager
Alan D. Humpherys
{{#s=Sig_es_:signer1:signature}}

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TITLE/SIGNATURE PAGE ....................................................................................................... 1
GENERAL INFORMATION ...................................................................................................... 3
CONTACT/LOCATION INFORMATION ............................................................................... 3
SOURCE INFORMATION ........................................................................................................ 3
General Description ................................................................................................................ 3
NSR Classification .................................................................................................................. 3
Source Classification .............................................................................................................. 3
Applicable Federal Standards ................................................................................................. 3
Project Description.................................................................................................................. 3
SUMMARY OF EMISSIONS .................................................................................................... 4
PUBLIC NOTICE STATEMENT............................................................................................... 4
SECTION I: GENERAL PROVISIONS .................................................................................... 4
SECTION II: PERMITTED EQUIPMENT .............................................................................. 5
SECTION II: SPECIAL PROVISIONS ..................................................................................... 6
PERMIT HISTORY ................................................................................................................... 11
ACRONYMS ............................................................................................................................... 12

DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 3

GENERAL INFORMATION

CONTACT/LOCATION INFORMATION

Owner Name Source Name
Utah Metal Works Incorporated Utah Metal Works Incorporated - Utah Metal
Works

Mailing Address Physical Address
PO Box 1073 805 Everett Avenue
Salt Lake City, UT 84110 Salt Lake City, UT 84116

Source Contact UTM Coordinates
Name: Brenda Terry 422,896 m Easting
Phone: [phone],516,862 m Northing
Email: [e-mail] Datum NAD83
UTM Zone 12

SIC code 5093 (Scrap & Waste Materials)

SOURCE INFORMATION
General Description
Utah Metal Works, Incorporated (UMW) operates a non-ferrous scrap metal recycling plant in Salt Lake
City, Salt Lake County. Common items that Utah Metal Works recycles includes brass fixtures,
aluminum foil, aluminum siding, Christmas lights, screen doors, plumbing pipe, car batteries, and
aluminum pots and pans. Customers drop off the metal at the plant or Utah Metal Works picks up
materials to be recycled. Aluminum and Copper are then chopped into smaller pieces, separated by
vibrating screens, and sent to large or small mesh air gravity separators. The plant uses three (3)
baghouses at several locations to control the particulate emissions.
NSR Classification
Minor Modification at Minor Source

Source Classification
Located in Northern Wasatch Front O3 NAA, Salt Lake City UT PM2.5 NAA, Salt Lake County SO2
NAA
Salt Lake County
Airs Source Size: SM

Applicable Federal Standards
None
Project Description
UWM has requested to modify AO DAQE-AN103370008-17, dated October 18, 2017, to add a recycler
for scrap aluminum with a metal chopper, vibrating screen, gravity separator, and baghouse to the metal
recovery operations at the plant.
DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 4

SUMMARY OF EMISSIONS

The emissions listed below are an estimate of the total potential emissions from the source. Some
rounding of emissions is possible.

Criteria Pollutant Change (TPY) Total (TPY)
CO2 Equivalent 0 2118.00
Carbon Monoxide 0 11.01
Nitrogen Oxides 0 24.10
Particulate Matter - PM10 2.81 15.44
Particulate Matter - PM2.5 2.81 15.44
Sulfur Dioxide 0 2.07
Volatile Organic Compounds 0 2.58

PUBLIC NOTICE STATEMENT

The NOI for the above-referenced project has been evaluated and has been found to be consistent with the
requirements of UAC R307. Air pollution producing sources and/or their air control facilities may not be
constructed, installed, established, or modified prior to the issuance of an AO by the Director.

A 30-day public comment period will be held in accordance with UAC R307-401-7. A notification of the
intent to approve will be published in the Salt Lake Tribune and Deseret News on February 18, 2024.
During the public comment period the proposal and the evaluation of its impact on air quality will be
available for the public to review and provide comment. If anyone so requests a public hearing within 15
days of publication, it will be held in accordance with UAC R307-401-7. The hearing will be held as
close as practicable to the location of the source. Any comments received during the public comment
period and the hearing will be evaluated. The proposed conditions of the AO may be changed as a result
of the comments received.

SECTION I: GENERAL PROVISIONS

The intent is to issue an air quality AO authorizing the project with the following recommended
conditions and that failure to comply with any of the conditions may constitute a violation of the AO.

I.1 All definitions, terms, abbreviations, and references used in this AO conform to those used in
the UAC R307 and 40 CFR. Unless noted otherwise, references cited in these AO conditions
refer to those rules. [R307-101]

I.2 The limits set forth in this AO shall not be exceeded without prior approval. [R307-401]

I.3 Modifications to the equipment or processes approved by this AO that could affect the
emissions covered by this AO must be reviewed and approved. [R307-401-1]

DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 5

I.4 All records referenced in this AO or in other applicable rules, which are required to be kept by
the owner/operator, shall be made available to the Director or Director's representative upon
request, and the records shall include the two-year period prior to the date of the request.
Unless otherwise specified in this AO or in other applicable state and federal rules, records
shall be kept for a minimum of two (2) years. [R307-401-8]

I.5 At all times, including periods of startup, shutdown, and malfunction, owners and operators
shall, to the extent practicable, maintain and operate any equipment approved under this AO,
including associated air pollution control equipment, in a manner consistent with good air
pollution control practice for minimizing emissions. Determination of whether acceptable
operating and maintenance procedures are being used will be based on information available to
the Director which may include, but is not limited to, monitoring results, opacity observations,
review of operating and maintenance procedures, and inspection of the source. All
maintenance performed on equipment authorized by this AO shall be recorded. [R307-401-4]

I.6 The owner/operator shall comply with UAC R307-107. General Requirements: Breakdowns.
[R307-107]

I.7 The owner/operator shall comply with UAC R307-150 Series. Emission Inventories.
[R307-150]

I.8 The owner/operator shall submit documentation of the status of construction or modification to
the Director within 18 months from the date of this AO. This AO may become invalid if
construction is not commenced within 18 months from the date of this AO or if construction is
discontinued for 18 months or more. To ensure proper credit when notifying the Director, send
the documentation to the Director, attn.: NSR Section. [R307-401-18]

SECTION II: PERMITTED EQUIPMENT

The intent is to issue an air quality AO authorizing the project with the following recommended
conditions and that failure to comply with any of the conditions may constitute a violation of the AO.

II.A THE APPROVED EQUIPMENT

II.A.1 Utah Metal Works
A scrap metal recycling plant

II.A.2 East Cyclone/Baghouse
One (1) Baghouse controlling one (1) copper separating table
Flow rate: 14,728 acfm

II.A.3 West Cyclone/Baghouse
One (1) Cyclone and Baghouse in series controlling one (1) copper separating table
Flow rate: 14,728 acfm

II.A.4 Aluminum Cyclone/Baghouse
Manufacturer: CamCorp
One (1) Cyclone controlled by a dust collector and baghouse in series
Flow rate: 25,345 acfm

DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 6

II.A.5 Wire Incinerator
One (1) Incinerator
Primary Chamber Burner Capacity: 1.0 MMBtu/hr
Secondary Chamber Burner Capacity: 1.0 MMBtu/hr Control: Secondary Chamber

II.A.6 Wastewater Evaporator System
One (1) Wastewater Evaporator System
Fuel: Propane
Maximum Rated Capacity: Less than 5.0 MMBtu/hr burner
Control: Filter

II.A.7 Aluminum Wire Chopping Line
Location: East Building 2
Includes: Primary shredder, secondary shredder, magnetic separator, tertiary granulator, and
various bucket elevators

II.A.8 One (1) Vibrating Screen
Location: East Building 2
Control: Baghouse

II.A.9 Two (2) Gravity Separators
Location: East Building 2
Control: Baghouse

II.A.10 Miscellaneous Combustion Equipment
Miscellaneous off-road diesel and liquid propane-powered equipment

SECTION II: SPECIAL PROVISIONS

The intent is to issue an air quality AO authorizing the project with the following recommended
conditions and that failure to comply with any of the conditions may constitute a violation of the AO.

II.B REQUIREMENTS AND LIMITATIONS

II.B.1 Plant-Wide Requirements

II.B.1.a The owner/operator shall not allow visible emissions from the following emission points to
exceed the following values:

A. Incinerator - 5% opacity

B. Baghouses/Dust Collector Filters - 10% opacity

C. Fugitive dust - 20% opacity

D. Haul road and mobile equipment operational areas - 20% opacity

E. Wastewater evaporator system filter - 10% opacity

F. All other points - 15% opacity.

[R307-401-8]

DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 7

II.B.1.a.1 Opacity observations of emissions from stationary sources shall be conducted according to 40
CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 9. [R307-401-8]

II.B.1.a.2 Opacity observations of fugitive dust from intermittent sources shall be conducted according to
40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 9; however, the requirement for observations to be made at
15-second intervals over a six-minute period shall not apply. The number of observations and
the time period shall be determined by the length of the intermittent source. For fugitive dust
generated by mobile sources, visible emissions shall be measured at the densest point of the
plume but at a point not less than one-half vehicle length behind the vehicle and not less than
one-half the height of the vehicle. [R307-401-8]

II.B.1.b The owner/operator shall not produce more than 10,530 tons of Aluminum per rolling 12-month
period. [R307-401-8]

II.B.1.b.1 The owner/operator shall:

A. Determine production with belt scales or a scale house

B. Record production on a daily basis

C. Use the production data to calculate a new 12-month total by the 20th day
of each month using data from the previous 12 months

D. Keep the production records for all periods the plant is in operation.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.1.c The owner/operator shall use only natural gas as fuel in the incinerator. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2 Baghouse Conditions
II.B.2.a The owner/operator shall use the East Baghouse, West Baghouse, and Aluminum Baghouse to
control particulate emissions from each attached feeding gravity separator/vibrating screen.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.b The owner/operator shall not operate the Aluminum baghouse for more than 3,900 hours per
rolling 12-month period. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.b.1 The owner/operator shall:

A. Determine hours of operation with a supervisor monitoring and maintaining an
operations log

B. Record hours of operation each day

C. Use the hours of operation to calculate a new rolling 12-month total by the 20th
day of each month using data from the previous 12 months

D. Keep hours of operation records for all periods the plant is in operation.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.c The owner/operator shall operate the Aluminum baghouse with a flowrate from 12,221 scfm to
14,937 scfm. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.c.1 The owner/operator shall take the measurement of the flow rate, in scfm, once per operating day
through the Aluminum baghouse. [R307-401-8]

DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 8

II.B.2.c.2 The owner/operator shall maintain records of the flow rates through the Aluminum baghouse.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.d The owner/operator shall install a manometer or magnehelic pressure gauge to measure the static
pressure differential across each baghouse. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.d.1 The pressure gauge shall be located such that an inspector/operator can safely read the indicator
at any time. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.d.2 The pressure gauge shall measure the static pressure differential in 1-inch water column
increments or less. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.e During operation of each baghouse, the owner/operator shall maintain the static pressure
differential across the baghouse between 2 and 7 inches of water column. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.e.1 The owner/operator shall record the static pressure differential at least once per operating day
while the baghouse is operating. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.e.2 The owner/operator shall maintain the following records of the static pressure differential:

A. Unit identification;

B. Manufacturer recommended static pressure differential for the unit (if
applicable);

C. Daily static pressure differential readings;

D. Date of reading.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.f At least once every 12 months, the owner/operator shall calibrate each pressure gauge in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions or replace the pressure gauge. [R307-401-8]

II.B.2.f.1 The owner/operator shall maintain records of the pressure gauge calibrations and replacements.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.2.g The owner/operator shall cover the receptor bin attached to the Aluminum baghouse to protect
fugitive dust being re-entrained into the atmosphere. [R307-401-8]

II.B.3 Emission Unit Specific Conditions
II.B.3.a The owner/operator shall not emit more than the following rates and concentrations from three
(3) baghouses each:

Pollutant lb/hr grains/dscf

East and West Baghouses
Filterable PM10 1.10 0.020
Filterable PM2.5 1.10 0.020

Aluminum Baghouse (new)
Filterable PM10 0.24 0.00133
Filterable PM2.5 0.12 0.00065

[R307-401-8]

DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 9

II.B.3.a.1 Compliance Demonstration
To demonstrate compliance with the emission limitations above, the owner/operator shall
perform stack testing on the emissions unit according to the stack testing conditions contained in
this AO. [R307-401-8]

II.B.3.a.2 Initial Test
The owner/operator shall conduct an initial stack test on the emission unit within 180 days after
startup of the emission unit. The owner/operator shall stack test the Baghouse 3 controlling the
Aluminum wire chopping line within 180 days of the date on this AO. [R307-401-8]

II.B.3.a.3 Test Frequency
The owner/operator shall conduct a stack test on the emission unit within three (3) years after the
date of the most recent stack test of the emission unit. The Director may require the
owner/operator to perform a stack test at any time. [R307-401-8]

II.B.4 Stack Testing Requirements
II.B.4.a The owner/operator shall conduct any stack testing required by this AO according to the
following conditions. [R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.1 Notification
At least 30 days prior to conducting a stack test, the owner/operator shall submit a source test
protocol to the Director. The source test protocol shall include the items contained in
R307-165-3. If directed by the Director, the owner/operator shall attend a pretest conference.
[R307-165-3, R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.2 Testing & Test Conditions
The owner/operator shall conduct testing according to the approved source test protocol and
according to the test conditions contained in R307-165-4. [R307-165-4, R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.3 Access
The owner/operator shall provide Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA)- or
Mine Safety and Health Administration (MSHA)-approved access to the test location.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.4 Reporting
No later than 60 days after completing a stack test, the owner/operator shall submit a written
report of the results from the stack testing to the Director. The report shall include validated
results and supporting information. [R307-165-5, R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.5 Possible Rejection of Test Results
The Director may reject stack testing results if the test did not follow the approved source test
protocol or for a reason specified in R307-165-6. [R307-165-6, R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.6 Test Methods
When performing stack testing, the owner/operator shall use the appropriate EPA-approved test
methods as acceptable to the Director. Acceptable test methods for pollutants are listed below.
[R307-401-8]

II.B.4.a.7 Standard Conditions

A. Temperature - 68 degrees Fahrenheit (293 K)

B. Pressure - 29.92 in Hg (101.3 kPa)

C. Averaging Time - As specified in the applicable test method.

[40 CFR 60 Subpart A, 40 CFR 63 Subpart A, R307-401-8]

DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 10

II.B.4.a.8 Filterable PM10
40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 5; 40 CFR 51, Appendix M, Method 201; Method 201A; or
other EPA-approved testing method as acceptable to the Director. If other approved testing
methods are used which cannot measure the PM10 fraction of the filterable particulate emissions,
all of the filterable particulate emissions shall be considered PM10. [R307-401-8]
II.B.4.a.9 Filterable PM2.5
40 CFR 60, Appendix A, Method 5; 40 CFR 51, Appendix M, Method 201A or other
EPA-approved testing method as acceptable to the Director. If other approved testing methods
are used which cannot measure the PM2.5 fraction of the filterable particulate emissions, all of the
filterable particulate emissions shall be considered PM2.5. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5 Incinerator Requirements
II.B.5.a The owner/operator shall not operate the incinerator for more than 3,000 hours per rolling
12-month period. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5.a.1 The owner/operator shall:

A. Determine hours of operation by monitoring and maintaining an operations log

B. Record hours of operation each day

C. Use the hours of operation to calculate a new rolling 12-month total by the 20th
day of each month using data from the previous 12 months

D. Keep hours of operation records for all periods the plant is in operation.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.5.b The owner/operator shall not operate the primary chamber at less than 800 degrees Fahrenheit for
more than five (5) minutes in any 60-minute period. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5.c The owner/operator shall not load material into the primary chamber until the secondary chamber
has correctly preheated to a minimum temperature of 1,300 degrees Fahrenheit. The
owner/operator shall operate the secondary chamber at a temperature at or above 1,300 degrees
Fahrenheit throughout the entire incineration cycle. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5.d The owner/operator shall install thermocouples in the incinerator in both the primary and
secondary chambers. [R307-401-8]

II.B.5.d.1 The owner/operator shall install the thermocouples such that an inspector/operator can safely
read the output any time. All instruments shall be calibrated against a primary standard at least
once per rolling 12-month period. Records of the temperature of the secondary chamber shall be
kept daily and include the following information:

A. Temperature of the secondary chamber at the start of the incineration cycle

B. Temperature of the secondary chamber halfway through the incineration cycle

C. Temperature of the secondary chamber at the end of the incineration cycle.

[R307-401-8]

II.B.6 Wastewater Evaporator System Requirements
II.B.6.a The owner/operator shall equip the wastewater evaporator system with a filter, or equivalent, to
control particulate emissions. All air exiting the wastewater evaporator system shall pass
through this control system before being vented to the atmosphere. [R307-401-8]

DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 11

II.B.6.b The owner/operator shall not operate the wastewater evaporator system for more than 3,000
hours per rolling 12-month period. [R307-401-8]

II.B.6.b.1 The owner/operator shall:

A. Determine hours of operation by monitoring and maintaining an operations log

B. Record hours of operation each day the wastewater evaporator system is in
operation

C. Use the hours of operation to calculate a new rolling 12-month total by the 20th
day of each month using data from the previous 12 months

D. Keep hours of operation records for all periods the plant is in operation.

[R307-401-8]

PERMIT HISTORY

This Approval Order shall supersede (if a modification) or will be based on the following documents:

Supersedes AO DAQE-AN103370008-17 dated October 18, 2017
Is Derived From NOI dated June 2, 2022
Incorporates Additional information dated November 3, 2022
Incorporates DAQE-MN103370009-23 dated June 7, 2023
Incorporates Additional information dated November 27, 2023
Incorporates DAQE-MN103370009A-23 dated December 4, 2023

DAQE-IN103370009-24
Page 12

ACRONYMS

The following lists commonly used acronyms and associated translations as they apply to this document:

40 CFR Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations
AO Approval Order
BACT Best Available Control Technology
CAA Clean Air Act
CAAA Clean Air Act Amendments
CDS Classification Data System (used by Environmental Protection Agency to classify
sources by size/type)
CEM Continuous emissions monitor
CEMS Continuous emissions monitoring system
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CMS Continuous monitoring system
CO Carbon monoxide
CO2 Carbon Dioxide
CO2e Carbon Dioxide Equivalent - Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 98,
Subpart A, Table A-1
COM Continuous opacity monitor
DAQ/UDAQ Division of Air Quality
DAQE This is a document tracking code for internal Division of Air Quality use
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
FDCP Fugitive dust control plan
GHG Greenhouse Gas(es) - Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations 52.21 (b)(49)(i)
GWP Global Warming Potential - Title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations Part 86.1818-
12(a)
HAP or HAPs Hazardous air pollutant(s)
ITA Intent to Approve
LB/YR Pounds per year
MACT Maximum Achievable Control Technology
MMBTU Million British Thermal Units
NAA Nonattainment Area
NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NESHAP National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
NOI Notice of Intent
NOx Oxides of nitrogen
NSPS New Source Performance Standard
NSR New Source Review
PM10 Particulate matter less than 10 microns in size
PM2.5 Particulate matter less than 2.5 microns in size
PSD Prevention of Significant Deterioration
PTE Potential to Emit
R307 Rules Series 307
R307-401 Rules Series 307 - Section 401
SO2 Sulfur dioxide
Title IV Title IV of the Clean Air Act
Title V Title V of the Clean Air Act
TPY Tons per year
UAC Utah Administrative Code
VOC Volatile organic compounds

THANK YOU for your business.
This is your confirmation that your order has been changed. Below are the details of your transaction. Please save this
confirmation for your records.
Job Details
Order Number:
SLT0026192
Classification:
Other Notices
Package:
Legals
Order Cost:
$134.60
Referral Code:
DAQE-NN103370009-24
Account Details
TERRI WEISS
PO BOX 144820
SALT LAKE CITY, UT 84114
801-536-4000
[e-mail]
UTAH DIVISION OF AIR QUALITY
Schedule for ad number SLT00261920
Sun Feb 18, 2024
The Salt Lake Tribune Legals
All Zones
Mon Feb 19, 2024
The Salt Lake Tribune E-Edition
All Zones

DAQE-NN103370009-24

February 15, 2024

Salt Lake Tribune and Deseret News
Legal Advertising Dept.
P.O. Box 704055
West Valley City, UT 84170
Acct #9001399880

RE: Legal Notice of Intent to Approve

This letter will confirm the authorization to publish the attached NOTICE in the Salt Lake Tribune and
Deseret News on February 18, 2024.

Please mail the invoice and affidavit of publication to the Utah State Department of Environmental
Quality, Division of Air Quality, P.O. Box 144820, Salt Lake City, Utah 84114-4820. If you have any
questions, contact Jeree Greenwood, who may be reached at [phone].

Sincerely,

{{$s }}

Jeree Greenwood
Office Technician

Enclosure

cc: Wasatch Front Regional Council
cc: Salt Lake County

195 North 1950 West • Salt Lake City, UT
Mailing Address: P.O. Box 144820 • Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4820
Telephone [phone] • Fax [phone] • T.D.D. [phone]
www.deq.utah.gov
Printed on 100% recycled paper
State of Utah

SPENCER J. COX
Governor

DEIDRE HENDERSON
Lieutenant Governor

Department of
Environmental Quality

Kimberly D. Shelley
Executive Director

DIVISION OF AIR QUALITY
Bryce C. Bird
Director

DAQE-NN103370009-24
Page 2
NOTICE

A Notice of Intent for the following project submitted in accordance with R307-401-1, Utah
Administrative Code (UAC), has been received for consideration by the Director:

Company Name: Utah Metal Works Incorporated
Location: Utah Metal Works Incorporated - Utah Metal Works – 805 Everett Ave,
Salt Lake City, UT
Project Description: Utah Metal Works has requested to modify Approval Order
DAQE-AN103370008-17, dated October 18, 2017, to add a recycler for
scrap aluminum with a metal chopper, vibrating screen, gravity separator,
and baghouse to the metal recovery operations at the plant.

The completed engineering evaluation and air quality impact analysis showed the proposed project meets
the requirements of federal air quality regulations and the State air quality rules. The Director intends to
issue an Approval Order pending a 30-day public comment period. The project proposal, estimate of the
effect on local air quality and draft Approval Order are available for public inspection and comment at the
Utah Division of Air Quality, 195 North 1950 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116. Written comments
received by the Division at this same address on or before March 19, 2024 will be considered in making
the final decision on the approval/disapproval of the proposed project. Email comments will also be
accepted at [e-mail]. If anyone so requests to the Director in writing within 15 days of
publication of this notice, a hearing will be held in accordance with
R307-401-7, UAC.

Under Section 19-1-301.5, a person who wishes to challenge a Permit Order may only raise an issue or
argument during an adjudicatory proceeding that was raised during the public comment period and was
supported with sufficient information or documentation to enable the Director to fully consider the
substance and significance of the issue.

Date of Notice: February 18, 2024

{{#s=Sig_es_:signer1:signature}}

2/13/24, 9:53 AM State of Utah Mail - UMW's Engineering Review
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-a:r3285662608558166609&simpl=msg-a:r348230820153789…1/7
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
UMW's Engineering Review
15 messages
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Thu, Jan 25, 2024 at 3:35 PM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Hi Brenda.
Here is UMW's engineering review for your inspection. Please look this over carefully and let me know what you think. If it
is satisfactory, sign the first page and return it to me by email. Otherwise we can discuss anything. Thank you!
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
RN103370009-23.v 7a.UMW.docx
149K
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Mon, Jan 29, 2024 at 4:16 PM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Hi Tim,

We have all looked over the Engineering Review and almost everything looks just fine.

We had some recommendations on wording on pages 2, 6 and 7 to clarify the process hopefully a bit more and make it
more understandable and also group items in each chopping line to each baghouse.

I have attached those pages with changes highlighted and notated were there were deletions.

Let me know if you have any questions or if you do not agree with these suggested changes.

Thanks,
Brenda

Brenda Terry
2/13/24, 9:53 AM State of Utah Mail - UMW's Engineering Review
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-a:r3285662608558166609&simpl=msg-a:r348230820153789…2/7
IT/Safety/Environmental
Utah Metal Works
801-364-5679
[e-mail]
www.umw.com

From: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Sent: Thursday, January 25, 2024 3:36 PM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Subject: UMW's Engineering Review

CAUTION: The email below is from an external source. Please exercise caution before opening attachments,
clicking links, or interacting with this message.
[Quoted text hidden]
MODIFICATIONS TO ENGINEERING REVIEW V 7A.UMW.pdf
699K
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Thu, Feb 1, 2024 at 10:23 AM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Hi Brenda.
Thank you for offering us comments on UMW's engineering review.
I want to make sure I understand what UMW is asking for. In the process description, do we have the last two sentences
included with the rest of the description? I'm asking if there needs to be a line separating these two sentences or not?
I've added the copper separator to the east and west baghouse.
I put the baghouses together in the list of equipment to make it more clear to the reader. That's why the Aluminum
baghouse is where it is.
I'm confused about my attempt to illustrate the vibration screen and the gravity separator. I found this aspect in the current
permit to be confusing, so this is my attempt to rectify it. I can add a description of the two units as a part of the copper
separating device by reference to each one, if UMW thinks it necessary. This reference would be to include II.A.8 and
II.A.9 in the copper separator units found in II.A.2 and II.A.3. It would look like this:
2/13/24, 9:53 AM State of Utah Mail - UMW's Engineering Review
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-a:r3285662608558166609&simpl=msg-a:r348230820153789…3/7
II.A.2 East Cyclone/Baghouse
One (1) Baghouse controlling one (1) copper separating table (see item II.A.8)
Flow rate: 14,728 acfm
II.A.3 West Cyclone/Baghouse
Control: Baghouse and Cyclone in series controlling one (1) copper separating table (see item
II.A.9)
Flow rate: 14,728 acfm
How did I address what was raised in UMW's comment on this? Please let me know.
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Thu, Feb 1, 2024 at 10:38 AM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
In your first question, no there does not need to be a line separating those 2 sentences from the paragraph above.

In the information about the screen and gravity separator, I think that will work okay, but would like to take a look at the
entire permit again if I could.

Thanks
[Quoted text hidden]
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Thu, Feb 1, 2024 at 12:10 PM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Here it is.
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]
2/13/24, 9:53 AM State of Utah Mail - UMW's Engineering Review
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-a:r3285662608558166609&simpl=msg-a:r348230820153789…4/7
RN103370009-23.v 8.UMW.docx
149K
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Thu, Feb 1, 2024 at 2:33 PM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Thanks! Makes sense now.

2 little things. In the Description paragraph, you put the word Metals back in the second to last sentence. This is not
accurate. We only put insulated Aluminum and Insulated Copper into the chopping lines that are controlled by the
baghouses.

The word metals makes it sound like we put anything brought into us in the chopping line. Can we change that?

Also, Item II.A.4 really is a part of Item II.A.10. The Camcorp Unit. The Camcorp Unit has a cyclone and baghouse both
inside that unit which is the tall white Tank you saw. Could those 2 items be combined?
[Quoted text hidden]
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Mon, Feb 5, 2024 at 12:39 PM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Ok, I will change the second to last sentence to say Aluminum and Copper.
I'm confused, II.A.4 is the same as II.A.10? They have different flow rates. They are described differently (one is a
baghouse, one is a dust collector). These unit descriptions are different, as far as the DAQ is concerned, but maybe there
is an answer that helps explain this. What is different or the same between these two items?
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Mon, Feb 5, 2024 at 2:43 PM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Thanks, on the first item change for us.

The way Chris explained it to me is that the Baghouse and the cyclone dust collector are both contained within the
CamCorp housing. Hope that helps.
[Quoted text hidden]
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Mon, Feb 5, 2024 at 5:32 PM
2/13/24, 9:53 AM State of Utah Mail - UMW's Engineering Review
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-a:r3285662608558166609&simpl=msg-a:r348230820153789…5/7
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
The cyclone dust collector has a flow rate, not to exceed 10,000 cfm. The baghouse has a flow rate, not to exceed 18,105
cfm. The flow rate through the cyclone should be no less than the flowrate through the baghouse, so perhaps this
explains my confusion. I will try to contact Chris tomorrow and we can get this figured out. Thank you Brenda.
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Wed, Feb 7, 2024 at 9:48 AM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Hi Brenda,
Here is the latest engineering review for your inspection. Did I get this right? Please let me know.
As a note, looking through the stack test report submitted in October 2023, there's a typo listing two baghouses, rather
than one in section 1.1. I was confused by this, but realized it was a typo. You might want to tell the stack testing firm
about this.
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]
RN103370009-23.v 9.UMW.docx
149K
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Wed, Feb 7, 2024 at 11:18 AM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
We will review this new draft and let you know by tomorrow. Thank you!

I have already sent an email regarding the correction in section 1.1 with corrected wording and copied you on this email.
[Quoted text hidden]
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Wed, Feb 7, 2024 at 12:16 PM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
2/13/24, 9:53 AM State of Utah Mail - UMW's Engineering Review
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-a:r3285662608558166609&simpl=msg-a:r348230820153789…6/7
I have the newest form for the stack test information already. Thank you for delivering this information!
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Mon, Feb 12, 2024 at 2:43 PM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Cc: Chris Lewon <[e-mail]>, Mark Lewon <[e-mail]>, Chris Thomas <[e-mail]>
Hi Tim,

The signed Review is attached. I just changed the 1 item in our description that we had discussed about changing the
word Metals to Insulated Aluminum and Insulated Copper for more clarification as to what is being sent through the
chopping line. This is on page 2.

Let me know if there are any issues with that change.
[Quoted text hidden]
SIGNED RN103370009-23.V 9.UMW (004).pdf
865K
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Mon, Feb 12, 2024 at 3:34 PM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Cc: Chris Lewon <[e-mail]>, Mark Lewon <[e-mail]>, Chris Thomas <[e-mail]>
This looks good Brenda.
We will make this into an Intent-to-Approve document and start the 30-day public comment period as soon as possible.
Thank you.
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Mon, Feb 12, 2024 at 3:47 PM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
2/13/24, 9:53 AM State of Utah Mail - UMW's Engineering Review
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-a:r3285662608558166609&simpl=msg-a:r348230820153789…7/7
Cc: Chris Lewon <[e-mail]>, Mark Lewon <[e-mail]>, Chris Thomas <[e-mail]>
Great! Thank you!
[Quoted text hidden]

DAQE-MN103370009A-23

M E M O R A N D U M

TO: Tim DeJulis, NSR Engineer

FROM: Jason Krebs, Air Quality Modeler

DATE: November 28, 2023

SUBJECT: Modeling Analysis Review for the Notice of Intent for Utah Metal Works
Incorporated – Salt Lake City Recycling Plant, Salt Lake County, Utah
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
This is not a Major Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) Source.

I. OBJECTIVE
Utah Metal Works Incorporated (Applicant) is seeking an approval order for their Salt Lake City
recycling plant located in Salt Lake County, Utah. The applicant has requested to modify DAQE-
AN103370008-17 to add a scrap aluminum recycler with a metal chopper, vibrating screen, gravity
separator, and baghouse to their metal recovery operations.

This report, prepared by the Staff of the New Source Review Section (NSR), contains a review of
the air quality impact analysis (AQIA) including the information, data, assumptions and modeling
results used to determine if the facility will be in compliance with applicable State and Federal
concentration standards.

II. APPLICABLE RULE(S)

Utah Air Quality Rules:

R307-401-6 Condition for Issuing an Approval Order
R307-410-3 Use of Dispersion Models
R307-410-4 Modeling of Criteria Pollutants in Attainment Areas

III. MODELING METHODOLOGY

A. Applicability

Emissions from the facility include PM10, NOx, CO, SO2, and HAPs. This modeling is part of a
modified approval order. The emission rates for PM10 triggered the requirement to model
under R307-410. Modeling was performed in-house by the UDAQ.
195 North 1950 West • Salt Lake City, UT
Mailing Address: P.O. Box 144820 • Salt Lake City, UT 84114-4820
Telephone [phone] • Fax [phone] • T.D.D. [phone]
www.deq.utah.gov
Printed on 100% recycled paper
State of Utah

SPENCER J. COX
Governor

DEIDRE HENDERSON
Lieutenant Governor

Department of
Environmental Quality

Kimberly D. Shelley
Executive Director

DIVISION OF AIR QUALITY
Bryce C. Bird
Director

: 3 *
JK
DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 2

B. Assumptions

1. Topography/Terrain

The Plant is at an elevation 4225 feet with terrain features that have an affect on
concentration predictions.

a. Zone: 12

b. Approximate Location:

UTM (NAD83): 422,896 meters East
4,516,862 meters North

2. Urban or Rural Area Designation

After a review of the appropriate 7.5-minute quadrangles, it was concluded the area is
“rural” for air modeling purposes.

3. Ambient Air

It was determined the Plant boundary used in the AQIA meets the State’s definition of
ambient air.

4. Building Downwash

The source was modeled with the AERMOD model. All structures at the plant were used in
the model to account for their influence on downwash.

5. Meteorology

Five (5) years of off-site surface and upper air data were used in the analysis consisting of
the following:

Surface – Salt Lake Airport, UT NWS: 2016-2020
Upper Air – Salt Lake Airport, UT NWS: 2016-2020

6. Background

The background concentrations were based on concentrations measured at the Utah Tech
Center in Salt Lake City, Utah.

DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 3

7. Receptor and Terrain Elevations

The modeling domain used by the Applicant consisted of receptors including property
boundary receptors. This area of the state contains mountainous terrain and the modeling
domain has simple and complex terrain features in the near and far fields. Therefore,
receptor points representing actual terrain elevations from the area were used in the
analysis.

8. Model and Options

The State-accepted AERMOD model was used to predict air pollutant concentrations under
a simple/complex terrain/wake effect situation. In quantifying concentrations, the
regulatory default option was selected.

9. Air Pollutant Emission Rates
Utah Metal Works
Source
UTM Coordinates Modeled Emission Rates
Easting Northing PM10
(m) (m) (lb/hr) (tons/yr) hrs/year
INCNRTR 422868 4516845 0.3490 1.529 8760
BH3 423037 4516848 0.1400 0.613 8760
BH1 422931 4516849 1.1000 4.818 8760
BH2 422942 4516850 1.3700 6.001 8760
EVPRTR 422930 4516945 0.1400 0.613 8760

Total 3.0990 13.5737

Lakeview Rock Products
Source
UTM Coordinates Modeled Emission Rates
Easting Northing PM10
(m) (m) (lb/hr) (tons/yr) hrs/year
HMAP 422920 4519318 2.1164 9.270 8760
GEN 422953 4520118 0.2511 1.100 8760
BLAST 423016 4519780 6.3164 1.579 500
HT1 422809 4519000 1.5369 6.732 8760
HT2 422825 4519384 0.9800 4.292 8760
HT3 422818 4519930 0.9397 4.116 8760
HT4 422833 4520275 1.1429 5.006 8760
UP1 422964 4519109 0.7848 3.438 8760
UP2 423003 4519403 0.4676 2.048 8760
UP3 422938 4519564 0.4603 2.016 8760
DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 4
UP4 422943 4519552 0.6429 2.816 8760
UP5 422897 4520094 0.3907 1.711 8760
SCREEN1 423035 4519016 1.2120 5.308 8760
SCREEN5 423051 4519029 0.0351 0.154 8760
SCREEN2 422952 4519444 0.5449 2.387 8760
SCREEN3 422949 4520173 0.3760 1.647 8760
SCREEN4 422931 4520176 0.0602 0.264 8760
SCREEN6 423084 4519154 0.0177 0.077 8760
SCREEN7 422942 4519303 0.0165 0.072 8760
SCREEN8 422949 4519311 0.0059 0.026 8760
CRUSHER1 423064 4519072 0.7349 3.219 8760
CRUSHER5 423002 4519431 0.2027 0.888 8760
CRUSHER3 422954 4520097 0.4562 1.998 8760
CRUSHER6 423062 4519039 0.2027 0.888 8760
CRUSHER2 423091 4519131 0.2027 0.888 8760
CRUSHER7 422978 4519425 0.6411 2.808 8760
CRUSHER4 422932 4520150 0.2849 1.248 8760
CRUSHER8 422968 4519319 0.0641 0.281 8760
CRUSHER9 422967 4519332 0.0641 0.281 8760
EXPOSED 422925 4519005 2.8978 12.692 8760
CBP 422913 4520182 0.1866 0.817 8760
FEEDER 422985 4519440 0.5309 2.325 8760
STAKER_U 423022 4519002 0.0775 0.340 8760
STAKER_L 422955 4519416 0.0959 0.420 8760
STAKER_T 422922 4520180 0.0828 0.363 8760
PILES_U 423065 4519019 0.0747 0.327 8760
PILES_L 423016 4519348 0.0692 0.303 8760
PILES_T 422923 4520065 0.0320 0.140 8760
CONV_U 423033 4519013 0.0027 0.012 8760
CONV_L 422979 4519421 0.0021 0.009 8760
CONV_T 422914 4520094 0.0057 0.025 8760

Total 25.2093 84.3301

Staker and Parson Companies
Source
UTM Coordinates Modeled Emission Rates
Easting Northing PM10
(m) (m) (lb/hr) (tons/yr) hrs/year
HMA 422615 4518289 5.4020 23.661 8760
PCRUSH1 422846 4518324 0.4015 1.759 8760
DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 5
PCRUSH2 423046 4518890 0.4015 1.759 8760
SCDCRSH 422752 4518344 0.1825 0.799 8760
PCRUSH3 423181 4517428 0.4015 1.759 8760
2CRSH2 423112 4517407 0.1825 0.799 8760
SPSCRN1 423100 4517408 0.4818 2.110 8760
SPSCRN2 422804 4518329 0.4818 2.110 8760
SPSCRN3 422805 4518323 0.4818 2.110 8760
SPSCRN4 422803 4518319 0.4818 2.110 8760
SPSCRN5 422808 4518292 0.4818 2.110 8760
SPSCRN6 423052 4518891 0.4818 2.110 8760
HEATER 422792 4518137 0.0730 0.320 8760
8_3PILE 422749 4517807 0.2190 0.959 8760
0_3PILE 422691 4518238 0.0073 0.032 8760
PILE1 422673 4518318 0.0803 0.352 8760
PILE2 422600 4518223 0.0730 0.320 8760
PILE3 422579 4518443 0.0730 0.320 8760
PILE4 422886 4518669 0.0730 0.320 8760
PILE5 422925 4518846 0.0365 0.160 8760
PILE6 423050 4517308 0.1825 0.799 8760
AREA1 423256 4517133 0.0730 0.320 8760
PAREA1 422920 4517364 0.0742 0.325 8760
AREA2 422956 4517408 0.0730 0.320 8760
CNVY1 422698 4518371 0.4380 1.918 8760
CONVEY2 422988 4518842 0.4380 1.918 8760
CONVEY3 423059 4517473 0.4380 1.918 8760
PVDHMA 422581 4518366 0.0073 0.032 8760
PVDRMC 422568 4518106 0.0467 0.205 8760
RMCLOAD 422897 4518079 0.1022 0.448 8760
RMALOAD 422741 4518441 0.7227 3.165 8760
UNPVD1 422858 4517764 4.3800 19.185 8760
SNDTRNS 423089 4517535 0.0438 0.192 8760
AGSTR 422691 4518251 0.2847 1.247 8760
SILOLOD 422821 4518060 0.0219 0.096 8760
UNPV 422685 4518717 0.6570 2.878 8760
UNPV2 422679 4518491 1.8250 7.994 8760
DRILBLST 423206 4518952 1.6133 7.066 8760
SPDOZE 423217 4518958 0.5475 2.398 8760

Total 22.4663 98.4024

DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 6
Utah Sand and Gravel

Source
UTM Coordinates Modeled Emission Rates
Easting Northing PM10
(m) (m) (lb/hr) (tons/yr) hrs/year
JAW 423718 4516672 0.2000 0.411 4110
CONE 423696 4516639 0.3200 0.658 4110
CONVEY 423661 4516660 0.6900 1.418 4110
PVDRD 423538 4516617 0.4200 0.863 4110
UNPVD 423747 4516599 0.9000 1.850 4110
WNDERZN 423950 4516772 2.0000 8.760 8760
PILES 423569 4516651 0.6700 2.935 8760
DRLBLST 423852 4516674 0.1800 0.370 4110
DOZE 423863 4516693 0.9800 2.014 4110
LOADER 423825 4516684 0.9200 1.891 4110
USGSCR1 423687 4516653 0.2000 0.411 4110
USGSCN2 423705 4516652 0.2000 0.411 4110

Total 7.6800 21.9903

Tesoro Refining and Marketing Company LLC
Source
UTM Coordinates Modeled Emission Rates
Easting Northing PM10
(m) (m) (lb/hr) (tons/yr) hrs/year
TE101 423585 4516065 1.2585 5.512 8760
TE102 423602 4516165 0.3934 1.723 8760
TE103 423598 4516110 0.0557 0.244 8760
TE104 423502 4516294 20.9448 91.738 8760
TE105 423735 4516204 2.2262 9.751 8760
TE106 423745 4516209 2.2502 9.856 8760
TE107 423468 4516140 0.0569 0.249 8760
TE108 423375 4516171 0.0835 0.366 8760
TE109 423689 4516183 0.0010 0.004 8760

Total 27.2703 119.4439

DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 7
Chevron Products Company
Source
UTM Coordinates Modeled Emission Rates
Easting Northing PM10
(m) (m) (lb/hr) (tons/yr) hrs/year
CH203 422260 4519668 1.7810 7.801 8760
CH204 422259 4519919 0.2710 1.187 8760
CH205 422261 4519933 0.1987 0.870 8760
CH206 422262 4519955 3.5622 15.602 8760
CH207 422247 4519518 0.9748 4.270 8760
CH208 421952 4519535 0.3207 1.405 8760
CH209 421956 4519527 0.3207 1.405 8760
CH210 421952 4519527 0.3207 1.405 8760
CH211 422251 4519576 1.2362 5.414 8760
CH212 421882 4519561 0.7920 3.469 8760
CH213 421882 4519561 0.1547 0.677 8760
CH214 422075 4519670 0.1913 0.838 8760
CH215 422090 4519725 0.7062 3.093 8760
CH216 422242 4519707 0.3697 1.619 8760
CH218 422192 4519976 0.0847 0.371 8760
CH219 421812 4519498 0.4121 1.805 8760
CH220 422008 4519704 0.2180 0.955 8760
CH222 421969 4519633 0.2643 1.158 8760
CH223 421969 4519625 0.4265 1.868 8760
CH224 422079 4519673 0.0982 0.430 8760

Total 12.7035 55.6415

10. Source Location and Parameters
Source Type
Source Parameters
Elev, Ht Te
mp
Flo
w
Di
a
Sigm
a-Y
Sigm
a-Z
X-
Dim
Y-
Dim Area
(ft) (m
) (ft) (K) (m/s
) (ft) (m) (m) (m) (m) (m^2
)
INCNRT
R POINT 4223.0
12.
2
40.
0 729
3.8
2
0.8
2 1
BH3 POINT 4225.0 0.9 3.0 304
15.
11
1.0
1 1
BH1 POINT 4223.9 8.2
27.
0 0
44.
89
0.3
7 1
BH2 POINT 4224.0 7.3
24.
0 0
21.
11
0.5
3 1
DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 8
EVPRT
R POINT 4229.4 3.0
10.
0 559
5.3
8
0.4
6 1
TE101 POINT 4236.3
30.
5
100
.0 478
4.8
0
2.4
0 1
TE102 POINT 4237.4
30.
5
100
.0 478
10.
50
1.5
0 1
TE103 POINT 4236.9
12.
2
40.
0 755
7.0
0
0.6
0 1
TE104 POINT 4230.6
60.
3
197
.8 672
15.
50
2.9
0 1
TE105 POINT 4262.9
15.
2
49.
9 533
14.
00
1.3
2 1
TE106 POINT 4264.5
15.
2
49.
9 533
14.
00
1.3
2 1
TE107 POINT 4235.6
14.
6
47.
9 644
6.3
0
1.3
2 1
TE108 POINT 4229.6
15.
8
51.
8 533
6.5
0
1.3
2 1
TE109 POINT 4252.7
48.
0
157
.4
109
0
15.
20
0.6
0 1
CH203 POINT 4219.4
53.
9
176
.8 630
8.9
5
2.4
1 1
CH204 POINT 4220.4
48.
8
160
.1 755
4.1
2
1.3
4 1
CH205 POINT 4220.7
48.
8
160
.0 589
2.5
8
1.5
2 1
CH206 POINT 4220.5
48.
8
160
.1 491
5.1
8
1.8
3 1
CH207 POINT 4218.9
18.
3
60.
0 433
28.
22
1.2
2 1
CH208 POINT 4219.3
11.
3
37.
0 755
6.0
2
1.0
7 1
CH209 POINT 4219.3
13.
4
44.
0 936
9.1
0
0.9
1 1
CH210 POINT 4219.4
13.
4
44.
0 894
8.1
7
0.7
6 1
CH211 POINT 4219.3
18.
3
60.
0 433
18.
06
1.5
2 1
CH212 POINT 4218.9
50.
3
165
.0 519
10.
34
1.4
3 1
CH213 POINT 4218.9
50.
3
165
.0 519
10.
34
1.4
3 1
CH214 POINT 4219.1
35.
1
115
.1 811
4.2
3
1.2
5 1
CH215 POINT 4219.4
52.
1
171
.0 811
0.7
7
2.2
9 1
CH216 POINT 4219.8
33.
5
110
.0 811
1.3
8
1.7
1 1
CH218 POINT 4218.5
45.
7
150
.0 295
0.7
5
0.7
6 1
DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 9
CH219 POINT 4217.5
61.
0
200
.1 295
1.1
6
0.6
1 1
CH220 POINT 4220.4
45.
7
149
.9 295
0.7
5
0.7
6 1
CH222 POINT 4219.9
38.
1
125
.0 503
4.1
0
1.0
1 1
CH223 POINT 4219.9
51.
8
170
.0 505
4.6
0
1.7
1 1
CH224 POINT 4219.7
48.
8
160
.0 811
8.8
5
1.2
2 1
JAW VOLUME 4264.4 3.7
12.
0 1.29 3.66 5.56 1
CONE VOLUME 4259.6 3.7
12.
0 1.29 3.66 5.56 1
SCREE
N1 VOLUME 4494.3 3.7
12.
0 1.68 1.83 7.23 1
SCREE
N2 VOLUME 4288.7 3.7
12.
0 1.68 1.83 7.23 1
CONVE
Y VOLUME 4258.8 6.1
20.
0 8.51 6.10
36.5
76 1
PVDRD
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
UNPVD
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
WNDER
ZN
AREA_POL
Y 4616.4 0.3 1.0
6596
9
PILES
AREA_POL
Y 4246.3 0.3 1.0
3124.
2
DRLBL
ST AREA 4387.7 5.0
16.
4
62.8
8
70.2
8 1
DOZE
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
LOADE
R
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
HMA POINT 4238.6 9.1
30.
0 355
0.3
6
1.2
2 1
PCRUS
H1 VOLUME 4239.7 3.7
12.
0 1.29 1.70 5.56 1
PCRUS
H2 VOLUME 4559.9 3.7
12.
0 1.29 1.70 5.56 1
SCDCR
SH VOLUME 4240.2 3.7
12.
0 1.29 1.70 5.56 1
PCRUS
H3 VOLUME 4270.2 3.7
12.
0 1.29 1.70 5.56 1
2CRSH2 VOLUME 4256.0 3.7
12.
0 1.29 1.70 5.56 1
SPSCRN
1 VOLUME 4256.0 3.7
12.
0 0.95 1.70 4.1 1
SPSCRN
2 VOLUME 4239.8 3.7
12.
0 0.95 1.70 4.1 1
DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 10
SPSCRN
3 VOLUME 4239.5 3.7
12.
0 0.95 1.70 4.1 1
SPSCRN
4 VOLUME 4239.2 3.7
12.
0 0.95 1.70 4.1 1
SPSCRN
5 VOLUME 4238.3 3.7
12.
0 0.95 1.70 4.1 1
SPSCRN
6 VOLUME 4562.9 3.7
12.
0 0.95 1.70 4.1 1
HEATE
R POINT 4256.2
12.
2
40.
0 339
2.1
6
0.9
1 1
8_3PILE AREA 4261.3 1.5 5.0
158.
64
210.
95 1
0_3PILE AREA 4247.0 1.5 5.0
39.3
9
34.4
7 1
PILE1
AREA_POL
Y 4245.4 1.5 5.0
1092
6.4
PILE2
AREA_POL
Y 4239.9 1.5 5.0
5687.
2
PILE3
AREA_POL
Y 4241.4 1.5 5.0
4939.
2
PILE4 AREA 4397.9 1.5 5.0 56 91.4 1
PILE5 AREA 4517.8 1.5 5.0
51.7
9
92.9
1 1
PILE6 AREA 4264.2 1.5 5.0
72.1
3
218.
97 1
AREA1 AREA 4326.8 1.5 5.0
22.2
79
206.
25 1
PAREA1
AREA_POL
Y 4254.3 1.5 5.0
6289.
8
AREA2 AREA 4258.5 1.5 5.0
56.0
2 56.4 1
CNVY1
AREA_POL
Y 4261.1 3.7
12.
0
2687
3
CONVE
Y2
AREA_POL
Y 4518.8 3.7
12.
0
2949.
4
CONVE
Y3
AREA_POL
Y 4270.5 3.7
12.
0
1891
9.9
PVDHM
A
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
PVDRM
C
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
RMCLO
AD
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
RMALO
AD
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
UNPVD
1
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
SNDTR
NS
AREA_POL
Y 4277.2 6.1
20.
0
2640
8
AGSTR AREA 4246.6 7.6
25.
0
41.2
9
142.
73 1
DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 11
SILOLO
D AREA 4256.9
15.
2
50.
0 5.01
28.7
9 1
UNPV
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
UNPV2
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
DRILBL
ST
AREA_POL
Y 4743.3
15.
2
50.
0
3367
61
SPDOZE
AREA_POL
Y 4774.1 6.1
20.
0
5842
27
HMAP POINT 4278.1
10.
7
35.
0 378
16.
69
0.3
2 1
GEN POINT 4307.7 1.5 5.0 705
16.
82
0.3
0 1
BLAST VOLUME 4548.4
50.
0
164
.0 5.32
23.2
6
22.8
6 1
HT1
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
HT2
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
HT3
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
HT4
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
UP1
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
UP2
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
UP3
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
UP4
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
UP5
LINE_VOL
UME
#VAL
UE!
###
# 1
SCREE
N5 VOLUME 4495.9 3.7
12.
0 1.68 1.83 7.23 1
SCREE
N3 VOLUME 4307.0 3.7
12.
0 1.68 1.83 7.23 1
SCREE
N4 VOLUME 4307.2 3.7
12.
0 1.68 1.83 7.23 1
SCREE
N6 VOLUME 4491.1 3.7
12.
0 1.68 1.83 7.23 1
SCREE
N7 VOLUME 4277.7 3.7
12.
0 1.68 1.83 7.23 1
SCREE
N8 VOLUME 4278.3 3.7
12.
0 1.68 1.83 7.23 1
CRUSH
ER1 VOLUME 4504.2 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
CRUSH
ER5 VOLUME 4279.2 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 12
CRUSH
ER3 VOLUME 4309.5 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
CRUSH
ER6 VOLUME 4497.7 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
CRUSH
ER2 VOLUME 4490.3 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
CRUSH
ER7 VOLUME 4279.8 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
CRUSH
ER4 VOLUME 4307.7 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
CRUSH
ER8 VOLUME 4282.6 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
CRUSH
ER9 VOLUME 4281.5 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
EXPOSE
D
AREA_POL
Y 4488.9 0.3 1.0
2034
55
CBP VOLUME 4305.9 4.6
15.
0 1.01 2.41 4.34 1
FEEDER VOLUME 4279.5 3.7
12.
0 1.42 1.83
6.09
6 1
STAKE
R_U
AREA_POL
Y 4497.1 3.7
12.
0 1.83
1031.
5
STAKE
R_L
AREA_POL
Y 4294.8 3.7
12.
0 1.83
1275.
3
STAKE
R_T
AREA_POL
Y 4306.5 3.7
12.
0 6.00
1101.
3
PILES_
U
AREA_POL
Y 4496.7 0.3 1.0
1445
4.5
PILES_L
AREA_POL
Y 4288.4 0.3 1.0
1338
0.6
PILES_T
AREA_POL
Y 4319.7 0.3 1.0
6189.
5
CONV_
U
AREA_POL
Y 4494.0 3.7
12.
0 1.83 1742
CONV_
L
AREA_POL
Y 4280.0 3.7
12.
0 1.83
1324.
6
CONV_
T
AREA_POL
Y 4317.1 3.7
12.
0 1.83
3658.
6
USGSC
R1 VOLUME 4259.1 3.7
12.
0 1.63 1.83
7.01
04 1
USGSC
N2 VOLUME 4260.6 3.7
12.
0 1.63 1.83
7.01
04 1

DAQE- MN103370009A-23
Page 13

IV. RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS

1. National Ambient Air Quality Standards

The below table provides a comparison of the predicted total air quality concentrations with the
NAAQS. The predicted total concentrations are less than the NAAQS.

RESULTS

Air
Polluta
nt
Perio
d
Predicti
on
Class II
Significa
nt
Impact
Level
Backgrou
nd
Nearby
Source
s*
Total NAAQ
S
Percen
t
(μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m3) (μg/m
3)
(μg/m3) NAAQ
S
PM10 24-
Hour 4.8 5 69.7 74.9 149.4 150 99.6%

JMK:jg

12/29/22, 7:04 PM State of Utah Mail - RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1743983499410764443&simpl=msg-f%3A17439834994…1/9
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
8 messages
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Wed, Sep 14, 2022 at 3:51 PM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>, Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>
Hi Tim,

I will need to get most of this information from Chris Lewon, Vice President. Some of these questions are before my time
and understanding of our permit.

Chris is out of the office until next Tuesday, but I will get with him then and get back to you as soon as I can.

Thanks,
Brenda

Brenda Terry
IT/Safety/Environmental
Utah Metal Works
801-366-5679
[e-mail]
www.umw.com

From: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Sent: Tuesday, September 13, 2022 9:45 AM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>; Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>
Subject: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information

12/29/22, 7:04 PM State of Utah Mail - RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1743983499410764443&simpl=msg-f%3A17439834994…2/9
CAUTION: The email below is from an external source. Please exercise caution before opening attachments,
clicking links, or interacting with this message.
Brenda,

My name is Timothy DeJulis and I have taken over for Rita Tripp. Rita is no longer employed with the state. I have several
questions about the new baghouse being installed at Utah Metal Works (UMW) and the other baghouses already working
at UMW.

In the engineering review (ER) forwarded to me by Rita, it shows the capacity of the new CAMCORP reverse air filter top
load dust collector to be10,000 scfm, but we cannot verify this in all the information given to me in the NOI. What is the
capacity of the CAMCORP dust collector? It says in the current version of the Notice-of-Intent (NOI) that the maximum
pressure drop rating is 6" of water column (wc). What is the minimum pressure drop rating?

In looking at the information about UMW's projects going back to the 2000 NOI, the DAQ cannot find the following
answers to these questions and we ask UMW to see what they might know about these and could share with us.
Does UMW know why the DAQ decided to not put the baghouse pressure readings in the permit, starting in 2000
for all the other existing baghouses?
What are the pressure ratings of these three baghouses in minimum and maximum wc of operation?
Does UMW know why the DAQ decided to not put the sizes in scfm for each of three baghouses listed in the
approval orders?
It looks like the first baghouse has a capacity of 18,105 scfm in the 2000 NOI, but there is no mention of the
capacity of the other two baghouses in the following NOI's. How much capacity do these other two baghouses
have?
If we can be of any assistance in this effort please let us know. Thank you.

Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Wed, Oct 26, 2022 at 9:20 AM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>, Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>
Brenda,
We're still waiting for the above mentioned information to be submitted to us. Does Utah Metal Works need any
assistance from us? Please advise us as soon as possible. Thank you.
12/29/22, 7:04 PM State of Utah Mail - RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1743983499410764443&simpl=msg-f%3A17439834994…3/9
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Wed, Oct 26, 2022 at 9:38 AM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>, Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>
I just got the information on the new baghouse, and have to get with Chris Lewon on the old baghouse. I should have the
information to you the first part of next week.

Brenda Terry
IT/Safety/Environmental
Utah Metal Works
801-364-5679
[e-mail]
www.umw.com
[Quoted text hidden]
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Wed, Oct 26, 2022 at 10:31 AM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>, Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>
Sounds good, thank you.
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
12/29/22, 7:04 PM State of Utah Mail - RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1743983499410764443&simpl=msg-f%3A17439834994…4/9
[Quoted text hidden]
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Thu, Nov 3, 2022 at 1:25 PM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>, Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>, Chris Lewon
<[e-mail]>
Hi Tim,

Below is some information to hopefully answer your questions.

#1 Item, We do not know why the DAQ decided not to put the pressure readings in the permit.
#3 Item, We also do not know why DAQ decided to not put the size in scfm for each of the bag houses.
#4 Item, The first baghouse and the second baghouse, which are the 2 baghouses that are currently on the permit are
identical, so the capacity in the 2000 NOI applies to #1 and #2 baghouses.

#2 Item, I believe the information below is what you need and I have also included a PDF that was sent to us on the
operation of the 3rd baghouse, which is the new baghouse we are trying to add to our permit.

1. Air Volume - 31.600 ACFM
2. System Static Pressure – Negative 27 W.C.
3. Cloth to Air Ratio – 5.9 to 1 (5,343 Sq Ft)
4. Operating Temperature – Up to 110 Deg F.
5. Can Velocity – 279 FPM
6. Interstitial Velocity – 450 FPM

I hope this answers all the questions you had from your review of the NOI. If there is anything else, please let me know.

Thanks,
Brenda
[Quoted text hidden]
Camcorp 408405-1r07.pdf
1124K
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Mon, Nov 14, 2022 at 11:20 AM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>, Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>, Chris Lewon
<[e-mail]>
Brenda,
Thank you for submitting the baghouse flow rate and pressure drop for the new baghouse. I still have questions about the
baghouse situation at UMW though.
12/29/22, 7:04 PM State of Utah Mail - RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1743983499410764443&simpl=msg-f%3A17439834994…5/9
In the calculations for the 2001 NOI, it lists baghouse #1 having a flow rate of 14,728 acfm, baghouse #2 & #3 - 18,105
acfm each. The current NOI doesn't say whether the new baghouse to be attached to the recycling operation will be the
4th baghouse. Will this be the 4th baghouse? I will put this information given to us into the engineering review.
There's nothing in the record of any of UMW's previous NOI's to indicate why cyclone/baghouse #1 has a stack test limit,
but the other two cyclones/baghouses don't have stack test limits. Why is this? What would these three cyclone/baghouse
stack test limits to the permit (two existing, one in the NOI) be?
If I can be of any assistance explaining this request or answering any other question, please let me know. Thank you.
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]
Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>Mon, Nov 21, 2022 at 2:02 PM
To: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>, Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>, Chris Lewon
<[e-mail]>
Tim,

Per your question in the Calcs for the 2001 NOI. We had 2 baghouses on our original and subsequent NOI’s. The flow
rate on each of those is the same as they are the same type of Unit, which is the 14,728 acfm.

We are adding a 3rd baghouse, which I believe is your second flow rate of 18,105 acfm.

So we only have 2 baghouses now and have always had these 2 baghouses in this permit and now we are adding the
3rd.

I do not know why there is a stack test limit on baghouse #1, but if there is, it would be the same limit on baghouse #2,
since they are identical baghouses.

I hope this finally resolves these questions.

If not, maybe we should setup a phone call.

Thanks,
Brenda
12/29/22, 7:04 PM State of Utah Mail - RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1743983499410764443&simpl=msg-f%3A17439834994…6/9

Brenda Terry
IT/Safety/Environmental
Utah Metal Works
801-364-5679
[e-mail]
www.umw.com

From: Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>
Sent: Monday, November 14, 2022 11:21 AM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>; Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>; Chris Lewon
<[e-mail]>
Subject: Re: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information

CAUTION: The email below is from an external source. Please exercise caution before opening attachments,
clicking links, or interacting with this message.
Brenda,

Thank you for submitting the baghouse flow rate and pressure drop for the new baghouse. I still have questions about the
baghouse situation at UMW though.

In the calculations for the 2001 NOI, it lists baghouse #1 having a flow rate of 14,728 acfm, baghouse #2 & #3 - 18,105
acfm each. The current NOI doesn't say whether the new baghouse to be attached to the recycling operation will be the
4th baghouse. Will this be the 4th baghouse? I will put this information given to us into the engineering review.

There's nothing in the record of any of UMW's previous NOI's to indicate why cyclone/baghouse #1 has a stack test limit,
but the other two cyclones/baghouses don't have stack test limits. Why is this? What would these three cyclone/baghouse
stack test limits to the permit (two existing, one in the NOI) be?

If I can be of any assistance explaining this request or answering any other question, please let me know. Thank you.

12/29/22, 7:04 PM State of Utah Mail - RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1743983499410764443&simpl=msg-f%3A17439834994…7/9

Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov

On Thu, Nov 3, 2022 at 1:25 PM Brenda Terry <[e-mail]> wrote:
Hi Tim,

Below is some information to hopefully answer your questions.

#1 Item, We do not know why the DAQ decided not to put the pressure readings in the permit.
#3 Item, We also do not know why DAQ decided to not put the size in scfm for each of the bag houses.
#4 Item, The first baghouse and the second baghouse, which are the 2 baghouses that are currently on the permit are
identical, so the capacity in the 2000 NOI applies to #1 and #2 baghouses.

#2 Item, I believe the information below is what you need and I have also included a PDF that was sent to us on the
operation of the 3rd baghouse, which is the new baghouse we are trying to add to our permit.

1. Air Volume - 31.600 ACFM
2. System Static Pressure – Negative 27 W.C.
3. Cloth to Air Ratio – 5.9 to 1 (5,343 Sq Ft)
4. Operating Temperature – Up to 110 Deg F.
5. Can Velocity – 279 FPM
6. Interstitial Velocity – 450 FPM
[Quoted text hidden]
Tim Dejulis <[e-mail]>Tue, Nov 22, 2022 at 4:00 PM
To: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>
12/29/22, 7:04 PM State of Utah Mail - RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1743983499410764443&simpl=msg-f%3A17439834994…8/9
Cc: Linda Conger <[e-mail]>, Alan Humpherys <[e-mail]>, Chris Lewon
<[e-mail]>
Brenda,
Here is the information in the equipment list of the current approval order. Looking at this, UMW can see why we have
questions about the baghouses. We can find nothing in any previous NOI's to inform us about what is going on at UMW.
Looking at this list, we count more than two existing baghouses. We need this detail of how many baghouses are
operating in order to produce the engineering review for UMW.
We have a stack test on the baghouse attached to Unit 1. The exact stack test parameters will be used for Unit 2, since
these two units are exactly the same. We need the stack testing information on all the baghouses in order to produce
UMW engineering review. What are the stack testing parameters for all the existing baghouses and the new baghouse?
If we could have this remaining information made available to us, we will be able to continue work on UMW's engineering
review. Thank you.
12/29/22, 7:04 PM State of Utah Mail - RE: EXTERNAL: Utah Metals Works Baghouse Information
https://mail.google.com/mail/u/0/?ik=67721adfe9&view=pt&search=all&permthid=thread-f%3A1743983499410764443&simpl=msg-f%3A17439834994…9/9
Timothy DeJulis, PE
Environmental Engineer | Minor NSR Section
P: [phone]
airquality.utah.gov
[Quoted text hidden]

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants
NOTICE OF INTENT
FOR ADDITION OF
BAGHOUSE/CYCLONE AT
UTAH METAL WORKS, INC.
SALT LAKE CITY FACILITY
Utah Metal Works Incorporated

Prepared By:

Linda Conger

TRINITY CONSULTANTS
4525 South Wasatch Blvd., Suite 100
Salt Lake City, Utah 84124

May 2022

Project 224501.0056

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION 1-1 
1.1 Facility Description ..................................................................................................... 1-1 
2. SOURCE DESCRIPTION 2-1 
2.1 Recycling Operations .................................................................................................. 2-1 
2.2 Proposed Baghouse .................................................................................................... 2-4 
2.3 Operating Schedule ..................................................................................................... 2-5 
3. AIR EMISSIONS 3-1 
4. BEST AVAILABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY 4-1 
4.1 PM10/PM2.5 BACT for Wire Chopping ........................................................................... 4-1 
5. REGULATORY REVIEW 5-1 
5.1 R307-101 General Requirements ............................................................................... 5-1 
5.2 R307-102 General Requirements: Broadly Applicable Requirements ........................ 5-1 
5.3 R307-107 General Requirements: Breakdowns .......................................................... 5-2 
5.4 R307-130 - General Penalty Policy ............................................................................. 5-2 
5.5 R307-150 Emission Inventories .................................................................................. 5-3 
5.6 R307-165 Emission Testing ........................................................................................ 5-3 
5.7 R307-309 - Nonattainment and Maintenance Areas for PM10 and PM2.5: Fugitive
Emissions and Fugitive Dust. ............................................................................................... 5-3 
5.8 R307-401 Permit: New and Modified Sources ............................................................ 5-4 
5.9 R307-410 Permits: Emissions Impact Analysis .......................................................... 5-4 
6. DISPERSION MODELING 6-1 
APPENDIX A. BAGHOUSE/DUST COLLECTED SPECIFICATION SHEETS AMD OPERATOR MANUAL
A-1 
APPENDIX B. FEBRUARY 2022 ALLIANCE SOURCE TESTING REPORT FOR UMA B-1 
APPENDIX C. POTENTIAL TO EMIT CALCULATIONS C-1

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1 Location of Utah Metal Works Facility and Surrounding Communities 1-2 
Figure 1.2 Closer-In Image Showing the Location of Utah Metal Works Salt Lake City, Utah Facility 1-2 
Figure 1.3 Location of Proposed New Building of Aluminum Wire Chopping Line 1-3 
Figure 2.1 Process Flow Diagram for Proposed Aluminum Wire Chopping Line 2-2 
Figure 2.2 Proposed Aluminum Wire Processing System Building Layout 2-3 
Figure 2.3 Operating Principal of Proposed Dust Collector 2-4 

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants ii

LIST OF TABLES
Table 3-1 Potential to Emit Emissions for Proposed UMW Baghouse and Facility Wide Totals 3-1 

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 1-1
1. INTRODUCTION
Trinity Consultants (Trinity) was retained by Utah Metal Works Incorporated (UMW) to prepare a Notice of
Intent for the addition of a new aluminum wire chopping line, vibrating screen, gravity separators, and fabric
filter dust collector/baghouse that will be added at its scrap metal recycling plant in Salt Lake City, Utah. This
new baghouse will be a cyclone style baghouse and is like an existing baghouse operated at the UMW Salt
Lake City, Utah facility.

The UMW plant only processes non-ferrous metals such as titanium, aluminum, copper, nickel, stainless-steel
alloys, precious metals, tin, zinc, and other valuable resources. Utah Metal Works uses state-of-the-art
technologies to determine the metal content of the items brought to the plant. The common items that UMW
recycles includes brass fixtures, aluminum foil, aluminum siding, Christmas lights, screen doors, plumbing
pipe, aluminum pots and pans, computer motherboards and keyboards, car batteries, industrial/manufacturing
scrap, aircraft/high temperature alloy scrap, electrician/plumber scrap, and demolition/construction scrap. The
final products are shipped off site for recycling and reuse.

Any correspondence or communication regarding this NOI should be directed to:

Brenda Terry
IT/Safety/Env Admin
Utah Metal Works Inc.
PO Box 1073
Salt Lake City, Utah 84110
www.umw.com
[e-mail]
801-364-5679

The SIC code for scrap and waste materials is 5093.

1.1 Facility Description
The Utah Metal Works facility is located in Salt Lake County which is in nonattainment of the National Ambient
Air Quality standards (NAAQS) for ozone (O3), sulfur dioxide (SO2), and particulate matter less than 2.5
microns (PM2.5), and a maintenance area for carbon monoxide (CO) and particulate matter less than 10
microns (PM10). Figure 1.1 presents a Google Earth image showing the location of the Salt Lake City facility
and surrounding communities. Figure 1.2 presents a closer-in image of the facility. UWM will construct a new
building to operate the aluminum wire chopping line. This new building is depicted in Figure 1.3. All proposed
aluminum wire chopping and separation activities will take place within an enclosed structure.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 1-2
Figure 1.1 Location of Utah Metal Works Facility and Surrounding Communities

Figure 1.2 Closer-In Image Showing the Location of Utah Metal Works Salt Lake City, Utah
Facility

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 1-3
Figure 1.3 Location of Proposed New Building of Aluminum Wire Chopping Line

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 2-1
2. SOURCE DESCRIPTION

The following sections describe the operations and proposed emission sources at UMW Salt Lake City scrap
metal recycling facility.
2.1 Recycling Operations
UMW operates a scrap metal recycling plant in Salt Lake City, Utah. The UMW plant only recycles non-ferrous
metals such as titanium, aluminum, copper, nickel, stainless-steel alloys, precious metals, tin, zinc, and other
valuable resources. The equipment operated at the facility includes a wire chopper, gravity separators, a wire
incinerator, and miscellaneous off-road diesel and liquid propane-powered equipment.
A brief description of the proposed process at the facility is as follows. Customers drop off or UMW picks up
the metal material where it is placed at a location appropriate for the type of material. The proposed new
wire chopping line will be utilized specifically for Aluminum wire, both bare and insulated. The first step in the
process is to sort the material into a bare pile or insulated pile. Bare wire will be fed directly into the primary
shredder to chop into 3-to-4-inch pieces where it will then be boxed or bagged and tagged for shipment.
For the insulated aluminum wire, the wire and insulation are first chopped in the pre-shredder. The chopped
wire is then conveyed to a surge feeder and then through a granulator that further chops the wire and
insulation into smaller sections. These smaller sections are then deposited into bucket elevators and then
conveyed to a double deck screen. This vibrating screen separates the sections into a small size mesh and a
large size mesh. The large mesh is conveyed to an air gravity separator and the small mesh is conveyed to
another air gravity separator. From there, the two different sizes of aluminum are deposited into boxes for
shipping. Air pick up vents will be located throughout the entire conveying and chopping process that transport
the insulation to a cyclone and a baghouse. UWM is proposing an hourly wire throughput of 9,000 lb and
10,530 tons annually.

Figure 2.1 presents a process flow diagram for the proposed wire chopping line. Figure 2.2 presents the
proposed aluminum wire processing system building layout.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 2-2
Figure 2.1 Process Flow Diagram for Proposed Aluminum Wire Chopping Line

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 2-3
Figure 2.2 Proposed Aluminum Wire Processing System Building Layout

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 2-4
2.2 Proposed Baghouse
UWM is proposing to install a CAMCORP Model HVP Reverse Air Filter Bag Top Load Dust Collector to control
fugitive PM10 and PM2.5 emissions from the proposed aluminum wire chopping line. For this dust collector,
solids laden air or gases enter the unit at the housing inlet and the air passes through the filter media. Upon
entry, the larger particulate matter drops directly into the hopper below, due to a decrease in conveying
velocity. As the gas flows upward into the bag mass, the finer particles attach to the outside of the filter bags,
allowing only the clean air to pass through the filter media, into the clean air plenum, and then released into
the environment. Once a layer of dust cake is built on the outside of the filter bags, bag cleaning takes place
to regenerate the permeability of the filter media. The dust cake being built adds to the filtration efficiency of
the system but eventually, this can begin to work against the system and provide too much resistance to the
flow. The buildup of the dust cake on the filter bag increases the differential pressure measured over the
baghouse which then prompts the cleaning process.

The cleaning cycle consists of a momentary blast of 7-8 psig compressed air which: (1) momentarily taking a
row of bags off stream through pressure reversal, (2) flexing filter bags, and (3) solids are released to fall
toward the hopper and through the rotary valve or other discharge equipment.

The baghouse is equipped with a Dwyer magnehelic differential pressure gauge. The pressure gauge or
manometer on the dust collector should read 6” w.g. or less. Figure 2.3 shows the operation of the proposed
dust collector. The operating manual for the proposed baghouse is presented in Appendix A.
Figure 2.3 Operating Principal of Proposed Dust Collector

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 2-5
2.3 Operating Schedule
The operating schedule for the proposed aluminum wire chopper line is 9 hours per day, Monday through
Friday (5 days per week) and 52 weeks per year. On Saturday, the operating house are 5 hours per day and
52 weeks per year.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 3-1
3. AIR EMISSIONS
The cyclone/baghouse, which is a particulate control device, will generate criteria pollutant emissions of PM10
and PM2.5 (particulate matter with aerodynamic diameters less than or equal to 10 micrometers and 2.5
micrometers respectively). According to the Institute of Scrap Recycling Industries (ISRI), Inc. Title V
Applicability Workbook published in 1996, oxides of nitrogen (NO2), carbon monoxide (CO), volatile organic
compound (VOC), and sulfur dioxide (SO2) emissions are considered negligible. No data were available on
hazardous air pollutant (HAP) emissions from wire chopping operations.

Potential to emit (PTE) emission estimates were developed for the wire chopping line and proposed
cyclone/baghouse utilizing two methods. The first method is utilizing emission factors as found the in ISRI,
Title V Applicability Workbook, Appendix D, Tables D-4 and D-9. The second method was based on data from
recent stack testing that was conducted on a similar cyclone/baghouse to the one proposed for the aluminum
wire chopping line that is currently operating at UMA (Unit #1).

For this NOI, proposed PTE emissions are based on February 2022 source testing data from a similar baghouse
unit (Unit #1) that is operating at UMW Salt Lake City plant and the existing permit grain limit of 0.020 gr/dscf
(AO DAQE-AN103370007-13 II.B.2.a). Using the source testing data and the existing permit grain loading
value, more conservative (i.e., higher) PM10 and PM2.5 emissions were estimated. The maximum volumetric
flow rate of the three runs for Unit #1 was used for the proposed cyclone/baghouse calculations. A copy of
the source testing report is presented in Appendix B. Appendix C presents the PTE calculations for the
proposed baghouse using both emission calculation methodologies.
Table 3-1 Potential to Emit Emissions for Proposed UMW Baghouse and Facility Wide Totals
Pollutant
Proposed
Baghouse
Emissions
(tons/year)
Facility Wide
PTE
Emissions1
(tons/year)
Proposed
Facility-Wide
PTE Emissions
(tons/year)
NOx -- 23.07 23.07
VOC -- 2.03 2.03
CO -- 8.91 8.91
SO2 -- 1.89 1.89
PM10 2.81 12.94 15.75
PM2.5 2.81 12.94 15.75
CO2e -- 325 325
1 PTE Emissions obtained from DAQE-AN103370007-13

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 4-1
4. BEST AVAILABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
Per Utah Air Rules R307-400, best available control technology (BACT) is defined as an emissions
limitation (including a visible emissions standard) based on the maximum degree of reduction for each
air contaminant which would be emitted from any proposed stationary source or modification which
the director, on a case-by-case basis, taking into account energy, environmental, and economic
impacts and other costs, determines is achievable for such source or modification through application
of production processes or available methods, systems, and techniques, including fuel cleaning or
treatment or innovative fuel combustion techniques for control of such pollutant. BACT analyses for
the emissions from the proposed equipment are discussed in the following sections.
4.1 PM10/PM2.5 BACT for Wire Chopping
Wire chopping operations produce PM10 and PM 2.5 emissions. Four control technologies were identified
to reduce PM10/PM2.5 emissions from wire chopping operations. These control technologies are
cyclones, baghouses (fabric filter), electrostatic precipitators, and a wet (venturi) scrubber.

Cyclones work by removing PM by centrifugal and inertial forces, induced by forcing particulate-laden
gas to change direction. Cyclones use inertia to remove particles from the gas stream. The cyclone
imparts centrifugal force on the gas stream, usually within a conical shaped chamber. Cyclones operate
by creating a double vortex inside the cyclone body. The incoming gas is forced into circular motion
down the cyclone near the inner surface of the cyclone tube. At the bottom of the cyclone, the gas
turns and spirals up through the center of the tube and out of the top of the cyclone.

Particles in the gas stream are forced toward the cyclone walls by the centrifugal force of the spinning
gas but are opposed by the fluid drag force of the gas traveling through and out of the cyclone. For
large particles, inertial momentum overcomes the fluid drag force so that the particles reach the
cyclone walls and are collected. For small particles, the fluid drag force overwhelms the inertial
momentum and causes these particles to leave the cyclone with the exiting gas. Gravity also causes
the larger particles that reach the cyclone walls to travel down into a bottom hopper.

The collection efficiency of cyclones varies as a function of particle size and cyclone design. Cyclone
efficiency generally increases with particle size and/or density, inlet duct velocity, cyclone body length,
number of gas revolutions in the cyclone, and dust loading, to name a few. A common factor
contributing to decreased control efficiencies is leakage of air into the dust outlet. The control
efficiency range for a conventional single cyclone is estimated to be 30 to 90 percent for PM10 and 0
to 40 percent for PM2.5.

Baghouses are used in a wide variety of industries to control PM10 and PM2.5 emissions. The typical
baghouse consists of multiple fabric filters arrayed in a shell structure with a bag cleaning system and
dust hoppers. Particulate-laden flue gases enter the baghouse and pass through a filter bad from the
outside of the bag toward the inside. This causes particulate matter in the flue gas to be collected on
the fabric by sieving. The captured or collected particulate forms a layer on the outside surface of the
bag. The collection efficiency of the baghouse can increase as the thickness of this dust cake increases.
The bags are periodically cleaned to remove the layer of captur ed particulate matter which is deposited
into the dust hoppers at the base of the baghouse. The dust hoppers are periodically evacuated. The
capture efficiency with a baghouse is in the range of approximately 99.5 percent capture for the dry
particles.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 4-2
An Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) is a control device that uses electrical properties to move particles
that are entrained in flue gases onto collector plates. The particles are given a negative charge when
they pass through a “corona” created by high voltage electrodes in the center of the flow. The
negatively charged particles are attracted to positively charged collector plates. In a dry EPS, the
collectors are “rapped” to dislodge the particulates which slide down the collector plates into dust
hoppers. The dust hoppers are periodically evacuated. The capture efficiency with an ESP is in the
range of approximately 99.5 percent capture for the dry particles.

A wet scrubber is a control device that remove PM and acid gases from waste streams through the
impaction, diffusion, interception and/or adsorption of the pollutant onto droplets of liquid. The liquid
containing the pollutant is then collected for disposal. There are numerous types of wet scrubbers for
removal of both PM and acid gases.

Collection efficiencies for wet scrubbers very wit the particulate size distribution of the waste stream.
In general, PM collection efficiency decreased when size decreases. Collection efficiencies also vary
by scrubber type. Venturi scrubbers have the highest collection efficiency typically greater than 99%.
Simple spray towers have a collection efficiency between 40-60%.

According to ISRI, PM emissions from scrap metal operations are accomplished by with a cyclone and
baghouse in series. Typical PM control efficiencies are 90% for cyclones and 99% for baghouses.
Emission calculations provided in the ISRI document were based on the use of cyclone and baghouse.
Since cyclone and baghouses are the preferred method to control particulate emissions at scrap metal
recycling facilities and have comparable control efficiencies to ESP and wet scrubber technologies, EPS
and wet scrubbers were no longer considered in this BACT analysis.

On the proposed UMA wire chopping line, a reverse air filter bag top load dust collector is proposed.
PM10/PM2.5 emissions from the proposed baghouse/dust collector are estimated to be 0.02 gr/dscf.
The use of this baghouse is considered BACT for metal recycling operations.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 5-1
5. REGULATORY REVIEW
The air quality regulations, codified in Title R307 of the Utah Administrative Code, which are potentially
applicable to this project, are as follows:

► R307-101 - General Requirements.
► R307-102 - General Requirements: Broadly Applicable Requirements.
► R307-107 - General Requirements: Breakdowns.
► R307-130 - General Penalty Policy.
► R307-150 - Emission Inventories.
► R307-165 - Emission Testing.
► R307-305 – Nonattainment and Maintenance Areas for PM10: Emission Sources
► R307-401 - Permit: New and Modified Sources.
► R307-410 - Permits: Emissions Impact Analysis.

5.1 R307-101 General Requirements
Chapter 19‐2 and the rules adopted by the Air Quality Board constitute the basis for control of air
pollution sources in the state. These rules apply and will be enforced throughout the state and are
recommended for adoption in local jurisdictions where environmental specialists are available to
cooperate in implementing rule requirements.

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS), National Standards of Performance for New
Stationary Sources (NSPS), National Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air Quality (PSD)
standards, and the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAPS) apply
throughout the nation and are legally enforceable in Utah.

5.2 R307-102 General Requirements: Broadly Applicable
Requirements
Emission of air contaminants in sufficient quantities to cause air pollution as defined in R307-101-2 is
prohibited. The State statute provides for penalties up to $50,000/day for violation of State statutes,
regulations, rules or standards. In addition, the owner or operator of any stationary air contaminant
source in Utah shall furnish to the Board the periodic reports and any other information as the Board
may deem necessary to determine whether the source is in compliance with Utah and Federal
regulations and standards.

Any person submitting information pursuant to R307-102-2 may request that such information be
treated as a trade secret or on a confidential basis, in which case the Director and Board shall so treat
such information. If no claim is made at the time of submission, the director may make the information
available to the public without further notice.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 5-2
5.3 R307-107 General Requirements: Breakdowns
The breakdown provisions of R307-107 will apply to the Salt Lake City facility operations. The owner
or operator of a source shall report breakdowns to the director within 24 hours of the incident via
telephone, electronic mail, fax, or other similar method. A detailed written description of the
circumstance including a corrective program directed at preventing future such incidents, shall be
submitted within 14 days of the onset of the incident. The breakdown incident report shall include the
cause and nature of the event, estimated quantity of emissions (total and excess), time of emissions
and any relevant evidence, including, but not limited to, evidence that:

a) There was an equipment malfunction beyond the reasonable control of the owner or operator;
b) The excess emissions could not have been avoided by better operation, maintenance or
improved design of the malfunctioning component;
c) To the maximum extent practicable, the source maintained and operated the air pollution
control equipment and process equipment in a manner consistent with good practice for
minimizing emissions, including minimizing any bypass emissions;
d) Any necessary repairs were made as quickly as practicable, using off-shift labor and overtime
as needed and as possible;
e) All practicable steps were taken to minimize the potential impact of the excess emissions on
ambient air quality; and
f) The excess emissions are not part of a recurring pattern that may have been caused by
inadequate operation or maintenance, or inadequate design of the malfunctioning component.

Sufficient information to demonstrate the above elements listed are required to be provided.

5.4 R307-130 - General Penalty Policy
This policy provides guidance to the director of the Air Quality Board in negotiating with air pollution
sources penalties for consent agreements to resolve non-compliance situations. It is designed to be
used to determine a reasonable and appropriate penalty for the violations based on the nature and
extent of the violations, consideration of the economic benefit to the sources of non-compliance, and
adjustments for specific circumstances. Violations are grouped in four general categories based on the
potential for harm and the nature and extent of the violations. Penalty ranges for each category are
as follows.

(1) Category A. $7,000 - $10,000 per day;
(2) Category B. $2,000 - $7,000 per day;
(3) Category C. Up to $2,000 per day; and
(4) Category D. Up to $299.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 5-3
5.5 R307-150 Emission Inventories
Emission inventories will be submitted on or before April 15 of each year following the calendar year
for which an inventory is required. UMW will submit an inventory every third year beginning with
calendar year 2002 for all emissions units including fugitive emissions. The inventory will include PM10,
PM2.5, oxides of sulfur, oxides of nitrogen, carbon monoxide, volatile organic compounds, ammonia,
other chargeable pollutants, and hazardous air pollutants not exempted in R307-150-8. For each
pollutant, the inventory shall include the rate and period of emissions, excess or breakdown emissions,
startup and shut down emissions, the specific emissions unit which is the source of the air pollution,
composition of air contaminant, type and efficiency of the air pollution control equipment, and other
information necessary to quantify operation and emissions and to evaluate pollution control efficiency.
The emissions of a pollutant will be calculated using the source's actual operating hours, production
rates, and types of materials processed, stored, or combusted during the inventoried time period.

5.6 R307-165 Emission Testing
Emission testing is required at least once every five years of all sources with established emission
limitations specified in approval orders issued under R307-401 or in section IX, Part H of the Utah
state implementation plan. In addition, if the director has reason to believe that an applicable emission
limitation is being exceeded, the director may require the owner or operator to perform such emission
testing as is necessary to determine actual compliance status. Sources approved in accordance with
R307-401 will be tested within six months of start-up.

5.7 R307-309 - Nonattainment and Maintenance Areas for PM10 and
PM2.5: Fugitive Emissions and Fugitive Dust.
This rule establishes minimum work practices and emission stand ards for sources of fugitive emissions
and fugitive dust. R307-309 applies to all new or existing sources of fugitive dust one-quarter acre or
greater and any sources of fugitive emissions located in the PM10 and PM2.5 nonattainment and
maintenance plan areas as defined in 40 CFR 81.345 (July 1, 2011). Collectively, the PM10 and PM2.5
nonattainment and maintenance plan areas are geographically defined as all regions of Salt Lake and
Davis counties; all portions of the Cache Valley; all regions in Weber County west of the Wasatch
mountain range; all regions of Utah County; in Box Elder County, from the Wasatch mountain range
west to the Promontory mountain range and south of Portage; and in Tooele County, from the
northernmost part of the Oquirrh mountain range to the northern most part of the Stansbury mountain
range and north of Route 199.

Fugitive emissions from any source shall not exceed 15% opacity. Opacity observations of fugitive
emissions from stationary sources shall be conducted in accordance with EPA Method 9. For
intermittent sources and mobile sources, opacity observations shall be conducted using Method 9;
however, the requirement for observations to be made at 15 seco nd intervals over a six-minute period
shall not apply.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 5-4
Opacity caused by fugitive dust shall not exceed: 10% at the property boundary; and 20% on site. Any person
owning or operating a new or existing source of fugitive dust one-quarter acre or greater in size shall submit
a fugitive dust control plan to the director. Opacity shall not apply when the wind speed exceeds 25 miles per
hour if the owner or operator has implemented, and continues to implement, the accepted fugitive dust control
plan and administers at least one of the following contingency measures: Pre-event watering; Hourly watering;
Additional chemical stabilization; or Cease or reduce fugitive dust producing operations, or other contingency
measure approved by the director.

Any person responsible for construction or maintenance of any new or existing unpaved road shall prevent,
to the maximum extent possible, the deposit of material from the unpaved road onto any intersecting paved
road during construction or maintenance. Any person who deposits materials that may create fugitive dust on
a public or private paved road shall clean the road promptly.

5.8 R307-401 Permit: New and Modified Sources
This rule establishes the application and permitting requirements for new installations and modifications to
existing installations in Utah. R307-401 applies to any person intending to: (a) construct a new installation
which will or might reasonably be expected to become a source or an indirect source of air pollution, or (b)
make modifications or relocate an existing installation which will or might reasonably be expected to increase
the amount or change the effect of, or the character of, air contaminants discharged, so that such installation
may be expected to become a source or indirect source of air pollution, or (c) install a control apparatus or
other equipment intended to control emissions of air contaminants.

Any person subject to R307-401 shall submit a notice of intent to the director and receive an approval order
prior to initiation of construction, modification or relocation. The notice of intent shall be in a format specified
by the director.

Within 30 days after receipt of a notice of intent, or any additional information necessary to the review, the
director will advise the applicant of any deficiency in the notice of intent or the information submitted. Within
90 days of receipt of a complete application including all the information described in R307- 401-5, the director
will (a) issue an approval order for the proposed construction, installation, modification, relocation, or
establishment pursuant to the requirements of R307-401-8, or issue an order prohibiting the proposed
construction, installation, modification, relocation or establishment if it is deemed that any part of the proposal
is inadequate to meet the applicable requirements of R307.
5.9 R307-410 Permits: Emissions Impact Analysis
This rule establishes the procedures and requirements for evaluating the emissions impact of new or modified
sources that require an approval order under R307-401 to ensure that the source will not interfere with the
attainment or maintenance of any NAAQS. The rule also establishes the procedures and requirements for
evaluating the emissions impact of hazardous air pollutants. The rule also establishes the procedures for
establishing an emission rate based on the good engineering practice stack height as required by 40 CFR
51.118.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 5-5
Prior to receiving an approval order under R307-401, a new sour ce in an attainment area with a total controlled
emission rate per pollutant greater than or equal to amounts specified in Table 1, or a modification to an
existing source located in an attainment area which increases the total controlled emission rate per pollutant
of the source in an amount greater than or equal to those specified in Table 1, shall conduct air quality
modeling, as identified in R307-410-3, to estimate the impact of the new or modified source on air quality
unless previously performed air quality modeling for the source indicates that the addition of the proposed
emissions increase would not violate a National Ambient Air Quality Standard, as determined by the Director.

• sulfur dioxide - 40 tons per year
• oxides of nitrogen - 40 tons per year
• PM10 - fugitive emissions 5 tons per year and fugitive dust
• PM10 - non-fugitive emissions 15 tons per year or non-fugitive dust
• carbon monoxide - 100 tons per year

The ambient air impact from emissions of hazardous air pollutants are also to be reviewed based on the
guidance in R307-410-5.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants 6-1
6. DISPERSION MODELING
Per R307-410-4, dispersion modeling of criteria pollutants in attainment areas is required if a total controlled
emissions rate per pollutant is greater than 15 tons per year o f non-fugitive PM10 and 10 tons of fugitive PM2.5.
Salt Lake County is in non-attainment for PM2.5 so dispersion modeling requirements do not apply for this
pollutant. Salt Lake County is a maintenance area for PM10. Projected emissions of non-fugitive PM10 from the
proposed new aluminum chopper wire line at UMW are estimated to be 2.81 tons which is below UDAQ
modeling thresholds; hence, no dispersion modeling was required for this project.

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants A-1
APPENDIX A. BAGHOUSE/DUST COLLECTED SPECIFICATION SHEETS
AMD OPERATOR MANUAL

CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 1 - SAFETY

Safety Recommendations ............................................................................ 1-1

Section 2 - RECEIVING

Receiving & Inspection of the Unit ............................................................. 2-1
Storage Recommendations .......................................................................... 2-2

Section 3 - INSTALLATION

Setting Up Your Unit ................................................................................... 3-1
HVP Basic Installation Diagram ................................................................. 3-4
Bag & Cage Installation .............................................................................. 3-5
HVP Timer & Solenoid Electrical Wiring Diagram ................................... 3-6
Magnehelic Gauge Connections .................................................................. 3-8
Explosion Vent Installation ......................................................................... 3-9

Section 4 - OPERATION

Operating Principle ...................................................................................... 4-1
Start-Up Check List ..................................................................................... 4-2
Start-Up Dust Control Systems ................................................................... 4-4
Shutdown Procedures .................................................................................. 4-5

Section 5 – COMPONENT INFORMATION

Main Component Listing ............................................................................. 5-1
HVP Cleaning System Drawings & Parts Listings ..................................... 5-3
Cyclo Style Installation Guide ................................................................... 5-11
Morse Style Maintenance Instructions ...................................................... 5-31
Drive Motor Data Sheets & Connection Diagram .................................... 5-39
Torque Limiter Clutch Information .......................................................... 5-44
Magnehelic Gauge Instructions ................................................................. 5-48
Roots Blower IOM Manual ....................................................................... 5-52
Roots Oil MSDS ........................................................................................ 5-80

CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Section 6 - TROUBLESHOOTING

Dust Collector .............................................................................................. 6-1
Cleaning System .......................................................................................... 6-5

Section 7 - MAINTENANCE

Routine Maintenance ................................................................................... 7-1

Section 8 – APPENDIX

Dust Collector Terms & Definitions ........................................................... 8-1
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Section 1 – Safety Recommendations

Because this unit may be under pressure or vacuum do not attempt to open any
device, doors or panels while fans or blowers are running. The unit has air lines
and valves with a maximum recommended operating pressure of 15 psig. To
eliminate the danger of bursting care must be taken to insure maximum desired
pressure is not exceeded.

Before servicing any portion of the compressed air blower system the air supply
must be shut off and any pressure relieved.

If your unit is equipped with a discharge auger or an airlock assure that chain
guards are installed before start-up and servicing is attempted only after
electrical power is locked out.

While servicing the filter it is very important that there are no open flames,
welding or grinding sparks. Dust laden air could be highly explosive and extreme
care must be taken. Most filter bags will burn if exposed to sparks, welding or
open flames.

Before entering any dust collector:

• Run cleaning mechanism 20 minutes with the fan off to clean filter bags.
• Completely discharge dust solids from hopper, if applicable.
• Shut off compressed air blower supply and relieve pressure in the
compressed air reservoir.
• Lock out all electrical power on all equipment especially rotating
equipment.
• On toxic operation, purge collector housing and install a blank in the inlet
duct.
• Install catwalks and safety cables as required.
• Secure access doors in an open position or remove doors.
• Use the buddy system.
• Wear a respirator or appropriate breathing equipment.
• Use common sense.

Follow all current OSHA regulations relative to Lockout / Tag-Out and Confined
Space Entry and any other applicable regulations when servicing your
equipment.

On the following page are examples of safety stickers you will find on Camcorp
equipment. These will help identify potential hazards on the equipment.

1-1
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Examples of Safety Stickers

------DANGER------

The DANGER &
CAUTION stickers
indicate serious potential
hazards which may result
in serious injury or
possible death. Extreme
care should be observed
when working in these
areas.

-----CAUTION------

1-2

-------OTHER-------

These stickers provide
instruction or helpful
information.

Serial Number Plate

Important information
contained on these is
needed by Camcorp when
calling for parts or service.
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Section 2 - Receiving

Receiving the Equipment

Prior to accepting the shipment(s) care must be taken to inspect all
equipment received both for proper count and for damage. Any and all
irregularities must be noted on the carrier’s copy of the shipping receipt to
assist in settling any claims for damage or shortages. All equipment is
shipped FOB point of origin whether on a prepaid or collect freight basis.

ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGE IN TRANSIT OR SHORTAGES
MUST BE BROUGHT AGAINST THE CARRIER BY THE
PURCHASER.

Once your claim has been filed with the carrier, contact CAMCORP to
notify us of the problem(s). We will then advise the appropriate repair
procedure or recommend it be returned to our factory, depending on the
extent of the damage.

Inspection of the Equipment

Housing: Particular attention should be paid to the sheet metal housing of
your collector. The unit should be inspected for dents, cracks or rips. A
dented housing may seriously affect the structural integrity of the unit. If
any of these signs are present note them on the shipping receipt and
notify CAMCORP immediately. The entire unit should be checked against
the certified drawings for correctness. CAMCORP should be notified
immediately if there are any discrepancies. No corrections may be made
without the expressed written consent of CAMCORP.

Components: A count should be made of all pieces received and this
should be verified against the carrier’s manifest. Boxes should be
inspected for rough handling, which may have resulted in hidden damage.

2-1
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Storage Recommendations

Baghouse, Bin Vent, Filter Receiver, Platforms & Caged Ladders

• Equipment can be stored outside.
• Equipment must be blocked up to keep the any steel out of the dirt.
• Most baghouses are supplied with a plain unfinished interior dirty air
plenum. If storage of more than two weeks is anticipated the interior
should be prime coated before storage.
• Covering the unit openings with a tarp is required to keep water out of the
interior so as to prevent rusting or corroding. The equipment is shipped
with light weight temporary covers that aren’t intended to seal the
openings.

Filter Bags & Cages

• Filter bags must be stored inside a cool dry area protected from moisture,
rodents and insects.
• For extended storage the boxes for the bags should be wrapped with
plastic wrap or stretch wrap to protect from moisture.
• If the bags get wet for any reason, immediately lay them out with plenty of
ventilation to dry in order to prevent mold and mildew.
• It is recommended to store the cages inside a dry area if at all possible.
• If an inside location is not available the cages can be stored outside as
long as they are covered by a tarp.
• Cages are generally stored horizontally on pallets to keep them off the
ground.
• If cages can be stored horizontally do not stack over three boxes high.
• If the job site is in an area that may receive a significant snow load the
cages must be stored vertically in order to prevent being crushed by the
weight of the snow. Do not stack more than one box high.

Accessory Parts

• This includes all gauges, nylon or copper tubing, valves, gaskets and
other parts not specifically called out.
• These items should be stored inside a cool dry place protected from
moisture, insects, and rodents.

2-2
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Storage Recommendations (continued)

Fan and Fan Accessories

• Fans can be stored outside on a pallet or skid to keep them out of water
and dirt.
• Fan silencers, outlet dampers, and inlet boxes should also be tarped and
stored on a pallet or skid.
• Reference fan IOM manual for long-term storage.

Ducting

• Ducting can be stored outside on a pallet or skid to keep it off the ground.
It should be positioned so that water does not sit on or in the ducting.
• If ducting is unpainted carbon steel it should be at least primed coated
before storage.
• If ducting is already finish coated, it should be tarped to protect the finish.

Knife Gate

• All limit switches, solenoids, and air cylinder ports must be capped and
taped to prevent any moisture or dirt from entering.
• Equipment can sit outside provided it is covered with a tarp and is on a
pallet or skid to keep it out of water and dirt.
• Reference knife gate IOM manual for long-term storage.

Isolation Dampers

• All limit switches, solenoids, and air cylinder ports must be capped and
taped to prevent any moisture or dirt from entering.
• Equipment can sit outside provided it is covered with a tarp and is on a
pallet or skid to keep it out of water and dirt.

Rotary Valve

• Rotor and interior of valve should be well oiled with vegetable oil to
prevent rust and to maintain compatibility with product.
• Unit can be stored outside provided it is covered with a tarp and is on a
pallet or skid to keep it out of water and dirt.
• Reference rotary valve IOM manual for long-term storage.

2-3
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Storage Recommendations (continued)

Butterfly (Wafer Valve)

• All limit switches, solenoids, and air cylinder ports must be capped and
taped to prevent any moisture or dirt from entering.
• Unit can be stored outside provided it is covered with a tarp and is on a
pallet or skid to keep it out of water, dirt and sunlight.
• Reference butterfly valve IOM manual for long-term storage.

Level Indicators

• Store these items inside a protected cool dry area.

AC Inverters

• Store these items and all other electrical controls inside a protected cool
dry area.

2-4
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Section 3 - Installation

Setting Up Your Unit

CAMCORP dust collectors are shipped either in one piece fully assembled,
or in two or more sections depending on the unit size and weight. Before
attempting to move the dust collector or any of its sections review both the
certified general assembly drawing supplied from CAMCORP and the
rigging and lifting guidelines included in this manual. Become familiar with
the size and number of sections to be assembled, the orientation of inlet,
outlet, access door and platforms as well as the number and location of
lifting lugs.

Most units will be shipped with temporary galvanized covers over the
exterior housing openings – inlet, outlet, explosion vents etc. These will be
marked and must be removed prior to the final connections being made at
these connection points.

Dust collectors of this type are manufactured from steel sheets or plate and
are quite flexible. Therefore, even though care has been taken to maintain
dimensional accuracy and squareness, some difficulty should be anticipated
and temporary bracing in the field may be required.

GENERAL ASSEMBLY: Assembly of the all welded units is very simple
and trouble free. This usually consists of setting the unit, mounting the high
entry inlet (if applicable), mounting the platform and caged ladder, and
attaching the discharge device (anti-bridging auger and airlock or just an
airlock) to the hopper discharge. All components are pre-fit at the factory. If
there is any problem mounting these please call Camcorp immediately
before proceeding with any modifications.

FASTENERS & SEALING: It is important to use the proper length of
fastener when mounting items to the external housing such as the platform
and high entry inlet. Bolts that are too long on the high entry inlet will
protrude into the housing too far and bags could wear against these and
cause holes in the fabric. On the platform, a long bolt could prevent the
cleaning sweep arm from rotating by protruding into the path of its rotation.
It is very important on any of these fasteners that penetrate the housing to
use silicone sealer under the washer and bolt head to seal the penetration.
This will prevent water from being pulled into the unit. On the high entry inlet
flange assure that the entire flange is sealed and each hole is encircled with
sealant.

3-1
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Setting Up Your Unit (continued)

EXPLOSION VENTS: These should be installed after the unit is set in place
and after all attachments have been made. This will assure that stresses
exerted on the unit won’t cause the vent to rupture. Mount the vent between
the housing flange and the retaining flange provided. Do not use silicone
sealer on this connection. If the explosion vent is domed the “bulged” side of
the vent protrudes outside of the unit.

LIFT POINTS: All CAMCORP dust collectors are provided with lifting lugs for
ease in handling of the units during field erection and installation. The
number and location of these lifting lugs will vary depending on the model,
size, and weight of the dust collector. Before attempting to rig and lift your
dust collector review the certified general assembly drawing supplied from
CAMCORP to verify the number and location of lifting lugs as well as visually
checking this information on the actual unit. Large units are frequently
shipped in several sections so check the lifting lugs provided on each
section. If these cannot be used or there is some question about lifting lug
location consult the engineering staff at CAMCORP for proper location since
proper care must be taken to prevent damage to housing or its components.

If the unit is a complete welded unit use the lift eyes on the roof of the unit
and slings on the support legs near the hopper connection to lift the unit from
the truck. If the unit has a bolt on high entry inlet it will be provided with lift
eyes also.

Some larger units are provided in bolted sections. These will have lift points
built into the design. Use these to carefully assemble the units. A drawing
should be available to show how the unit fits together.

Attach tag lines at several locations to help in controlling the unit when lifted
and to prevent spinning or swinging.

The dust collector should be lifted and lowered at a slow, uniform rate and
not allowed to bounce or joggle since this can cause excessive impact
stresses at the lift points.

DOORS & FLANGES: The access door should only be hand tightened.
Excessive pressure can distort the door panel itself resulting in leakage. All
bolts on flanges should be tight. All ports in the dust collector not being used
must be plugged prior to start-up.

3-2
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Setting Up Your Unit (continued)

PULSE TIMER: A 120 volt 60 Hertz circuit is required to operate the dust
collector’s pulse cleaning system (unless a different voltage for components
was requested). This timer must be wired according to the wiring diagram
and be provided with a circuit that is free from transient currents. Do not over
fuse. Assure that the red plug in the exhaust port of the solenoid is removed
prior to start up.

It is convenient to locate the pulse timer close to the compressed air blower
as the timer interval is set relative to the blower pressure.

PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE: Remove the plastic wrap around the PRV.

HVP COMPRESSED AIR BLOWER: The blower is typically located directly
below the housing penetration in the dust collector clean air plenum for the
compressed air piping. It can be located farther away if necessary. The
compressed air piping is typically not provided by Camcorp.

MAGNEHELIC GAUGE: The differential pressure gauge, mounting bracket,
fittings and tubing are usually shipped loose in a box with the dust collector.
When installing these assure that the high-pressure port of the gauge is
connected below the tube sheet and the low-pressure port is connected
above the tube sheet on the dust collector. There are pipe couplings welded
on the side of the dust collector for these connections. After the differential
pressure gauge is permanently mounted the gauge needs to be zeroed prior
to connecting the tubing to the gauge.

AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT: All auxiliary equipment must be installed
according to its manufacturer’s specifications and interlocked with the entire
system as needed. Direction of rotation of each item must be checked prior
to start-up of the entire system.

3-3
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
A A
B B
C C
D DACCESS PLATFORM
CAMCORP MODEL HVP
BASIC INSTALLATION
DIAGRAM
CAGED
LADDER
LADDER
BRACE
MODEL HVP
DUST COLLECTOR
BOLT-ON HIGH
ENTRY INLET
SWEEP ARMS
FILTER BAGS
& CAGES
HVP RANDOM
PULSE TIMER
COMPRESSED
AIR BLOWER
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Bag and Cage Installation

Installation of Bag and Cage Assembly – Top Loader

The bags and cages are accessed through the access door in the clean
air plenum of the dust collector.

Inspect the cages for any signs of damage, warping, bent wires or missing
welds. Inspect the filter bags for any signs of mold, mildew, ripped seams
or holes.

Lower the closed end of the bag through the hole in the tube sheet and
carefully feed the bag in. Assure that the bag doesn’t scrap against the
sides of the tube sheet hole. Excessive scraping can damage filter bags
with special coatings or finishes.

With your hands, “kidney shape” the snap band bag top in order to fit and
align it within the tube sheet hole. Fit the groove of the snap band to the
I.D. of the tube sheet hole and allow it to expand and audibly snap into
place. If the band will not snap into place initially, do not push on the
“dimple” as doing this will permanently damage the snap band. Instead,
kidney shape the snap band from the opposite side of the dimple. Then
you can allow the band to expand and audibly snap into place.

Check the fit of the snap band in the tube sheet hole. It should be even in
height above the tube sheet around the entire circumference, which will
confirm to the installer that the filter bag is centered and well secured in
the tube sheet.

Lower the cage into the bag and press that cage top down into the bag’s
snap band I.D. When in position the rolled flange of the cage top will rest
on the tube sheet and the bag and cage assembly will be rigidly mated.

Replace access door and tighten accordingly. You are ready to begin
start-up procedures if all other preceding tasks and hook-ups are
completed.

3-5
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Section 4 - Operation

Operating Principle

A. Solids laden air or gases enter the unit at the housing inlet.
B. Air passes through the filter media.
C. Solids are retained on the filter media surface.
D. Cleaning cycle consists of a momentary blast of 7-8 psig compressed
air:
1. Momentarily taking a row of bags off stream through pressure
reversal.
2. Flexing filter bags.
3. Solids are released to fall towards hopper and through rotary
valve or other discharge equipment.

4-1
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Start-Up Checklist

Installation

Make sure the unit is secured to the mounting surface. The ladder(s) and
platform(s) must be tightened and set up according to OSHA requirements.
Ducting and piping must be secured and routed out of the way of traffic
whenever possible to avoid injury. Ducting must also be free of all debris
including moisture.

Interior of Dirty Air Plenum

Verify that the hopper interior and discharge device is clear of any material,
tools, or construction debris.

The high-level indicator, if equipped, should be connected to the port
provided.

Interior of Clean Air Plenum

Verify that all tool boxes and construction material has been removed.

Verify that bags and cages are properly installed.

Assure that the sweep arms are installed and that the nozzles point down.
On multiple units assure that the proper sweep arms are installed and that
every row has a nozzle.

Check the rotation direction of the sweep arm. It should be counter-
clockwise as viewed looking down at the tubesheet.

Verify that the sweep arm drive chain is running smoothly. If not, adjust the
drive up or down to assure proper tracking of the chain. Also verify the chain
tensioner is tracking properly. The arm should run smoothly and evenly.

Verify the operation of the cleaning system. The pulsing should be sharp,
consistent, and at even intervals.

When the compressed air blower is running and the pulsing system is off
the pressure relief valve should relieve at approximately 8 PSI.

4-2
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Start-Up Checklist (continued)

Exterior of Dust Collector

The access door, high entry inlet, inspection ports and explosion relief
vent(s) should seat effectively to prevent leakage.

All bolts must be properly tightened.

Operate the dust discharge device (airlock or airlock / anti-bridging auger) of
the dust collector. Check the rotation of the motor driven equipment.

Explosion Relief Panels – Rupture Style (when required)

Inspect explosion relief vents for cracks and assure all mounting bolts are
tight.

Compressed Air Cleaning System

The pulse timer must be correctly wired and mounted in its enclosure in a
suitable location. Typically, the timer is located near the compressed air
blower. Set the time interval on the timer to between 5 and 7 seconds.

All the piping connections between the diaphragm and the solenoid valve
must be tight.

The red plug must be removed from the exhaust port of the solenoid
valve. This is typically done at the factory.

Start the compressed air system and check for air leaks in all parts of the
system. With the timer off the blower should build up pressure to at least
8 psig. The relief valve on the compressed air reservoir will prevent over
pressurizing the system. Energize the timer board to begin pulsing. Verify
the solenoid is firing and that the pulses are consistent and at the same
pressure.

Check for air leakage at all flanged connections.

4-3
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Start-Up Dust Control Systems

Fan or Blower System

Start the fan or blower and check for proper rotation.

Check dust pickup points for proper suction. Balance airflow in individual
ducts.

Equipment Start-Up Sequence

Start the pressure convey blower under the airlock if so equipped.

Dust take away equipment such as rotary airlocks, anti-bridging augers /
screw conveyors, horizontal unloading valves can be started.

Start the rotating cleaning arm motor.

Energize the pulse cleaning timer and solenoid.

Start the compressed air blower.

The main exhaust fan can now be started and brought up to speed.

Start the dust-laden air through the dust collector. The fan should be
started under partial load to allow the bags to become slowly and evenly
coated with dust particles.

On pneumatic conveying systems watch the differential pressure gauge
closely for the first hour or so. If unstable, the collector discharge system
may be too small for the volume it is seeing. A quick fix is to reduce the
material feed until the discharge rate can be increased.

Observe the manometer or magnahelic differential pressure gauge
reading. As the new filter bags become coated with dust, the efficiency of
the filtering action increases and the differential pressure across the filter
bags will also increase. Slowly bring the collector to full load and note the
final pressure drop across the filter bags. Never allow the pressure drop
across the filter bags to exceed 17” w.g. maximum or the filter bags may
collapse.

4-4
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Shutdown Procedures

Reverse start-up procedure, shut down fan, then after a 5 or 10-minute
delay, shut down the compressed air system, rotating arm, timer and
discharge system.

4-5
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Section 5 - Component Information

The following pages show details of the mechanical and electrical components of
a typical Model HVP dust collector. Below is information for identifying each
component and repair kit if applicable.

Dwyer Magnehelic Differential Pressure Gauge
Camcorp part number 400031 – Range: - 15” w.c.

Timer - Replacement Timer w/o Enclosure
Camcorp P/N 400167 – HVP Timer, Random Pulse

Diaphragm Valve
Camcorp P/N 400236 – Goyen # RCA50 (2” Valve)
Camcorp P/N 400237 – Goyen Diaphragm Repair Kit

Camcorp P/N 400378 – HVP Large Diaphragm Assembly includes
Large Diaphragm Material, Spring, Spring
Washer, & Aluminum Plates

Solenoid Valve – Goyen
Camcorp P/N 400166 – Replacement Goyen Solenoid (Obsolete)
Camcorp P/N 400382 – Solenoid Repair Kit

Solenoid Valve – ASCO
Camcorp P/N 400366 – Replacement ASCO Solenoid

Camcorp P/N 400367 – Solenoid Conversion Kit, Goyen
To ASCO

Cleaning Arm Gear Reducer Assembly
Camcorp P/N 400085 - SWF003 Inside Mounted Morse Style
Camcorp P/N 400087 - SWF004 Outside Mounted Morse Style
Camcorp P/N 400398 – SWF007 Inside Mounted Cyclo Style

Cleaning Arm Drive Motor
Camcorp P/N 400088 – Motor, ½ HP, Explosion Proof

5-1
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Cleaning Arm Chain Tensioner Assembly
Camcorp P/N 400346 – Horizontal Tensioner & Idler Sprocket

Cleaning Arm Torque Limiter Assembly
Camcorp P/N 400334 – Torque Limiter Assembly including Clutch,
Sprocket, & Bushing

Cleaning Arm 4-Bolt Flange Bearing
Camcorp P/N 400080 – Bearing, 4-Bolt Flange Thrust, 1 ½”

Explosion Vents (if applicable) - Confirm Vent(s) with Camcorp
Camcorp P/N 400068 – 18”x35” Flat Vent, 1.5 PSI Burst
Camcorp P/N 400105 – 18”x35” Domed Vent, 1.5 PSI Burst
Camcorp P/N 400067 – 36”x36” Flat Vent, 1.5 PSI Burst
Camcorp P/N 400096 – 36”x36” Domed Vent, 1.5 PSI Burst

The parts above are supplied as standard components on a Camcorp Model
HVP. If you require high temperature components, 24VDC or 220VAC
components, etc. please contact Camcorp for the correct parts.

5-2
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com

CAMCORP HVP Cleaning Mechanism Components (Current Design)

Item Quantity Description
1 1 HVP Cleaning Sweep Arm, Left (Size varies by model)
2 1 HVP Cleaning Sweep Arm, Right (Size varies by model)
3 1 4-Bolt Flange Bearing
4 1 8” Rotating Air Pipe
5 1 RA Bearing Assembly
6 1
Motor, ½ HP Explosion Proof, 230/460/3/60 (Standard – Optional ¾ HP
575 V motors are available for Canada. – Check your dust collector
drawing to verify the size and voltage.)
7 1 Gear / Speed Reducer Assembly
8 1 Torque Limiter w/Drive Sprocket (for Cyclo Design Reducer)
9 1 Chain
10 1 Driven Sprocket
11 1 Chain Tensioner w/Idler Sprocket
12 1 Compressed Air Reservoir - 14.9 PSI maximum (Size varies by model)
13A 1 ASCO Solenoid, 120 VAC, NEMA 9 (Current Design)
13B 1 Goyen Solenoid, 120 VAC, NEMA 9 (Old Design)
14 1 Weighted Relief Valve w/14 Weights (8 PSI Relief Pressure)
15 1 Goyen Double Diaphragm Valve
16 1 8” Diaphragm Valve

5-3
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
A A
B B
C C
D D
CAMCORP MODEL HVP
CLEANING MECHANISM
COMPONENTS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
9
11
12
13
14
15
16
CA
M
C
O
R
P

MO
D
E
L

H
V
P

CL
E
A
N
I
N
G

D
R
I
V
E

AS
S
E
M
B
L
Y
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
5
9
11
4
6
78
CA
M
C
O
R
P

M
O
D
E
L

H
V
P
DI
A
P
R
A
G
M

V
A
L
V
E

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
CAMCORP HVP Cleaning Mechanism Components (Old Design)

Item Quantity Description
1 1 Gear / Speed Reducer Assembly
2 1 Torque Limiter w/Drive Sprocket (for Morse Design Reducer)

5-7
CA
M
C
O
R
P

M
O
D
E
L

H
V
P
OL
D

D
E
S
I
G
N

C
L
E
A
N
I
N
G
DR
I
V
E

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
A
A
B
B
C
C
D
D
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
CAMCORP HVP Compressed Air Blower

Item Quantity Description
1 1 Motor, 1800 RPM, TEFC (HP Varies by Model)
2 1 Roots Style Blower (Size Varies by Model)
3 1 HVP Blower Base (Size Varies by Model)
4 1 Inlet Filter (Size Varies by Model)
5 1 Discharge Silencer (Size Varies by Model)
6 1 Drive Sheave (Size Varies by Model)
7 1 Driven Sheave (Size varies by Model)
8 1 Belt (Size varies by Model)

5-9
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
A A
B B
C C
D D
CAMCORP MODEL HVP
COMPRESSED AIR BLOWER
www.sumitomodrive.com
Manual 04.601.61.010
1-800-SM-CYCLO
Cyclo® 6000
Installation and Quick-Start Guide
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 1
Safety
Consult the factory if Cyclo® speed reducers are driven by DC
motors, variable frequency AC drives or speeds other than
standard catalog input speeds.
Be sure to install and operate Cyclo® speed reducers,
gear-motors and brakemotors in compliance with applicable
local and national safety codes. Appropriate guards for rotat-
ing shafts should be used and are available from the factory.
When Cyclo® speed reducers, gearmotors or brakemotors are
a component in a system for human transport, install a
secondary safety device in order to minimize the risk of
accidents that may result in personal injury, death or
equipment damage.
2www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Cyclo® 6000
Note:For additional operation and maintenance instructions,
please refer to the Cyclo 6000 Series O&M Manual.
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 2
Inspection
Upon receipt verify that:
The information on the nameplate (Figures 1 & 2) matches the
specifications of the unit you ordered.
The unit was not damaged during shipment.
All nuts and bolts are securely tightened.
There are no missing parts or accessories.
Daily:
Check for loose nuts and bolts.
On gearmotors, check for obstructions to the cooling fan.
Listen for abnormal sounds. Stop the unit and inspect it if you
hear any abnormal internal sounds.
Check for high temperature and abnormal vibration.
Caution: If you suspect the temperature is elevated, be
extremely careful when touching the unit!A temperature
rise of up to 104 °F (40°C) above ambient on the ring gear
housing surface is acceptable if the fluctuation is small.
However, a rapid rise in temperature may indicate that the
lubricant is low.
Check for lubricant leaks.
3www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Installation/Quick-Start2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 3
Nameplate
The nameplate, which is secured to the housing, lists your unit’s
essential identification information. You will need to give your
sales representative or distributor the complete description shown
on the nameplate when ordering replacement parts or requesting
service.
Cyclo® 6000
1-800-SM-CYCLOwww.sumitomodrive.com 4

You willneed to give your
s

Note: Nameplate style may differ depending on your order specification.

Fig. 1 Gearmotor Nameplate
Fig. 2 Reducer Nameplate
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 4
5www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Installation/Quick-Start
Mounting and Alignment
Mounting
Horizontal type, oil lubricated units must be mounted on
horizontal surfaces. Do not mount a unit on an inclined
surface unless it was specified when your order was placed
and it has the necessary modifications.
The unit must be mounted in a location that allows easy
accessibility for lubrication maintenance purposes.
When the unit is mounted in a separate enclosure, be sure it
has adequate ventilation.
Foundations
Foundations must be designed to withstand shock and stress
applied from the load side through the reducer.
Secure Housing
When the unit’s operating conditions include excessive
vibration and/or frequent starts and stops, secure it on the
mounting surface by inserting dowel pins into the holes
provided in the casing feet. This ensures that bending or
shearing forces are reduced on the mounting bolts. Be sure
the dowel pins are inserted securely, especially when the unit
will be operated under severe, recurrent peak loads.
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 5
6www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Cyclo® 6000
Accurate Alignment
When the reducer is connected to the motor and driven
machine with couplings, the shafts must be properly aligned.
When the reducer is connected by V-pulleys or sprockets,
ensure that the belts or chains are neither too tight nor too
slack.
Overhung Load Positions
Overhung loads should be located as close to the bearing as
possible.Correct Incorrect
Reducer Wall
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 6
7www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Installation/Quick-Start
Motor
Mounting
Reducer Supplied with Motor:
Some units may come complete from the factory with the
motor attached. In this case, no additional preparation is
required. Mount the unit appropriately and wire the motor as
described in the Wiring section.
Quill Input Reducer (Non-Food Grade)
Supplied without Motor:
Inspect the hollow bore of the high-speed shaft for debris or
other material that may prevent the insertion of the motor
shaft into the hollow quill input shaft – carefully clean if
necessary.
Inspect the motor shaft for any damage or material that may
affect the installation of the motor into the reducer – carefully
clean if necessary.
To enable easy installation and removal of the motor, apply
anti-seize paste to both the reducer hollow bore and the motor
shaft.
Place the motor key into the motor shaft and carefully insert
the motor into the quill high-speed shaft of the reducer.
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 7
8www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Cyclo® 6000
Ensure that the motor flange bolts are aligned with the
through-holes of the reducer flange, and also ensure that the
motor is properly aligned with the reducer.
Bolt the motor into place. Refer to the motor operating
instructions for proper bolt tightening torque.
Quill Input Reducer (Food Grade)
Supplied without Motor:
Hollow input shaft units for the Food and Beverage industry
have either an o-ring or a gasket for installation between the
motor and reducer.
Installation Instructions
1.Make sure that the o-ring is in the o-ring groove, or that the
gasket is in place.
2.Apply a thin film of the supplied food-grade Klüberpaste to
the hollow shaft. Save enough Klüberpaste to coat the
Cyclo output shaft.
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 8
9www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Installation/Quick-Start
Wiring
Wiring diagrams for our motors and brakemotors are illustrated
below. For additional information, please refer to the motor
name plate, as well as the wiring diagram inside the conduit
box cover.
Three-Phase Motors (230/460 V)
Y-Connected (V-112M, and VA-100L and smaller)
Delta-Connected (V-132S, and VA-132S and larger)
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8 568
9
9 47 9
4 5 6
7 8 9
1 2 3
1 2 3 1 2 3
1 2 3
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 9
10www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Cyclo® 6000
Due to changes in design features, a diagram shown here may
conflict with that shown inside the conduit box cover. In case
of any discrepancy, be sure to follow the diagram inside
the conduit box cover.
Standard Wiring Connection, Dual Voltage - Models FB-01A through FB-15B
Normal Brake Action, 230V and 575V
Single Voltage Motors
Fast Brake Action, 230V
Fast Brake Action, 460V and 575V
Single Voltage Motors
Normal Brake Action, 460V
Motor
Motor
Motor
Motor
Brake
Brake
Rectifier
Rectifier
Brake
Brake
Rectifier
Rectifier
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 10
11www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Installation/Quick-Start
Lubrication
Caution: Before following the instructions below, read all
lubrication stickers on the unit to determine the lubrication
type. Instructions listed on stickers supersede the instructions
in this guide.
Oil
Some oil-lubricated models may be shipped from the
factory already filled to the correct level with oil.A unit
pre-lubricated with oil has a tag attached that identifies it as
pre-filled. If a unit is pre-lubricated with oil, no additional oil is
needed. Before starting the unit, replace the oil fill plug
with the air breather shipped with the reducer.
Models ordered without oil must be filled with lubricant
before startup. To fill the unit with oil, first remove the oil fill
and oil overflow plugs, and fill the reducer with the
recommended oil. Refer to Tables 1, 2 and 3 on pages 15 and
16 for recommended oil and quantity.
Fill the reducer with oil until oil flows from the overflow hole.
Do not overfill with oil!If overfilled, the unit’s operating
temperature will rise too high and/or oil will leak through the
high speed shaft oil seal. Once the reducer is filled with the
correct amount of lubricant, carefully reinstall the oil overflow
plug and install the air breather in the oil fill hole.
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 11
12www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Cyclo® 6000
To drain the oil, remove the drain plug. Replace plug once
drain is complete.
Grease
Grease lubricated models are filled with grease prior to
shipping.
Note:It is highly recommended that reducer oil be changed
after 500 hours of primary operation.
For additional operation and maintenance instructions, please
refer to the Cyclo® 6000 Series O&M Manual.
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 12
13www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Installation/Quick-Start
Horizontal
Vertical
Vertical
Sizes 6130/5 and 6140/5 only
Oil Fill Levels
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 13
14www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Cyclo® 6000
Oil Fill Level for Food-Grade Cyclo® Option
Air Breather
Oil Fill
Oil Overflow
Oil Drain
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 14
15www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Installation/Quick-Start
Lubrication Cont’d
Ambient Temp.ISO
° F ° C Grade
32 to 95 0 to 35 460 Klüebersynth UH1 6-460
Table 1. Recommended Food Grade Oil
(For Cyclo® Frame Sizes 613 through 6165 only)
Recommended Oil
Table 2. Recommended Oil - Non Food Grade
Ambient Temp.
ChevronTexaco Exxon Oil Mobil Oil Shell Oil BP Oil
°F °C
14 to 41° -10 to 5°
EP Gear
Compound 68
Spartan
EP 68
Mobilgear
600 XP 68
(ISO VG 68)
Omala S2 G
68
Energol
GR-XP 68
32 to 95° 0 to 35°
EP Gear
Compound
100, 150
Spartan
EP100
EP150
Mobilgear
600 XP 100, 150
(ISO VG 100, 150)
Omala S2 G
100, 150
Energol
GR-XP 100
GR-XP 150
86 to 122° 30 to 50°
EP Gear
Compound
220, 320, 460
Spartan
EP 220
EP320
EP 460
Mobilgear
600 XP 220,
320, 460
(ISO VG 220, 460)
Omala S2 G
220, 320
460
Energol
GR-XP 220
GR-XP 320
GR-XP 460
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 15
16www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Cyclo® 6000
Single Reduction Double Reduction
Frame Size
Mounting Configuration
Frame Size
Mounting Configuration
Horizontal
(gal.)
Vertical
(gal.)
Horizontal
(gal.)
Vertical
(gal.)
6130, 6135 0.18 0.29 6160DC, 6165DC 0.40 0.26
6140, 6145, 614H 0.18 0.29 6170DC, 6175DC 0.63 0.50
6160, 6165, 616H 0.37 0.26 6180DB, 6185DB 0.92 0.53
6170, 6175 0.50 0.50 6190DA, 6195DA 1.5 0.71
6180, 6185 0.66 0.53 6190DB, 6195DB 1.6 0.71
6190, 6195 1.1 0.71 6205DA, 6205DB 1.6 2.9
6205 1.5 1.5 6215DA, 6215DB 2.6 3.7
6215 2.2 2.0 6225DA, 6225DB 2.9 4.8
6225 2.6 2.6 6235DA, 6235DB 4.5 6.1
6235 4.0 3.2 6245DA, 6245DB 4.8 7.7
6245 4.2 4.0 6255DA, 6255DB 6.1 11.1
6255 5.5 11.1 6265DA 8.5 13.5
6265 7.7 13.5 6275DA 15.9 15.9*
6275 14.8 15.9*
Table 3. Oil Quantity
Note: Please consult factory for oil quantities when the reducer
is mounted in any other position or angle
* With trochoid pump
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 16
17www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Installation/Quick-Start
Start-up
Check the following under no load prior to start-up:
Be sure the Cyclo® reducer is filled with the correct amount of
standard oil or grease.
Ensure that the driven load and the Cyclo® reducer or gearmo-
tor are properly secured.
Verify the rotation direction. If a reverse direction is required,
simply reverse any two power leads. Check the voltage supply
and current (line and phase) to verify balancing for a
three-phase power source.
When power is supplied to the motor, if start-up is
abnormally long, is not completed or any abnormal sound
is heard, immediately shut-off the power and consult the
factory.
Measure the current draw. The current measured at full
load should not exceed the nameplate rating.
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 17
18www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Cyclo® 6000
Long Term Storage Procedure
Preparation for Six Months to One Year Storage
Completely fill oil lubricated units with a rust preventitive oil
(Shell VSI Circulating Oil No. 100 - NP-20 or equivalent)
Grease lubricated models are filled with grease prior to
shipping and do not require additional lubricant during long
term storage.
At approximately three-month intervals, both oil and grease
lubricated models require that you rotate the input shaft
several times to keep all internal components coated with
lubricant. The higher the ratio, the more rotations needed for
proper lubrication.
Consult the factory for storage procedures if you plan to store
your unit for longer than one year.
Operation After Six Months to One Year Storage
For oil lubricated units:
~Completely drain the rust preventive or circulating oil from
the unit.
~Flush the unit with the recommended operating oil
(see Table 1 or 2, page 15).
~After flushing, fill the unit with the correct quantity of
recommended oil (see Table 3, page 16).
~Follow the steps listed in the Start-up section of this
document before operating.
Grease lubricated units do not require any special
procedures following storage, however, you should follow
the steps listed in the Start-up section of this document
before operating.
Consult the factory before operating units stored for periods
longer than one year or for additional details.
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 18
19www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
Installation/Quick-StartInstallation/Quick-Start
Notes
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 19
www.sumitomodrive.com 1-800-SM-CYCLO
North & South America
USA:Chesapeake, VA: [phone]
Glendale Heights, IL: [phone]
Corona, CA: [phone]
Louisville, KY: [phone]
Verona, VA: [phone]
Canada: Toronto: [phone]
Vancouver: [phone]
Mexico: Monterrey: [phone]
Mexico City: [phone]
Guadalajara: [phone]
Brazil: Sao Paulo: [phone]
Chile: Antofagasta: [phone]
Concepción: [phone]
Santiago: [phone]
Argentina: Buenos Aires: [phone]
Colombia:Bogota: [phone]
Guatemala:Guatemala: [phone]
For worldwide location details: www.sumitomodrive.com
Headquarters & Manufacturing
4200 Holland Boulevard
Chesapeake, VA 23323
Tel: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
E-mail: [e-mail]
2057_15_54717_Guide 6/1/15 1:01 PM Page 20
Center Distances
1.33, 1.54, 1.75, 2.06, 2.37, 2.62, 3.00, 3.25
3.75, 4.50, 5.16 and 6.00
®
Emerson Power Transmission
P O Box 687
MAYSVILLE, KY 41056
Phone: [phone]
www.emerson-ept.com
F O R M
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
FOR WORM GEAR
SPEED REDUCERS
8721
March 2003
™
2
© Emerson Power Transmission Manufacturing, L.P. or affiliates 2003. All Rights Reserved.
TO CHANGE OUTPUT SHAFT DIRECTION
To change the hand of a unit from left hand to right hand, or vice versa, the following instructions apply:
1. Remove drain plug and drain oil from unit.
2. Remove end cover and seal cage capscrews; then while supporting output shaft remove end cover and shims from
the unit. (The shims may be between the seal cage/end cover and housing, or between the bearing outer race and
seal cage/end cover - do not remove the bearing race unless it is to be replaced).
3. Remove output shaft and seal cage together from extension side.
NOTE: Keep all shims with their respective seal cage and end cover.
4. Reassemble unit per instructions later in this manual.
UNIT DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove drain plug and drain oil from unit.
2.Low speed shaft (gear shaft) removal:
A. Remove end cover and seal cage capscrews.
B. With a firm hold on the output extension remove end cover and shims (The shims may be between the seal cage/
end cover and housing, or between the bearing outer race and seal cage/end cover - do not remove the bearing
race unless it is to be replaced).
C. Carefully slide output shaft assembly and seal cage out extension side.
D. Slide seal cage off low speed shaft using caution to prevent damage to seal lips.
E. Wire or tie the shims to their mating end cover and seal cages. (This only applied if the shims are between the
seal cage/end cover and housing). They will be available for reference when assembling the unit. Some units
are factory assembled with internal shims so this note may not apply.
Disconnect all before adjusting units
CAUTION
wercspaC
eziS
euqroT
)sbL.tF(
02-4/152.6
81-61/531
61-8/302
41-61/753
31-2/105
11-8/509
Table 1
WARNING!
High voltage and rotating parts may cause
serious or fatal injury.
Turn off power to install or service.
Operate with guards in place.
Read and follow all instructions in this manual.
CAPSCREW
TIGHTENING
TORQUES
INTRODUCTION
The following instructions apply to RAIDER® Worm Gear Speed Reducers. When ordering parts or requesting information
be sure to provide all the data stamped on the reducer nameplate.
EQUIPMENT REQUIRED
In addition to standard Mechanic's tools, the following equipment is required: arbor press, wheel puller, torque wrench,
dial indicator, seal driver, bluing, adhesive sealant, snap ring pliers for internal and external rings.
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
Housings - Clean external surfaces of reducer before removing seal cages and end covers to
prevent dirt from falling into the unit. Record mounting dimensions of accessories for reference
when reassembling. If it is necessary to remove the reducer from its operating area, disconnect
all connected equipment and lift reducer from its foundation.
Seals - Replacement of all seals is recommended when a unit is disassembled. However, if seals
are not to be replaced, protect seal lips by wrapping shaft with plastic tape coated with oil or
grease before removing or replacing seal cage assembly. Clean the shaft but do not use any
abrasive material on the shaft surface polished by the seal.
If the reducer is painted, extreme care should be taken to mask the shaft
extensions and rubber surface of the seals. Paint on the shaft adjacent to the
seal or on the seal lip will cause oil leakage.
3
© Emerson Power Transmission Manufacturing, L.P. or affiliates 2003. All Rights Reserved.
Figure 3 Figure 4Figure 1 Figure 2
Sheet Metal Screws
3. High speed shaft (worm shaft) removal:
C-Flange units 1.33 C.D. through 3.25 C.D.:
Use a small chisel to make a groove in the stamped steel cover opposite the motor flange. Pry off the cover. Remove
internal snap ring from housing bore. Remove motor flange. Using a plastic hammer, gently tap on the motor end of the
shaft to feed worm shaft assembly through housing and out.
3.75 C.D. through 6.00 C.D.:
Remove motor flange. Remove seal cage opposite motor face. Keep shims with seal cage for reassembly. Remove bearing
nut and washers from end opposite motor. Using a plastic hammer, gently tap the shaft on the motor end. Push shaft
assembly through housing until rear bearing outer race is free. Slide bearing inner-races off the shaft and remove worm
through front of housing. If a press is available, pressing the shaft out is preferable.
Basic units 1.33 C.D. through 3.25 C.D.:
Use a small chisel to make a groove in the stamped steel cover opposite the motor flange. Pry off the cover. Remove
internal snap ring from housing bore. Remove motor flange. Using a plastic hammer, gently tap on the extension end of
the shaft, to feed worm shaft assembly through housing and out. On units with C.D. of 1.33, 1.54, 2.63, and 3.00, front
bearing will remain in housing bore. Use soft tool and plastic hammer to tap bearing out extension end of housing from
rear. Be sure to tap on outer-race of bearing. If a press is available, pressing this bearing out is preferable.
3.75 C.D. through 6.00 C.D.:
Remove front and rear seal cages. Keep shims with seal cages for reassembly. Remove bearing nut and washers from
end opposite extension. Using a plastic hammer, gently tap the shaft on extension end. Push shaft assembly through
housing until rear bearing outer-race is free. Slide bearing inner-races off shaft. Reverse direction and push shaft through
extension end of housing and out. If a press is available, pressing the shaft out is preferable.
PARTS SERVICE
1.Housing – Clean inside of housing with kerosene or solvent and then dry.
2.Seal cages and end cover – Remove dirt from joint faces, wipe clean and dry.
3.Air vent – Wash in kerosene, blow clean and dry.
4.Seals – To replace seals without dismantling reducer refer to steps C through F below. To replace seals when the
entire reducer is dismantled and coupling hubs, sprockets, pulleys, pinions, keys, etc. have been removed the
following instructions apply:
Note: Replacement of all seals is recommended when a unit is disassembled. New seals will leak if the seal lips
are damaged or if seal’s rubbing surface on the shaft has been altered. Protect seal lips at all times. Clean the shaft
but do not use any abrasive material on the shaft surface polished by the seal.
A. Block up seal cages and press or drive out seal.
B. Remove old sealing compound from seal seat in cage if it is present. If a seal with rubber coating on the outside
diameter is used, no sealant is necessary. If no rubber coating is on seal outside diameter, coat seal cage bore
with adhesive sealant immediately before assembly.
To prevent possible damage to seal lips, do not reassemble seals until high speed and low speed shafts have
been reassembled to the housing. Then see steps E and F below.
C. See Figures 1 through 4 – To replace seals without dismantling reducer, proceed as follows:
Do not damage shaft; new seals will leak if seal contacting surface is marred. Use punch and place two or more
holes in steel casing of seal, Figure 1. (The steel casing may be rubber coated) Insert sheet metal screws, leaving
the heads sufficiently exposed so they can be pried up or grasped with pliers, Figure 2. Do not drill holes because
chips may get into the unit.
Disconnect all power before adjusting units
4
© Emerson Power Transmission Manufacturing, L.P. or affiliates 2003. All Rights Reserved.
D. Work seal loose. Be careful to keep all metal or dirt particles from entering unit. Remove old sealing compound
from seal seat if it is present. Also remove burrs and sharp edges from shaft. Clean with rag moistened with solvent.
Do not use abrasive material on shaft seal contacting surface.
E. Protect seal lips when handling; seal leakage will result if these are damaged. If a seal with rubber coating
on the outside diameter (O.D.) is used, no sealant is necessary. If no rubber coating is on seal O.D., coat
seal cage bore with adhesive sealant. Coat seal lips with oil and carefully work seal into position. Before
sliding seal into position, protect seal lips from shaft keyway edges by wrapping shaft with plastic tape coated
with oil. Position garter spring toward the inside of the unit. Place a square faced pipe or tube against the seal
O.D. and drive or press seal until fully seated as shown in Figure 3. Do not strike seal directly.
F. For best performance, seat the seal square with shaft within .005" at 180°. Check with dial indicator as shown
in Figure 4, Page 3, or with a straight edge and feelers, or square and feelers. To straighten a cocked seal, place
tubing over the seal and tap the tube lightly at a point diametrically opposite the low point on the seal. Do Not
strike seal directly.
5.Bearings –
A. Wash all bearings per bearing manufacturers recommendations and then dry.
B. Inspect bearings carefully and replace those that are worn or questionable.
Note: Replacement of all bearings is recommended.
C. Use a wheel puller or press to remove worm shaft bearings. Apply force to inner race only – not to cage or outer
race.
D. Use a wheel puller or press to remove taper bearing inner races.
E. To replace tapered bearing inner races and all ball bearings, heat bearings in an oil bath or oven to maximum
of 290° F (143° C). Slide high speed shaft bearings onto the oiled shaft until seated against the shoulder or snap
ring of the shaft. Slide low speed shaft bearing onto the oiled shaft against the gear spacer.
F. Thoroughly coat all bearings with lubrication oil.
6.Worm, gear and shafts
A. Worm and high speed shaft – since all worms are integral with the high speed shaft, any wear or damage to the
worm will necessitate replacing both.
B. Press shaft out of bronze worm gear. To reassemble gear and low speed shaft, freeze shaft or heat gear. Do
not exceed 200° F (93° C). Insert key into the shaft keyway and press shaft into oiled gear bore.
Note: It is advisable to replace both the worm and worm gear should either of the assemblies require
replacement.
UNIT REASSEMBLY
1.Preliminary
A. Check to see that all worn parts have been replaced, gear and bearings coated with oil and all parts cleaned.
Remove all foreign matter from unit feet. The feet must be flat and square with each other.
B. Before starting to reassemble reducer, clean old shims or replace with new shims of equal thickness.
2.High Speed Shaft (Worm Shaft) Assembly
C-Flange units 1.33 C.D. through 3.25 C.D.:
Lubricate Bearing Bores of Housing. Press bearing onto end of worm shaft flush to shoulder (or snap ring). Lock bearing
onto shaft with external snap ring. Insert shaft assembly from opposite motor end into housing until seated against shoulder
in bore. Lock shaft assembly into housing bore with internal snap ring. Coat outside diameter of stamped steel end cover
with adhesive sealant (except, if end cover is rubber coated DO NOT use sealant) and press into input bore opposite motor
flange until flush with housing.
C-Flange units 3.75 C.D. through 6.00 C.D.:
Apply adhesive sealant to both housing input faces. Sub-assemble the two bearing inner-races onto rear of worm shaft
and secure with lock nut and washers. Insert shaft assembly into rear bore of housing along with the first bearing outer-
race. With plastic hammer gently tap end of shaft until bearing outer-race is seated against shoulder in housing bore. If
a press is available, pressing the assemble in is preferable. Press the final bearing outer race in and install the rear seal
cage. Adjust end play per instructions below (Item 3C). Install motor flange.
Basic units 1.75 , 2.06, 2.37 and 3.25 C.D.:
Disconnect all power before adjusting units
5
© Emerson Power Transmission Manufacturing, L.P. or affiliates 2003. All Rights Reserved.
Disconnect all power before adjusting units
Lubricate Bearing Bores of Housing. Sub-assemble the rear bearing onto worm shaft. Lock rear bearing onto shaft with
external snap ring. Insert shaft assembly from opposite extension end into housing until bearing is seated against shoulder
in bore. Lock shaft assembly in housing bore with internal snap ring. Coat outside diameter of stamped steel endcover with
adhesive sealant (except, if end cover is rubber coated DO NOT use sealant) and press into input bore opposite extension,
until flush with housing.
1.33 , 1.54, 2.62 and 3.00 C.D.:
Lubricate Bearing Bores of Housing. Sub-assemble the rear bearing onto worm shaft. Lock rear bearing onto shaft with
external snap ring. Insert shaft assembly from opposite extension end into housing until bearing is seated against shoulder
in bore. Lock shaft assembly in housing bore with internal snap ring. Press front bearing into extension side of housing
until seated against shoulder or snap ring on the worm shaft. Coat outside diameter of stamped steel endcover with
adhesive sealant (except, if end cover is rubber coated DO NOT use sealant) and press into input bore opposite extension,
until flush with housing.
3.75 through 6.00 C.D.:
Apply adhesive sealant to both housing input faces. Press extension side bearing inner-race onto worm shaft. Insert worm
shaft into extension side bore of housing. Hold worm shaft in place and slip bearing inner-race onto shaft until seated
against shoulder. Press rear bearing outer-race into housing bore opposite extension until seal cage can be installed. Install
seal cage. Adjust end play per instructions below (Item 3C).
3.Low Speed Shaft (Gear Shaft) Assembly
A. Determine output shaft direction.
B. Assemble low speed shaft assembly, seal cage, and end cover with shims on both seal cage and end cover.
Torque capscrews to torques listed in Table 1. Rotate the input shaft to seat output bearings.
C. Moving the shaft back and forth by hand, check axial float with dial indicator as shown in Figure 5. Axial float must
be .0005 - .003" with .0005 being the absolute minimum. Do not preload bearings. If the axial float is not as
specified, add or subtract required shims under end cover or behind bearing outer race, inside the cover,
depending on the unit.
D. Remove output shaft with seal cage and apply bluing to several teeth on the gear. Worm thread and gear teeth
must be clean of oil. Reassemble output shaft and seal cage with output key facing up.
E. Use a rag to apply hand pressure to the output shaft and rotate the high speed shaft both directions until the gear
teeth with bluing have gone through gear mesh several times. Return output shaft to original position. Remove
output shaft and seal cage to inspect contact. Compare with Figure 6. If contact is not correct, move assembly
in the direction shown in Figure 6 by adjusting the shims. Maintain the same total shim thickness so the bearing
end play is not affected. Repeat Steps D a E until contact pattern is acceptable.
F. Recheck axial float with dial indicator.
G. When contact pattern is correct, tighten seal cage and end cover capscrews to torques listed in Table 1.
Fig. 5
6
© Emerson Power Transmission Manufacturing, L.P. or affiliates 2003. All Rights Reserved.
1/6 OF FACEWIDTH
CLEAR ON
ENTERING SIDE
1/3 1/3 1/3
IDEAL
RUNS FROM
CENTER TOWARDS
LEAVING EDGE
MOVE GEAR
RUNS TO
ENTERING EDGE
DOES NOT ENTER
CENTER THIRD
MOVE GEAR
4.Seals - To reassemble seals to unit, see Parts Service Steps on
Page 3.
5.Motorized Coupling Adapter
Reassemble using the original dimensions determined under "General
Instructions" on Page 2.
6.Final Inspection
A. Turn the gear train by hand as a final check.
B. Re-install reducer and accessories.
C. Fill reducer with the recommended oil to the appropriate level.
See the installation instructions supplied with the
reducer.
D. Spin test for three minutes and check for noise, leakage or rapid
temperature rise.
PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE
1. After first week, check all external capscrews and plugs for tightness.
2. Periodically, check oil level when gears are at rest. Add oil if needed. Do not fill above the recommended level because
leakage and overheating may result.
Fig. 6a: Entering and Leaving Sides
Fig. 6b: ACCEPTABLE
Fig. 6c: UNACCEPTABLE
Emerson Power Transmission
P.O. Box 687
Maysville, Kentucky 41056
TEL: [phone]
Printed in U.S.A.
Martin SPROCKET & GEAR, INC.
BULLETIN TL-1
TORQUE LIMITER CLUTCH
DRIVE OVERLOAD PROTECTION
Now in Stock at All Martin Facilities
Also Stock Plate Sprockets Bored to
Size and Face Ground for Torque Limiters
Martin TORQUE-LIMITER
clutch offers thrifty overload protection
that’s easy to adjust.
Here is low cost protection for your machinery . . . a torque
limiting clutch that is easy to install.
Torque-Limiter clutches feature an exclusive “Easy-Set
Adjustment.” With “Easy-Set,” torque adjustment is accom-
plished quickly! The need for hammer and block, brute
strength and spanner wrenches is eliminated.
These simple steps and the job is done:
1. Snug up the adjusting nut, finger tight, locate set screw
over nearest spline notch and tighten. See table at right.
2. Tighten three cap screws until heads bottom — with a
small wrench; this gives maximum torque.
3. For less torque — back off the cap screws, loosen the set
screw, back off adjusting nut to one of the six spline
notches as required, and retighten set screw and cap
screws.
“Easy-Set Adjustment” not only simplifies installation, it pro-
vides solid support for pressure plates by compression at
their peripheries.
The Torque-Limiter clutch gives machinery permanent protec-
tion against overloads during starting, reversing or driving —
by slipping at any desired load. It resumes driving without
resetting when the overload is relieved. It is simple in
design, compact, efficient and built for long life. It provides
low cost torque limiting service for a wide variety of applica-
tions. No lubrication . . . minimum maintenance.
Starting shock from electric motors is a major cause of
maintenance of moving parts. Torque-Limiter clutches pro-
vide a cushion by slipping until the torque drops to a pre-set
level. They can be set to reduce shock loads on motors and
driven equipment during reversing or inching. They provide
mechanical protection against breakage due to sudden
overload — by slipping when the pre-set torque limit is
reached.
2
Torque-Limiter
Clutches
Torque-Limiter clutches may be used with a sprocket, gear,
sheave, flange or other driven member. It is recommended
that the rubbing sides of the driven member be ground to
provide a smooth rubbing surface of 65 to 125 micro-inches.
See torque rating table on following page.
The driven member is mounted on an oil-impregnated bush-
ing and clamped between two, high quality friction discs by
spring pressure. Each Torque-Limiter unit, completely
assembled, contains one spring. Higher torque ratings can
be obtained by the use of a second spring nested within the
original spring. See rating table on following page.
When an overload occurs, the driven member slips between
long-life, clutch-type friction discs. After slipping has started,
it will continue at approximately 90% of the torque setting,
due to the lower coefficient of friction when slipping, until the
overload condition has been corrected.
TO
R
Q
U
E

(
l
b
.
-
i
n
s
.
)
7
0
-
2
70
-
1
50-2
50-1
35-2
35-1
25-2
25-1
01234567
SPLINES
Note:
Graph indicates approximate rated torque vs number of
splines adjusting nut is backed off from finger tight.
TORQUE-LIMITER CLUTCH CALIBRATION
#25 300 700 400 1200
#35 600 1700 900 2500
#50 950 2650 2350 5700
#70 2000 8000 3100 11500
Torque Rating
One Spring Two Springs
Size Min. Max. Min. Max.
12000
11000
10000
9000
8000
7000
6000
5000
4000
3000
2000
1000
0
3
Torque-Limiter
Clutches
Stock Plate Sprockets with Ground
Face and Bored to Fit the Martin
Torque Limiter
Sprocket Size
35TTA25-25
35TTA26-25
40TTA20-25
40TTA22-25
40TTA24-25
40TTA28-25
40TTA30-25
50TTA17-25
50TTA21-25
50TTA22-25
Sprocket Size
35TTA35-35
35TTA40-35
40TTA28-35
40TTA30-35
40TTA32-35
50TTA22-35
50TTA24-35
50TTA25-35
50TTA26-35
60TTA18-35
60TTA20-35
TT25 1 300 700 400 1200 2
1⁄2 13⁄4 1⁄8 11⁄32 29⁄64 19⁄64 19⁄64 21⁄2 11⁄2 1.368 1.631/1.628
TT35 2.5 600 1700 900 2500 3
1⁄2 27⁄16 1⁄8 5⁄8 45⁄64 23⁄64 35⁄64 33⁄16 115⁄16 1.675 2.006/2.003
TT50 6 950 2650 2350 5700 5 27⁄8 1⁄8 5⁄8 53⁄64 29⁄64 21⁄32 45⁄16 213⁄16 2.625 3.008/3.005
TT70 18 2100 8000 3100 11500 7 37⁄8 1⁄4 11⁄4 55⁄64 31⁄64 29⁄32 6 4 3.811 4.197/4.194
Torque Rating CKL
(Pound-Inches)+.000 +.003
With One With Two –.002 –.000
Size Avg. Spring Springs**G Spline Spkt.
No. Wt.Min. Max. Min. Max
A B Min. Max. D E ♦H J O. D. Bore
Torque-Limiter Clutch Ratings
TT25 1⁄2 7⁄8 1
TT35 3⁄4 13⁄16 11⁄4
TT50 1 13⁄4 2
TT70 13⁄8 23⁄4 3
Size Stock Max. Bore
No.Bore Std. KW* Shallow KW*
1⁄2-9⁄16 1⁄8 × 1⁄16 17⁄16-13⁄4 3⁄8 × 3⁄16
5⁄8-7⁄8 3⁄16 × 3⁄32 113⁄16-21⁄4 1⁄2 × 1⁄4
15⁄16-11⁄4 1⁄4 × 1⁄8 25⁄16-23⁄4 5⁄8 × 5⁄16
15⁄16-13⁄8 5⁄16 × 5⁄32 313⁄16-3 3⁄4 × 3⁄8
Torque-Torque-
Limiter Limiter
Bore Keyway Bore Keyway
TT25 1⁄2 5⁄8 3⁄4 7⁄8
TT35 3⁄4 7⁄8 1
TT50 1 11⁄8 13⁄16 11⁄4 13⁄8 17⁄16 11⁄2 15⁄8
TT70 17⁄16 11⁄2 13⁄4 115⁄16 2 27⁄16
Size
No. Finished Bores
STK. 25 19 19 16 .. .. .. .. .. ..
TT25 Min. Teeth MTO 25 19 19 16 .. .. .. .. .. ..
Bush. Lght. Req’d. 1⁄8 1⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄4 .. .. .. .. .. ..
STK. 35 25 26 21 18 15 .. .. .. ..
TT35 Min. Teeth MTO 33 25 26 21 18 15 .. .. .. ..
Bush. Lght. Req’d. 1⁄8 1⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄8 .. .. .. ..
STK. 48 35 35 29 25 19 .. .. .. ..
TT50 Min. Teeth MTO 46 35 35 29 25 19 .. .. .. ..
Bush. Lght. Req’d. 1⁄8 1⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄8 .. .. .. ..
STK. .. .. 48 38 33 26 21 18 16 14
TT70 Min. Teeth MTO .. .. 48 38 33 26 21 18 16 14
Bush. Lght. Req’d. .. .. 1⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄8 3⁄8 1⁄2 7⁄8 7⁄8 1
Unit Min. Allowable Sprocket Teeth and Length of Bushing Req’d for Chain Number
Size Sprocket Pitch 35 41 40 50 60 80 100 120 140 160
Min. number of teeth on sprocket stocked by factory which can be used w/Torque-Limiter clutch.
Min. number of teeth on made-to-order sprocket which will permit chain to clear friction disc.
* Use one
3⁄8″long bushing and one 1⁄2″long.
♦Use two 1⁄2″long bushings.
† KW Same as Std. Listed in Tables Above. Additional S.S. See List Price
Bored to Size Torque Limiters w/Std. KW & I-SS
†
† Additional SS See List Price Alterations
* KW To Be Cut Central w/Threaded Spline
Standard Keyways
Stock Bores — Torque Limiters (No KW I-SS
†)
Using a center member with rubbing sides ground
parallel — 65 to 125 micro-inches. Center member
must be clean and free from oil, rust, etc.
** Second spring may be nested in one originally fur-
nished. Order if required.
♦Nominal for maximum torque setting. For minimum
torque setting, add 3⁄64 for No. 25; 5⁄64 for No. 35; 3⁄32 for
Nos. 50 and 70. When two springs are used this
dimension is increased approximately 1⁄16″on Nos.
25, 35 and 50 — 3⁄32″on No. 70.
TORQUE-LIMITER CLUTCHES
Each assembled unit contains one
spring. Higher ratings can be obtained
by ordering a second spring to nest in
the original one. Bushings need to be
ordered separately if required.
The rubbing sides of the center
member should be ground parallel —
65 to 125 micro-inches.
Sprocket Size
40TTA35-50
50TTA30-50
50TTA32-50
60TTA25-50
60TTA26-50
60TTA28-50
60TTA30-50
80TTA20-50
80TTA22-50
80TTA24-50
Sprocket Size
60TTA36-70
80TTA26-70
80TTA28-70
80TTA30-70
80TTA36-70
100TTA22-70
100TTA24-70
PRESSURE PLATE 2
FRICTION DISC 2
ADJ. NUT ASSY. & S.S. 1
ADJ. TENSION NUT 3
HUB 1
TT25 TT50
TT35 TT70 QTY. REG.*
SPARE PARTS
UNIT TT25 UNIT TT35
UNIT TT50 UNIT TT70
* PER UNIT
BGECED
JLK
A
SPECIFICATIONS
Dimensions: 4-3/4" dia. X 2-3/16" deep.
Weight: 1 lb. 2 oz.
Finish: Baked dark gray enamel.
Connections: 1/8 N.P.T high and low pressure
taps, duplicated, one pair side and one
pair back.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 2% of full scale, at
70°F. (Model 2000-0, 3%; 2000-00, 4%).
Pressure Rating: 15 PSI.
Ambient Temperature Range: 20° to 140°F
Standard gage accessories include two 1/8"
N.P.T. plugs for duplicate pressure taps,
two 1/8" pipe thread to rubber tubing
adapters, and three flush mounting
adapters with screws.
Caution: For use with air or compatible gases
only.
For repeated over-ranging or high cycle rates,
contact factory.
Hydrogen Gas Precautionary Note: The rec-
tangular rare earth magnet used in the
standard gage may not be suitable for
use with hydrogen gas since a toxic and
explosive gas may form. For hydrogen
service, consult the factory for an alter-
nate gage construction.
BULLETIN NO.A-27
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS and PARTS LIST
Magnehelic®Differential Pressure Gage
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
P.O. BOX 373 • MICHIGAN CITY, INDIANA 46360, U.S.A.
Telephone [phone]
Fax [phone]
Lit-by-fax: [phone]
www.dwyer-inst.com
e-mail: [e-mail]
MAGNEHELIC®INSTALLATION
1.Select a location free from excessive vibration
and where the ambient temperature will not
exceed 140°F Also, avoid direct sunlight which
accelerates discoloration of the clear plastic
cover. Sensing lines may be run any necessary
distance. Long tubing lengths will not affect accu-
racy but will increase response time slightly. Do
not restrict lines. If pulsating pressures or vibra-
tion cause excessive pointer oscillation, consult
the factory for ways to provide additional damp-
ing.
2.All standard Magnehelic gages are calibrated
with the diaphragm vertical and should be used
in that position for maximum accuracy. If gages
are to be used in other than vertical position, this
should be specified on the order. Many higher
range gages will perform within tolerance in other
positions with only rezeroing. Low range Model
2000-00 and metric equivalents must be used in
the vertical position only.
3. Surface Mounting
Locate mounting holes, 120° apart on a 4-1/8"
dia. circle. Use No. 6-32 machine screws of
appropriate length.
4. Flush Mounting
Provide a 4 9⁄16" dia. opening in panel. Insert gage
and secure in place with No. 6-32 machine
screws of appropriate length, with adaptors, Part
No. 360c, firmly secured in place.To mount gage
on I 1⁄4"-2" pipe, order optional A-610 pipe mount-
ing kit.
5. To zero the gage after
installation
Set the indicating pointer exactly on the zero
mark, using the external zero adjust screw on the
cover at the bottom. Note that the zero check or
adjustment can only be made with the high and
low pressure taps both open to atmosphere.
Operation
Positive Pressure:Connect tubing from source
of pressure to either of the two high pressure
ports. Plug the port not used. Vent one or both
low pressure ports to atmosphere.
Negative Pressure:Connect tubing from source
of vacuum or negative pressure to either of the
two low pressure ports. Plug the port not used.
Vent one or both high pressure ports to atmos-
phere.
Differential Pressure:Connect tubing from the
greater of two pressure sources to either high
pressure port and the lower to either low pres-
sure port. Plug both unused ports.
When one side of gage is vented in a dirty, dusty
atmosphere, we suggest an A-331 Filter Vent
Plug be installed in the open port to keep inside
of gage clean.
a. For portable use or temporary installation, use
1/8" pipe thread to rubber tubing adapter and
connect to source of pressure with rubber or
Tygon tubing.
b. For permanent installation, 1/4" 0. D., or larger,
copper or aluminum tubing is recommended.See
accessory bulletin S-101 for fittings.
Page 2
MAINTENANCE BULLETIN NO. A-27
Page 3
Maintenance:No lubrication or periodic servic-
ing is required. Keep case exterior and cover
clean. Occasionally disconnect pressure lines to
vent both sides of gage to atmosphere and re-
zero. Optional vent valves, (bulletin S-101),
should be used in permanent installations.
Calibration Check:Select a second gage or
manometer of known accuracy and in an appro-
priate range. Using short lengths of rubber or
vinyl tubing, connect the high pressure side of the
Magnehelic gage and the test gage to two legs of
a tee. Very slowly apply pressure through the
third leg. Allow a few seconds for pressure to
equalize, fluid to drain, etc., and compare read-
ings. If accuracy unacceptable, gage may be
returned to factory for recalibration.To calibrate in
the field, use the following procedure.
Calibration:
1. With gage case, P/N 1, held firmly, loosen
bezel, P/N 4 by turning counterclockwise. To
avoid damage, a canvas strap wrench or simi-
lar tool should be used.
2. Lift out plastic cover and "O" ring.
3. Remove scale screws and scale assembly. Be
careful not to damage pointer.
4. The calibration is changed by moving the
clamp, P/N. 70-b. Loosen the clamp screw(s)
and move slightly toward the helix if gage is
reading high, and away if reading low. Tighten
clamp screw and install scale assembly.
5. Place cover and O-ring in position Make sure
the hex shaft on inside of cover is properly
engaged in zero adjust screw, P/N 230-b.
6. Secure cover in place by screwing bezel down
snug. Note that the area under the cover is
pressurized in operation and therefore gage
will leak if not properly tightened.
7. Zero gage and compare to test instrument.
Make further adjustments as necessary
Caution:If bezel binds when installing, lubricate
threads sparingly with light oil or molybdenum
disulphide compound.
Warning:Attempted field repair may void your
warranty, Recalibration or repair by the user is not
recommended. For best results, return gage to
the factory. Ship prepaid to:
Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
Attn. Repair Dept.
55 Ward St.
Wakarusa, IN 46573
Trouble Shooting Tips:
• Gage won't indicate or is sluggish.
1. Duplicate pressure port not plugged.
2. Diaphragm ruptured due to overpressure.
3. Fittings or sensing lines blocked, pinched, or
leaking.
4. Cover loose or "O" ring damaged, missing.
5. Pressure sensors, (static tips, Pitot tube, etc.)
improperly located.
6. Ambient temperature too low. For operation
below 20°F order gage with low temperature,
(LT) option.
• Pointer stuck-gage can't be zeroed.
1. Scale touching pointer.
2. Spring/magnet assembly shifted and touching
helix.
3. Metallic particles clinging to magnet and inter-
fering with helix movement.
4. Cover zero adjust shaft broken or not properly
engaged in P/N 230-b adjusting screw.
We generally recommend that gages needing
repair be returned to the factory. Parts used in
various sub-assemblies vary from one range of
gage to another, and use of incorrect compo-
nents may cause improper operation or failure.
Gages repaired at the factory are carefully cali-
brated and tested to assure "like-new" operation.
After receipt and inspection, we will be happy to
quote repair costs before proceeding.
Consult factory for assistance on unusual appli-
cations or conditions.
Use with air or compatible gases only.
DWYER INSTRUMENTS, INC.
P.O. BOX 373 • MICHIGAN CITY, INDIANA 46360, U.S.A.
Telephone [phone]
Fax [phone]
Lit-by-fax: [phone]
www.dwyer-inst.com
e-mail: [e-mail]
BULLETIN NO. A-27
Page 4
Magnehelic®Gage
EXPLODED VIEW
Series 2000
Ordering Instructions:
When corresponding with the factory regarding Magnehelic®gage problems, refer to the
call-out numbers in this view. Be sure to include model number, pressure range, and any
special options. Field repair is not recommended; contact the factory for repair service
information.
©Copyright 1993 Dwyer Instruments, Inc.Printed in U.S.A. 6/93 12-440212-00
1. Case
2. Cover with zero adjust assy.
3. "O" ring seal
4. Bezel
5. Diaphragm sealing plate
6. Retaining ring
70. Range Spring assembly
a. Clamp set screw
b. Clamp
c. Mounting screws (2 req'd)
d. Clamping shoe (2 req'd)
e. Clamp plate screw
f. Spacer (2 req'd)
g. Clamp plate
14. Range Spring with magnet
150. Wishbone Assembly -consists of:
a. Front jewel
b. Locking nut
c. Wishbone
d. Pointer
e. Mounting screws (2 req'd)
f. Helix assembly (not shown)
g. Pivots (2 req'd) (not shown)
h. Rear jewel (not shown)
230. Zero adjust assembly-consists of:
a. Foot screws with washers (2 req'd)
b. Adjust screw
c. Foot
d. Finger
260. Scale Assembly-consists of:
a. Mounting screws (2 req'd)
b. Bumper pointer stop (2 req'd)
c. Scale
330. Diaphragm Assembly -consists of:
(Arbor press needed to install)
a. linkage assy., complete
b. Front plate
c. Diaphragm
d. Rear plate (not shown)
e. Plate washer (not shown)
360. Mounting Hardware Kit
a. Adapter -pipe plug 1/8" NPT to
rubber tubing - (2 req'd)
b. Pipe plug 1/8" NPT-(2 req'd)
c. Mounting lug (3 req'd)
d. Long screw (3 req'd)
e. Short screw (3 req'd)
ROOTSROOTSROOTS
BLOWERS EXHAUSTERS COMPRESSORS
™™
INSTALLATION OPERATION MAINTENANCE
US $3.00, Canada $4.50
Universal RAI®, URAI-DSL, URAI-G and Metric Series
Read starting check points under OPERATION. Run
equipment briefly to check for installation errors and
make corrections. Follow with a trial run under normal
operating conditions.
In event of trouble during installation or operation, do
not attempt repairs of ROOTS furnished equipment.
Notify ROOTS, giving all nameplate information plus an
outline of operating conditions and a description of the
trouble. Unauthorized attempts at equipment repair may
void ROOTS warranty.
Units out of warranty may be repaired or adjusted by the
owner. Good inspection and maintenance practices
should reduce the need for repairs.
NOTE: Information in this manual is correct as of the date of
publication. ROOTS reserves the right to make design or
material changes without notice, and without obligation to
make similar changes on equipment of prior manufacture.
For your nearest ROOTS Office, dial our Customer Service
Hot Line toll free; 1 877 363 ROOT(S) (7668) or direct 281-
966-4700.
Do These Things To Get The Most From Your ROOTS®blower
Contents
Information Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Operating Limitations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Lubrication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Check shipment for damage. If found, file claim with
carrier and notify ROOTS.
Unpack shipment carefully, and check contents against
Packing List. Notify ROOTS if a shortage appears.
Store in a clean, dry location until ready for installation.
Lift by methods discussed under INSTALLATION to
avoid straining or distorting the equipment. Keep covers
on all openings. Protect against weather and corrosion if
outdoor storage is necessary.
Read OPERATING LIMITATIONS and INSTALLATION sec-
tions in this manual and plan the complete installation.
Provide for adequate safeguards against accidents to
persons working on or near the equipment during both
installation and operation. See SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.
Install all equipment correctly. Foundation design must
be adequate and piping carefully done. Use recommend-
ed accessories for operating protection.
Make sure both driving and driven equipment is correct-
ly lubricated before start-up. See LUBRICATION.
Inspection & Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Figures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-15
Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-16
Assembly Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-22
Parts List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23-24
Basic Connection & Drive Shaft Information. . . . . . . . . 25-27
ISRB-2002 rev.0106
(formerly IOM-180-205)
2
ROOTS®products are sold subject to the
current General Terms of Sale, GTS-5001
and Warranty Policy WP-5020. Copies are
available upon request.
Contact your local ROOTS Office
or ROOTS Customer Service
Hot Line 1-877-363-ROOT(S) (7668) or
direct 281-966-4700.
3For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
Safety Precautions
Operating Limitations
A ROOTS blower or exhauster must be operated within cer-
tain approved limiting conditions to enable continued satis-
factory performance. Warranty is contingent on such opera-
tion.
Maximum limits for pressure, temperature and speed are
specified in TABLE 1 for various models & sizes of blowers &
exhausters. These limits apply to all units of normal con-
struction, when operated under standard atmospheric condi-
tions. Be sure to arrange connections or taps for instru-
ments, thermometers and pressure or vacuum gauges at or
near the inlet and discharge connections of the unit. These,
along with a tachometer, will enable periodic checks of oper-
ating conditions.
PRESSURE –The pressure rise, between inlet and discharge,
must not exceed the figure listed for the specific unit frame
size concerned. Also, in any system where the unit inlet is at
a positive pressure above atmosphere a maximum case rat-
ing of 25 PSI gauge (1725 mbar) should not be exceeded
without first consulting the ROOTS. Never should the maxi-
mum allowable differential pressure be exceeded.
On vacuum service, with the discharge to atmospheric pres-
sure, the inlet suction or vacuum must not be greater than
values listed for the specific frame size.
TEMPERATURE –Blower & exhauster frame sizes are
approved only for installations where the following tempera-
ture limitations can be maintained in service:
• Measured temperature rise must not exceed listed val-
ues when the inlet is at ambient temperature. Ambient
is considered as the general temperature of the space
around the unit. This is not outdoor temperature unless
the unit is installed outdoors.
• If inlet temperature is higher than ambient, the listed
allowable temperature rise values must be reduced by
2/3 of the difference between the actual measured inlet
temperature and the ambient temperature.
• The average of the inlet and discharge temperature must
not exceed 250°F. (121°C).
• The ambient temperature of the space the blower/motor
is installed in should not be highter than 120°F (48.8°C).
SPEED –These blowers & exhausters may be operated at
speeds up to the maximum listed for the various frame sizes.
They may be direct coupled to suitable constant speed driv-
ers if pressure/temperature conditions are also within limits.
At low speeds, excessive temperature rise may be a limiting
factor.
Special Note:The listed maximum allowable temperature
rise for any particular blower & exhauster may occur well
before its maximum pressure or vacuum rating is reached.
This may occur at high altitude, low vacuum or at very low
speed. The units’ operating limit is always determined by the
maximum rating reached first. It can be any one of the three:
Pressure, Temperature or Speed.
It is important that all personnel observe safety precautions
to minimize the chances of injury. Among many considera-
tions, the following should be particularly noted:
• Blower casing and associated piping or accessories may
become hot enough to cause major skin burns on con-
tact.
• Internal and external rotating parts of the blower and
driving equipment can produce serious physical injuries.
Do not reach into any opening in the blower while it is
operating, or while subject to accidental starting. Protect
external moving parts with adequate guards.
• Disconnect power before doing any work, and avoid
bypassing or rendering inoperative any safety or protec-
tive devices.
• If blower is operated with piping disconnected, place a
strong coarse screen over the inlet and avoid standing in
the discharge air stream. CAUTION: Never cover the
blower inlet with your hand or other part of body.
• Stay clear of the blast from pressure relief valves and the
suction area of vacuum relief valves.
• Use proper care and good procedures in handling, lifting,
installing, operating and maintaining the equipment.
• Casing pressure must not exceed 25 PSI (1725 mbar)
gauge. Do not pressurize vented cavities from an external
source, nor restrict the vents without first consulting
ROOTS.
• Do not use air blowers on explosive or hazardous gases.
• Other potential hazards to safety may also be associated
with operation of this equipment. All personnel working
in or passing through the area should be trained to exer-
cise adequate general safety precautions.
4
ROOTS blowers & exhausters are treated after factory
assembly to protect against normal atmospheric corrosion.
The maximum period of internal protection is considered to
be one year under average conditions, if shipping plugs &
seals are not removed. Protection against chemical or salt
water atmosphere is not provided. Avoid opening the unit
until ready to start installation, as corrosion protection will
be quickly lost due to evaporation.
If there is to be an extended period between installation and
start up, the following steps should be taken to ensure corro-
sion protection.
Coat internals of cylinder, gearbox and drive end bearing
reservoir with Nox-Rust VCI-10 or equivalent. Repeat
once a year or as conditions may require. Nox-Rust
VCI-10 is petroleum soluble and does not have to be
removed before lubricating. It may be obtained from
Daubert Chemical Co., 2000 Spring Rd., Oak Brook, Ill.
60521.
Paint shaft extension, inlet and discharge flanges, and all
other exposed surfaces with Nox-Rust X-110 or equiva-
lent.
Seal inlet, discharge, and vent openings. It is not rec-
ommended that the unit be set in place, piped to the
system, and allowed to remain idle for extended periods.
If any part is left open to the atmosphere, the Nox-Rust
VCI-10 vapor will escape and lose its effectiveness.
Protect units from excessive vibration during storage.
Rotate shaft three or four revolutions every two weeks.
Prior to start up, remove flange covers on both inlet and
discharge and inspect internals to insure absence of
rust. Check all internal clearances. Also, at this time,
remove gearbox and drive end bearing cover and inspect
gear teeth and bearings for rust.
Because of the completely enclosed unit design, location of
the installation is generally not a critical matter. A clean, dry
and protected indoor location is preferred. However, an out-
door location will normally give satisfactory service.
Important requirements are that the correct grade of lubricat-
ing oil be provided for expected operating temperatures, and
that the unit be located so that routine checking and servic-
ing can be performed conveniently. Proper care in locating
driver and accessory equipment must also be considered.
Supervision of the installation by a ROOTS Service Engineer
is not usually required for these units. Workmen with experi-
ence in installing light to medium weight machinery should
be able to produce satisfactory results. Handling of the
equipment needs to be accomplished with care, and in com-
pliance with safe practices. Unit mounting must be solid,
without strain or twist, and air piping must be clean, accu-
rately aligned and properly connected.
Bare-shaft Units:Two methods are used to handle a unit
without base. One is to use lifting lugs bolted into the top of
the unit headplates. Test them first for tightness and frac-
Installation
tures by tapping with a hammer. In lifting, keep the direction
of cable pull on these bolts as nearly vertical as possible. If
lifting lugs are not available, lifting slings may be passed
under the cylinder adjacent to the headplates. Either method
prevents strain on the extended drive shaft.
Packaged Units:When the unit is furnished mounted on a
baseplate, with or without a driver, use of lifting slings pass-
ing under the base flanges is required. Arrange these slings
so that no strains are placed on the unit casing or mounting
feet, or on any mounted accessory equipment. DO NOT use
the lifting lugs in the top of the unit headplates.
Before starting the installation, remove plugs, covers or seals
from unit inlet and discharge connections and inspect the
interior completely for foreign material. If cleaning is
required, finish by washing the cylinder, headplates and
impeller thoroughly with an appropriate solvent. Turn the
drive shaft by hand to make sure that the impellers turn
freely at all points. Anti-rust compound on the connection
flanges and drive shaft extension may also be removed at
this time with the same solvent. Cover the flanges until
ready to connect piping.
Mounting
Care will pay dividends when arranging the unit mounting.
This is especially true when the unit is a “bare-shaft” unit
furnished without a baseplate. The convenient procedure
may be to mount such a unit directly on a floor or small con-
crete pad, but this generally produces the least satisfactory
results. It definitely causes the most problems in leveling
and alignment and may result in a “Soft Foot” condition.
Correct soft foot before operation to avoid unnecessary load-
ing on the casing and bearings. Direct use of building struc-
tural framing members is not recommended.
For blowers without a base, it is recommended that a well
anchored and carefully leveled steel or cast iron mounting
plate be provided. The plate should be at least 1 inch (25
mm) thick, with its top surface machined flat, and large
enough to provide leveling areas at one side and one end
after the unit is mounted. It should have properly sized
studs or tapped holes located to match the unit foot drilling.
Proper use of a high quality machinist’s level is necessary for
adequate installation.
With the mounting plate in place and leveled, set the unit on
it without bolting and check for rocking. If it is not solid,
determine the total thickness of shims required under one
foot to stop rocking. Place half of this under each of the
diagonally-opposite short feet, and tighten the mounting
studs or screws. Rotate the drive shaft to make sure the
impellers turn freely. If the unit is to be direct coupled to a
driving motor, consider the height of the motor shaft and the
necessity for it to be aligned very accurately with the unit
shaft. Best unit arrangement is directly bolted to the mount-
ing plate while the driver is on shims of at least 1/8 inch
(3mm) thickness. This allows adjustment of motor position
in final shaft alignment by varying the shim thickness.
Aligning
When unit and driver are factory mounted on a common
baseplate, the assembly will have been properly aligned and
is to be treated as a unit for leveling purposes. Satisfactory
5For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
installation can be obtained by setting the baseplate on a con-
crete slab that is rigid and free of vibration, and leveling the
top of the base carefully in two directions so that it is free of
twist. The slab must be provided with suitable anchor bolts.
The use of grouting under and partly inside the leveled and
shimmed base is recommended.
It is possible for a base-mounted assembly to become twist-
ed during shipment, thus disturbing the original alignment.
For this reason, make the following checks after the base has
been leveled and bolted down. Disconnect the drive and
rotate the unit shaft by hand. It should turn freely at all
points. Loosen the unit foot hold-down screws and deter-
mine whether all feet are evenly in contact with the base. If
not, insert shims as required and again check for free
impeller rotation. Finally, if unit is direct coupled to the driv-
er, check shaft and coupling alignment carefully and make
any necessary corrections.
In planning the installation, and before setting the unit, con-
sider how piping arrangements are dictated by the unit
design and assembly. Drive shaft rotation must be estab-
lished accordingly and is indicated by an arrow near the
shaft.
Typical arrangement on vertical units has the drive shaft at
the top with counterclockwise rotation and discharge to the
left. Horizontal units are typically arranged with the drive
shaft at the left with counterclockwise rotation and discharge
down. See Figure 4 for other various unit arrangements and
possible conversions.
When a unit is DIRECT COUPLED to its driver, the driver RPM
must be selected or governed so as not to exceed the maxi-
mum speed rating of the unit. Refer to Table 1 for allowable
speeds of various unit sizes.
A flexible type coupling should always be used to connect the
driver and unit shafts.
When direct coupling a motor or engine to a blower you must
insure there is sufficient gap between the coupling halves and
the element to prevent thrust loading the blower bearings.
When a motor, engine or blower is operated the shafts may
expand axially. If the coupling is installed in such a manner
that there is not enough room for expansion the blower shaft
can be forced back into the blower and cause the impeller to
contact the gear end headplate resulting in damage to the
blower. The two shafts must be in as near perfect alignment
in all directions as possible, and the gap must be established
with the motor armature on its electrical center if end-play
exists. Coupling manufacturer’s recommendations for maxi-
mum misalignment, although acceptable for the coupling, are
normally too large to achieve smooth operation and maxi-
mum life of the blower.
The following requirements of a good installation are recom-
mended. When selecting a coupling to be fitted to the blower
shaft ROOTS recommends a taper lock style coupling to
insure proper contact with the blower shaft. If the coupling
must have a straight bore the coupling halves must be fitted
to the two shafts with a line to line thru .001” interference fit.
Coupling halves must be warmed up per coupling manufac-
turer’s recommendations. Maximum deviation in offset align-
ment of the shafts should not exceed .005” (.13 mm) total
indicator reading, taken on the two coupling hubs. Maximum
deviation from parallel of the inside coupling faces should not
exceed .001” (.03 mm) when checked at six points around
the coupling.
When a unit is BELT DRIVEN, the proper selection of sheave
diameters will result in the required unit speed. When select-
ing a sheave to be fitted to the blower shaft ROOTS recom-
mends a taper lock style sheave to insure proper contact with
the blower shaft. This flexibility can lead to operating tem-
perature problems caused by unit speed being too low. Make
sure the drive speed selected is within the allowable range for
the specific unit size, as specified under Table 1.
Belt drive arrangements usually employ two or more V-belts
running in grooved sheaves. Installation of the driver is less
critical than for direct coupling, but its shaft must be level
and parallel with the unit shaft. The driver should be mount-
ed on the inlet side of a vertical unit (horizontal piping) and
on the side nearest to the shaft on a horizontal unit. SEE
PAGE 6 - Acceptable Blower Drive Arrangement Options.
The driver must also be mounted on an adjustable base to
permit installing, adjusting and removing the V-belts. To
position the driver correctly, both sheaves need to be mount-
ed on their shafts and the nominal shaft center distance
known for the belt lengths to be used.
CAUTION:Drive couplings and sheaves (pulleys) should have
an interference fit to the shaft of the blower (set screw types
of attachment generally do not provide reliable service.) It is
recommended that the drive coupling or sheave used have a
taper lock style bushing which is properly sized to provide the
correct interference fit required. Drive couplings, that require
heating to fit on the blower shaft, should be installed per cou-
pling manufacturer recommendations. A drive coupling or
sheave should not be forced on to the shaft of the blower as
this could affect internal clearances resulting in damage to
the blower.
Engine drive applications often require special consideration
to drive coupling selection to avoid harmful torsional vibra-
tions. These vibrations may lead to blower damage if not
dampened adequately. It is often necessary to install a fly-
wheel and/or a torsionally soft elastic element coupling
based on the engine manufacturer recommendations.
The driver sheave should also be mounted as close to its
bearing as possible, and again should fit the shaft correctly.
Position the driver on its adjustable base so that 2/3 of the
total movement is available in the direction away from the
unit, and mount the assembly so that the face of the sheave
is accurately in line with the unit sheave. This position mini-
mizes belt wear, and allows sufficient adjustment for both
installing and tightening the belts. After belts are installed,
adjust their tension in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. However, only enough tension should be
applied to prevent slippage when the unit is operating under
load. Excessive tightening can lead to early bearing concerns
or shaft breakage.
Before operating the drive under power to check initial belt
tension, first remove covers from the unit connections. Make
sure the interior is still clean, then rotate the shaft by hand.
Place a coarse screen over the inlet connection to prevent
anything being drawn into the unit while it is operating, and
avoid standing in line with the discharge opening. Put oil in
the sumps per instructions under LUBRICATION.
Piping
Before connecting piping, remove any remaining anti-rust
compound from unit connections. Clean pipe should be no
6
smaller than unit connections. In addition, make sure it is
free of scale, cuttings, weld beads, or foreign material of any
kind. To further guard against damage to the unit, especially
when an inlet filter is not used, install a substantial screen of
16 mesh backed with hardware cloth at or near the inlet con-
nections. Make provisions to clean this screen of collected
debris after a few hours of operation. It should be removed
when its usefulness has ended, as the wire will eventually
deteriorate and small pieces going into the unit may cause
serious damage.
Pipe flanges or male threads must meet the unit connections
accurately and squarely. DO NOT attempt to correct mis-
alignment by springing or cramping the pipe. In most cases
this will distort the unit casing and cause impeller rubbing.
In severe cases it can prevent operation or result in a broken
drive shaft. For similar reasons, piping should be supported
near the unit to eliminate dead weight strains. Also, if pipe
expansion is likely to occur from temperature change, instal-
lation of flexible connectors or expansion joints is advisable.
Figure 3 represents an installation with all accessory items
that might be required under various operating conditions.
Inlet piping should be completely free of valves or other
restrictions. When a shut-off valve can not be avoided, make
sure a full size vacuum relief is installed nearest the unit inlet.
This will protect against unit overload caused by accidental
closing of the shut-off valve.
Need for an inlet silencer will depend on unit speed and pres-
sure, as well as sound-level requirements in the general sur-
roundings. An inlet filter is recommended, especially in dusty
or sandy locations. A discharge silencer is also normally
suggested, even though Whispair units operate at generally
lower noise levels than conventional rotary blowers. Specific
recommendations on silencing can be obtained from your
local ROOTS distributor.
Discharge piping requires a pressure relief valve, and should
include a manual unloading valve to permit starting the unit
under no-load conditions. Reliable pressure/vacuum gauges
and good thermometers at both inlet and discharge are rec-
ommended to allow making the important checks on unit
operating conditions. The back-pressure regulator shown in
Figure 3 is useful mainly when volume demands vary while
the unit operates at constant output. If demand is constant,
but somewhat lower than the unit output, excess may be
blown off through the manual unloading valve.
In multiple unit installations where two or more units operate
with a common header, use of check valves is mandatory.
These should be of a direct acting or free swinging type, with
one valve located in each line between the unit and header.
Properly installed, they will protect against damage from
reverse rotation caused by air and material back-flow through
an idle unit.
After piping is completed, and before applying power, rotate
the drive shaft by hand again. If it does not move with uni-
form freedom, look for uneven mounting, piping strain,
excessive belt tension or coupling misalignment.
DO NOT operate the unit at this time unless it has been lubri-
cated per instructions.
Motor On Inlet Side of Blower (Top Shaft)
Motor On Inlet Side of Blower (Bottom Shaft)
Motor On Discharge Side of Blower (Top Shaft)
Motor On Discharge Side of Blower (Bottom Shaft)
INLETDISCHARGE
Top Shaft
INLETDISCHARGE
Bottom Shaft
Motor On Drive Shaft
Side of Blower
IN
L
E
T
DI
S
C
H
A
R
G
E
Driven ShaftDrive Shaft
INLETDISCHARGE
Top Shaft
INLETDISCHARGE
Bottom Shaft
Motor On Driven Shaft
Side of Blower
IN
L
E
T
DI
S
C
H
A
R
G
E
Drive Shaft Driven Shaft
Acceptable Blower Drive Arrangement Options
ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE
7For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
Technical Supplement for 32, 33, 36, 42, 45, 47, 53, 56, 59,
65, 68, 615 Universal RAI-G blowers
ROOTS Universal RAI-G rotary positive gas blowers are a
design extension of the basic Universal RAI blower model.
URAI-G blower uses (4) mechanical seals in place of the
standard inboard lip seals to minimize gas leakage into the
atmosphere. The seal vent chambers are plugged. These
units are intended for gases which are compatible with cast
iron case material, steel shafts, 300/400 series stainless steel
and carbon seal components, viton o-rings and the oil/grease
lubricants. If there are any questions regarding application or
operation of this gas blower, please contact factory.
Precaution: URAI-G blowers: Care must be used when
opening the head plate seal vent chamber plugs (43) as
some gas will escape–if it is a pressure system, or the
atmospheric air will leak in-if the system is under vacuum.
There is a possibility of some gas leakage through the
mechanical seals. This leakage on the gear end will escape
through the gear box vent, and on the drive end, through the
grease release fittings. If the gas leakage is undesirable,
each seal chamber must be purged with an inert gas
through one purge gas hole (43) per seal . There are two
plugged purge gas holes(1/8 NPT) provided per seal. The
Technical Supplement for URAI®Gas Blowers
purge gas pressure must be maintained one psi above the
discharge gas pressure. Also, there exists a possibility of
gear end oil and drive end grease leakage into the gas
stream.
The lubricants selected must be compatible with the gas.
URAI GAS Blower Oil and Grease Specifications
The specified oil should be ROOTS synthetic P/N 813-106- of
the proper viscosity.
When servicing drive end bearings of a Gas blower, use the
specified NLGI #2 premium grade aluminum complex*
grease, ROOTS P/N T20019001, with 300°F (149°C) service
temperature and moisture resistance and good mechanical
stability.
*ROOTS Synthetic Oil & Grease is superior in performance to
petroleum based products. It has high oxidation stability, excellent corrosion
protection, extremely high film strength and low coefficient of friction. Typical
oil change intervals are increased 2-3 times over petroleum based lubricants.
Also, ROOTSSynthetic Oil is 100% compatible with petroleum based oils.
Simply drain the oil in the blower and refill the reservoirs with ROOTSSynthetic
Oil to maintain optimum performance of your ROOTSblower.
8
For Units with a Grease Lubricated Drive End
A simple but very effective lubrication system is employed on
the drive shaft end bearings. Hydraulic pressure relief fittings
are provided to vent any excess grease, preventing pressure
build-up on the seals. A restriction plug and metering orifice
prevent loss of lubricant from initial surges in lubricant pres-
sure but permit venting excess lubricant under steadily rising
pressures.
When servicing drive end bearings of Non Gas blower, use
the specified NLGI #2 premium grade microgel grease with
250°F (121°C) service temperature and moisture resistance
and good mechanical stability. ROOTS specifies Shell Darina
EP NLGI Grade 2. Product Code 71522.
URAI GAS Blower Oil and Grease Specifications
The specified oil should be ROOTS synthetic P/N 813-106- of
the proper viscosity.
When servicing drive end bearings of a Gas blower, use the
specified NLGI #2 premium grade aluminum complex*
grease, ROOTS P/N T20019001, with 300°F (149°C) service
temperature and moisture resistance and good mechanical
stability.
NOTE: Lithium based greases are not compatible with the
ROOTS Synthetic grease used when assembling a Gas blow-
er or the non-soap base grease used when assembling a
standard URAI blower. Lithium based grease is not
approved for any ROOTS blowers.
Using a pressure gun, slowly force new lubricant into each
drive end bearing housing until traces of clean grease comes
out of the relief fitting. The use of an electric or pneumatic
grease gun could force the grease in too rapidly and thus
invert the seals and should not be used.
After a long shutdown, it is recommended that the grease fit-
tings be removed, the old grease flushed out with kerosene
or #10 lubricating oil, drained thoroughly, and bearings
refilled with new grease. Be sure grease relief fittings are
reinstalled. Grease should be added using a hand operated
grease gun to the drive end bearings at varying time intervals
depending on duty cycle and RPM. Table 4 has been pre-
pared as a general greasing schedule guide based on average
operating conditions. More frequent intervals may be neces-
sary depending on the grease operating temperature and
unusual circumstances.
For Units with Splash Lubrication on Both Ends
Bearings and oil seals are lubricated by the action of the tim-
ing gears or oil slingers which dip into the main oil sumps
causing oil to splash directly on gears and into bearings and
seals. A drain port is provided below each bearing to prevent
an excessive amount of oil in the bearings. Seals located
inboard of the bearings in each headplate effectively retain oil
within the sumps. Any small leakage that may occur should
the seals wear passes into a cavity in each vented headplate
Lubrication
and is drained downward.
Oil sumps on each end of the blower are filled by removing
top vent plugs, Item (25), and filling until oil reaches the mid-
dle of the oil level sight gauge, Item (45 or 53), or the over-
flow plug (see pages 14 and 15).
Initial filling of the sumps should be accomplished with the
blower not operating, in order to obtain the correct oil level.
Approximate oil quantities required for blowers of the various
models and configurations are listed in Table 3. Use a good
grade of industrial type non-detergent, rust inhibiting, anti-
foaming oil and of correct viscosity per Table 2. *ROOTS syn-
thetic oil (ROOTS P/N 813-106-) is highly recommended.
ROOTS does not recommend automotive type lubricants, as
they are not formulated with the properties mentioned above.
The oil level should not fall below the middle of the site gauge
or overflow plug on URAI (ref. pages 14 & 15) when the
blower is idle. It may rise or fall on the gauge during opera-
tion, to an extent depending somewhat on oil temperature
and blower speed.
Proper lubrication is usually the most important single con-
sideration in obtaining maximum service life and satisfactory
operation from the unit. Unless operating conditions are quite
severe, a weekly check of oil level and necessary addition of
lubricant should be sufficient. During the first week of opera-
tion, check the oil levels in the oil sumps about once a day,
and watch for leaks. Replenish as necessary. Thereafter, an
occasional check should be sufficient. It is recommended that
the oil be changed after initial 100 hours of operation.
Frequent oil changing is not necessary unless the blower is
operated in a very dusty location.
Normal life expectancy of petroleum based oils is about 2000
hours with an oil temperature of about 180°F (82°C). As the
oil temperature increases by increments of 15-18°F (8°C -
10°C), the life is reduced by half. Example: Oil temperatures
of 210-216°F (99°C - 102°C) will produce life expectancy of
1/4 or 500 hours. Therefore, it is considered normal to have
oil change periods of 500 hours with petroleum based oils.
Normal life expectancy of ROOTS™Synthetic Oil is about 4000
to 8000 hours with an oil temperature of about 180°F (82°C).
As the oil temperature increases by increments of 15-18°F
(8°C - 10°C), the life is reduced by half. Example: Oil temper-
atures of 210-216°F (99°C - 102°C) will produce life
expectancy of 1/4 or 1000 to 2000 hours.
NOTE: To estimate oil temperature, multiply the discharge
temperature of the blower by 0.80. Example: if the discharge
air temperature of the blower is 200° F, it is estimated that
the oil temperature is 160° F.
*ROOTS™ Synthetic Oil & Grease is superior in performance to petroleum based prod-
ucts. It has high oxidation stability, excellent corrosion protection, extremely high film
strength and low coefficient of friction. Typical oil change intervals are increased 2-3
times over petroleum based lubricants. Also, ROOTS™ Synthetic Oil is 100% compatible
with petroleum based oils. Simply drain the oil in the blower and refill the reservoirs
with ROOTS™ Synthetic Oil to maintain optimum performance of your ROOTS™ blower.
9For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
Before operating a blower under power for the first time,
recheck the unit and the installation thoroughly to reduce the
likelihood of avoidable troubles. Use the following procedure
check list as a guide, but consider any other special condi-
tions in the installation.
Be certain that no bolts, tools, rags, or debris have been
left in the blower air chamber or piping.
If an outdoor intake without filter is used, be sure the
opening is located so it cannot pick up dirt and is pro-
tected by a strong screen or grille. Use of the temporary
protective screen as described under INSTALLATION is
strongly recommended.
Recheck blower leveling, drive alignment and tightness
of all mounting bolts if installation is not recent. If belt
drive is used, adjust belt tension correctly.
Turn drive shaft by hand to make sure impellers still
rotate without bumping or rubbing at any point.
Ensure oil levels in the main oil sumps are correct.
Check lubrication of driver. If it is an electric motor, be
sure that power is available and that electrical overload
devices are installed and workable.
Open the manual unloading valve in the discharge air
line. If a valve is in the inlet piping, be sure it is open.
Bump blower a few revolutions with driver to check that
direction of rotation agrees with arrow near blower
shaft, and that both coast freely to a stop.
After the preceding points are cleared, blower is ready for
trial operation under “no-load” conditions. The following
procedure is suggested to cover this initial operation test
period.
a. Start blower, let it accelerate to full speed, then shut off.
Listen for knocking sounds, both with power on and as
speed slows down.
b. After blower comes to a complete stop, repeat above,
but let blower run 2 or 3 minutes. Check for noises,
such as knocking sounds.
c. After blower comes to a complete stop, operate blower
for about 10 minutes unloaded. Check oil levels.
Observe cylinder and headplate surfaces for develop-
ment of hot spots such as burned paint, indicating
impeller rubs. Be aware of any noticeable increase in
vibration.
Assuming that all trials have been satisfactory, or that neces-
sary corrections have been made, the blower should now
have a final check run of at least one hour under normal
operating conditions. After blower is restarted, gradually
close the discharge unloading valve to apply working pres-
sure. At this point it is recommended that a pressure gauge
or manometer be connected into the discharge line if not
already provided, and that thermometers be in both inlet and
discharge lines. Readings from these instruments will show
whether pressure or temperature ratings of the blower are
being exceeded.
During the final run, check operating conditions frequently
and observe the oil levels at reasonable intervals. If excessive
noise or local heating develops, shut down immediately and
determine the cause. If either pressure rise or temperature
rise across the blower exceeds the limit specified in this
manual, shut down and investigate conditions in the piping
system. Refer to the TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST for
suggestions on various problems that may appear.
The blower should now be ready for continuous duty opera-
tion at full load. During the first few days make periodic
checks to determine whether all conditions remain steady, or
at least acceptable. This may be particularly important if the
blower is supplying air to a process system where conditions
can vary. At the first opportunity, stop the blower and clean
the temporary inlet protective screen. If no appreciable
amount of debris has collected, the screen may be removed.
See comments under INSTALLATION. At this same time, ver-
ify leveling, coupling alignment or belt tension, and mounting
bolt tightness.
Should operating experience prove that blower capacity is a
little too high for the actual air requirements, a small excess
may be blown off continuously through the manual unload-
ing or vent valve. Never rely on the pressure relief valve as
an automatic vent. Such use may cause the discharge pres-
sure to become excessive, and can also result in failure of
the valve itself. If blower capacity appears to be too low, refer
to the TROUBLESHOOTING CHECKLIST.
Vibration Assessment Criteria
With measurements taken at the bearing locations on the
housings, see chart below for an appropriate assessment
guide for rotary lobe blowers rigidly mounted on stiff foun-
dations.
In general, blower vibration levels should be monitored on a
regular basis and the vibration trend observed for progres-
sive or sudden change in level. If such a change occurs, the
cause should be determined through spectral analysis.
As shown on the chart below, the level of all pass vibration
will determine the need to measure discrete frequency vibra-
tion levels and the action required.
Operation
All Pass Vibration Discrete Frequency Action
(in/sec) Vibration (in/sec)
0.45 or less N/R Acceptable
Greater than 0.45 0.45 or less @ Acceptable
but 1.0 or less any frequency
Greater than 0.45 @ Investigate
any frequency
Greater than 1.0 Less than 1.0 Investigate
Greater than 1.0 Investigate
10
Troubleshooting Checklist
Trouble Item Possible Cause Remedy
No flow 1 Speed too low Check by tachometer and compare with published
performance
2 Wrong rotation Compare actual rotation with Figure 1
Change driver if wrong
3 Obstruction in piping Check piping, valves, silencer to assure open flow path
Low capacity 4 Speed too low See item 1, If belt drive, check for slippage and readjust
tension
5 Excessive pressure rise Check inlet vacuum and discharge pressure and compare
with Published performance
6 Obstruction in piping See item 3
7 Excessive slip Check inside of casing for worn or eroded surfaces causing
excessive clearances
Excessive power 8 Speed too high Check speed and compare with published performance
9 Excessive pressure rise See Item 5
10 Impeller rubbing Inspect outside of cylinder for high temperature areas, then
check for impeller contact at these points. Correct blower
mounting, drive alignment
11 Scale, sludge, rust Clean blower appropriately
or product build up
Damage to bearings 12 Inadequate lubrication Check oil sump levels in gear and drive end headplates
or gears 13 Excessive lubrication Check oil levels. If correct, drain and refill with clean oil of
recommended grade
14 Excessive pressure rise See Item 5
15 Coupling misalignment Check carefully. Realign if questionable
16 Excessive belt tension Readjust for correct tension
Vibration 17 Misalignment See Item 15
18 Impellers rubbing See Item 10
19 Worn bearings/gears Check gear backlash and condition of bearings, and replace
as indicated
20 Unbalanced or rubbing Scale or process material may build up on casing and
impeller impellers, or inside impellers. Remove build-up to restore
original clearances and impeller balance
21 Driver or blower loose Tighten mounting bolts securely
22 Piping resonances Determine whether standing wave pressure pulsations are
present in the piping
23 Scale/sludge build-ups Clean out interior of impeller lobes to restore dynamic
balance
24 Casing strain Re-work piping alignment to remove excess strain
Driver stops, or 25 Impeller stuck Check for excessive hot spot on headplate or cylinder.
will not start See item 10. Look for defective shaft bearing and/or
gear teeth
26 Scale, sludge, rust or Clean blower appropriately
product build-up
Excessive breather 27 Broken seal Replace seals
Blow-by or excessive 28 Defective O-ring Replace seals and O-ring
oil leakage to vent area
Excessive oil leakage 29 Defective/plugged breather Replace breather and monitor oil leakage
in vent area 30 Oil level too high Check sump levels in gear and drive headplates.
31 Oil type or Check oil to insure it meets recommendations. Drain then
viscosity incorrect fill with clean oil of recommended grade.
32 Blower running hot Recommended oil temperature can be found on page 6 of
this manual. The blower must be operated within the
conditions of this manual
11For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
Inspection & Maintenance: Universal RAI®series blowers
A good program of consistent inspection and maintenance is
the most reliable method of minimizing repairs to a blower. A
simple record of services and dates will help keep this work
on a regular schedule. Basic service needs are:
• Lubrication
• Checking for hot spots
• Checking for increases or changes in vibration and noise
• Recording of operating pressures and temperatures
Above all, a blower must be operated within its specified rat-
ing limits, to obtain satisfactory service life.
A newly installed blower should be checked often during the
first month of full-time operation. Attention there after may
be less frequent assuming satisfactory performance.
Lubrication is normally the most important consideration and
weekly checks of lubricant levels in the gearbox and bearing
reservoirs should be customary. Complete oil change sched-
ules are discussed under LUBRICATION.
Driver lubrication practices should be in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions. If direct connected to the blower
through a lubricated type coupling, the coupling should be
checked and greased each time blower oil is changed. This
will help reduce wear and prevent unnecessary vibration. In a
belted drive system, check belt tension periodically and
inspect for frayed or cracked belts.
In a new, and properly installed, unit there is no contact
between the two impellers, or between the impellers and
cylinder or headplates. Wear is confined to the bearings
(which support and locate the shafts) the oil seals, and the
timing gears. All are lubricated and wear should be minimal
if clean oil of the correct grade is always used. Seals are sub-
ject to deterioration as well as wear, and may require replace-
ment at varying periods.
Shaft bearings are designed for optimum life under average
conditions with proper lubrication and are critical to the serv-
ice life of the blower. Gradual bearing wear may allow a shaft
position to change slightly, until rubbing develops between
impeller and casing. This will cause spot heating, which can
be detected by observing these surfaces. Sudden bearing
failure is usually more serious. Since the shaft and impeller
are no longer supported and properly located, extensive gen-
eral damage to the blower casing and gears is likely to occur.
Oil seals should be considered expendable items, to be
replaced whenever drainage from the headplate vent cavity
becomes excessive or when the blower is disassembled for
any reason. Some oil seal leakage may occur since an oil film
under the lip is required for proper operation. Periodically
leaked oil should be wiped off from surfaces. Minor seal
leakage should not be considered as indicating seal replace-
ment.
Timing gear wear, when correct lubrication is maintained,
should be negligible. Gear teeth are cut to provide the correct
amount of backlash, and gears correctly mounted on the
shafts will accommodate a normal amount of tooth wear
without permitting contact between lobes of the two
impellers. However, too high an oil level will cause churning
and excessive heating. This is indicated by unusually high
temperature at the bottom of the gear housing. Consequent
heating of the gears will result in loss of tooth-clearance ,
backlash and rapid wear of the gear teeth usually will devel-
op. Continuation of this tooth wear will eventually produce
impeller contacts (knocking), and from this point serious
damage will be unavoidable if blower operation is continued.
A similar situation can be produced suddenly by gear tooth
fracture, which is usually brought on by sustained overload-
ing or momentary shock loads.
Problems may also develop from causes other than internal
parts failure. Operating clearances within a blower are only a
few thousandths of an inch. This makes it possible for
impeller interference or casing rubs to result from shifts in
the blower mounting, or from changes in piping support. If
this type of trouble is experienced, and the blower is found
to be clean, try removing mounting strains. Loosen blower
mounting bolts and reset the leveling and drive alignment.
Then tighten mounting again, and make sure that all piping
meets blower connections accurately and squarely Foreign
materials in the blower will also cause trouble, which can
only be cured by disconnecting the piping and thoroughly
cleaning the blower interior.
A wide range of causes & solutions for operating troubles
are covered in the TROUBLE SHOOTING CHECKLIST.The
remedies suggested should be performed by qualified
mechanics with a good background. Major repairs generally
are to be considered beyond the scope of maintenance, and
should be referred to an authorized ROOTS distributor.
Warranty failures should not be repaired at all, unless specif-
ic approval has been obtained through ROOTS before start-
ing work. Unauthorized disassembly within the warranty peri-
od may void the warranty.
12
Figure 2 - Allowable Overhung Loads for V-Belt Drives Universal RAI®/URAI®-J Units
A 1/4" Max
Belt Pull lbs =
252100 • Motor HP
Blower RPM • Sheave Diameter
Frame Dimension Max Allowable Min Sheave
Size “A” Shaft Load (lb-in.)Diameter
22, 24 0.61 150 4.00
32, 33, 36 0.80 400 5.00
42, 45, 47 1.02 650 5.00
53, 56, 59 1.13 1,325 6.00
65, 68, 615 1.36 2,250 8.00
76, 711, 718 1.16 2,300 9.50
NOTE:
Arc of sheave belt contact on the smaller sheave not to be less than 170°
Driver to be installed on the inlet side for vertical units, and on the drive shaft side for hori-
zontal units.
ROOTS recommends the use of two or more 3V, 5V or 8V belts and sheaves.
Shaft Load (lb.in) = Belt Pull • (A + 1/4” +)
Sheave Width
2
Motor On Inlet Side of Blower (Top Shaft)
Motor On Inlet Side of Blower (Bottom Shaft)
Motor On Discharge Side of Blower (Top Shaft)
Motor On Discharge Side of Blower (Bottom Shaft)
INLETDISCHARGE
Top Shaft
INLETDISCHARGE
Bottom Shaft
Motor On Drive Shaft
Side of Blower
IN
L
E
T
DI
S
C
H
A
R
G
E
Driven ShaftDrive Shaft
INLETDISCHARGE
Top Shaft
INLETDISCHARGE
Bottom Shaft
Motor On Driven Shaft
Side of Blower
IN
L
E
T
DI
S
C
H
A
R
G
E
Drive Shaft Driven Shaft
Acceptable Blower Drive Arrangement Options
ACCEPTABLE UNACCEPTABLE
13For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
Above are suggested locations for available accessories.
Figure 3a - Air Blower Installation with Accessories
Figure 3b -Gas Blower Installation with Accessories
Above are suggested locations for available accessories.
14
Blower Orientation Conversion
Model Reversible Whispair
™
Rotation Design
Universal RAI yes no
URAI-J Whispair™no yes
URAI-G yes no
Blower Orientation and Lubrication Points: Grease Lubricated Drive End
Universal RAI series & URAI-G gas blowers
Special Note:WHISPAIR™models are designed to operate
with only one shaft rotation direction to take full advantage of
the Whispair feature. Therefore, a WHISPAIR™blower may be
operated in the following combinations.
• CCW Rotation: Bottom Shaft; Right side discharge or a
Left Shaft; Bottom discharge
• CCW Rotation: Top Shaft; Left side discharge or a Right
Shaft; Top discharge
• CW Rotation: Bottom Shaft; Left side discharge or a
Right Shaft Bottom discharge
• CW Rotation: Top Shaft; Right side discharge or a Left
Shaft Top discharge
Figure 4
or
15For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
Table 1 - Universal RAI series, Universal URAI-DSl & URAI-G gas blower,
Maximum Allowable Operating Conditions
22 2.5 5275 225 (125) 12 (827) 15 (500)
24 2.5 5275 210 (117) 7 (483) 15 (500)
32 3.5 3600 240 (133) 15 1034 16 (539)
33 3.5 3600 225 (125) 12 (827) 15 (500)
36 3.5 3600 225 (125) 7 (483) 15 (500)
42 4.0 3600 240 (133) 15 (1034) 16 (539)
45 4.0 3600 225 (125) 10 (690) 16 (539)
47 4.0 3600 225 (125) 7 (483) 15 (500)
53 5.0 2850 225 (125) 15 (1034) 16 (539)
56 5.0 2850 225 (125) 13 (896) 16 (539)
59 5.0 2850 225 (125) 7 (483) 15 (500)
65 6.0 2350 250 (130) 15 (1034) 16 (539)
68 6.0 2350 240 (133) 14 (965) 16 (539)
615 6.0 2350 130 ( 72) 7 (483) 14 (472)
76 7.0 2050 250 (139) 15 (1034) 16 (539)
711 7.0 2050 225 (125) 10 (690) 16 (539)
718 7.0 2050 130 ( 72) 6 (414) 12 (405)
Frame Gear Speed Temp. Rise Delta Pressure Inlet Vacuum
Size Diameter (Inch) RPM F° (C°) PSI (mbar) INHG (mbar)
Drive End Breather Orientation for U-RAI series - DSL with Oil Lube
Frame Size Drive End Capacity Fl. Oz. (Liters)
Vertical Horizontal
32 4.0 (.12) 6.5 (.19)
33 4.0 (.12) 6.5 (.19)
36 4.0 (.12) 6.5 (.19)
42 5.5 (.16) 10.8 (.32)
45 5.5 (.16) 10.8 (.32)
47 5.5 (.16) 10.8 (.32)
53 7.5 (.22) 14.8 (.44)
56 7.5 (.22) 14.8 (.44))
59 7.5 (.22) 14.8 (.44)
65 16 (0.47) 31 (0.91)
68 16 (0.47) 31 (0.91)
615 16 (0.47) 31 (0.91)
16
Ambient ISO
Temperature °F (°C) Viscosity No.
Above 90° (32°) 320
32° to 90° (0° to 32°) 220
0° to 32° (-18° to 0°) 150
Below 0° (-18°) 100
UNIVERSAL RAI, URAI-J, URAI-G
Frame Size Gear End Capacity Fl. Oz. (Liters)
Vertical Horizontal
22 3.4 (.1) 6.1 (.18)
24 3.4 (.1) 6.1 (.18)
32 8.5 (.25) 16.0 (.47)
33 8.5 (.25) 16.0 (.47)
36 8.5 (.25) 16.0 (.47)
42 12.7 (.37) 22.8 (.67)
45 12.7 (.37) 22.8 (.67)
47 12.7 (.37) 22.8 (.67)
53 16.0 (.47) 27.6 (.82)
56 16.0 (.47) 27.6 (.82)
59 16.0 (.47) 27.6 (.82)
65 28.3 (.84) 52.1 (1.54)
68 28.3 (.84) 52.1 (1.54)
615 28.3 (.84) 52.1 (1.54)
76 32.3 (.96) 59.5 (1.76)
711 32.3 (.96) 59.5 (1.76)
718 32.3 (.96) 59.5 (1.76)
Table 4 - Universal URAI series with Grease Lubricated Drive End: Specified Bearing
Greasing Intervals
Speed In RPM Operating Hours Per Day
81624
Greasing Intervals in Weeks
750-1000 7 4 2
1000-1500 5 2 1
1500-2000 4 2 1
2000-2500 3 1 1
2500-3000 2 1 1
3000 and up 1 1 1
Table 2 - Recommended Oil Grades
UNIVERSAL URAI series-DSL Splash Lubricated Drive End
URAI GAS Blower Oil and Grease Specifications
The specified oil should be ROOTS synthetic P/N 813-106- of
the proper viscosity.
Table 3 - Approximate Oil Sump Capacities
The specified grease for servicing drive
end bearings of a Gas blower, use a NLGI
#2 premium grade aluminum complex*
grease, ROOTS P/N T20019001 with
300°F (149°C) service temperature and
moisture resistance and good mechanical
stability.
When servicing drive end bearings of Non
Gas blower, use a NLGI #2 premium
grade microgel grease with 250°F (121°C)
service temperature and moisture resist-
ance and good mechanical stability.
ROOTS specifies Shell Darina EP NLGI
Grade 2. Product Code 71522.
NOTE: Lithium based greases are not
compatible with the ROOTS Synthetic
grease used when assembling a Gas
blower or the non-soap base grease used
when assembling a standard URAI blower.
Lithium based grease is not approved for
any ROOTS blowers.
See page 14 and 15 for illustration of vertical and horizontal configurations.
These capacities are provided to assist in stocking the correct amount of oil. Exact sump capacities may differ slightly. See
“Lubrication” section for proper filling instructions.
Note that the gear end sump capacity is provided on the adjacent table.
17For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
GFEDCBA
GFEDCBA
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
TH
I
S

D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T

C
O
N
T
A
I
N
S

C
O
N
F
I
D
E
N
T
I
A
L

I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

O
F
RO
O
T
S

D
I
V
I
S
I
O
N
,

D
R
E
S
S
E
R

I
N
D
U
S
T
R
I
E
S
,

I
N
C
.

I
T

S
H
A
L
L
BE

H
E
L
D

I
N

S
T
R
I
C
T
E
S
T

C
O
N
F
I
D
E
N
C
E
,

A
N
D

B
E

U
S
E
D

O
N
L
Y
IN

C
O
N
J
U
N
C
T
I
O
N

W
I
T
H

R
O
O
T
S

D
I
V
I
S
I
O
N

B
U
S
I
N
E
S
S
.
MF
G
.

R
E
F
.
RE
V
CA
D
F
I
L
E

/

D
I
R
E
C
T
O
R
Y
RE
F
:

E
P
9
3
8
CO
N
C
E
N
T
R
I
C
I
T
Y
PE
R
P
E
N
D
I
C
U
L
A
R
I
T
Y
PR
O
F
I
L
E

O
F

L
I
N
E
PR
O
F
I
L
E

O
F

A

S
U
R
F
A
C
E
DI
A
M
E
T
E
R
FI
N
I
S
H

I
N

M
I
C
R
O

I
N
C
H
E
S
FL
A
T
N
E
S
S
AN
G
U
L
A
R
I
T
Y
PA
R
A
L
L
E
L
I
S
M
TR
U
E

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N
ST
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
ÿ
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
S
BY

D
A
T
E
NO
T
I
C
E
CH
A
N
G
E
CH
K
D
.

A
P
P
SC
A
L
E
DB
V
AP
P
.
CH
K
D
.
DR
.
DA
T
E
DIM
E
N
S
I
O
N
A
L

T
O
L
E
R
A
N
C
E
S

U
N
L
E
S
S

O
T
H
E
R
W
I
S
E

S
P
E
C
I
F
I
E
D
TW
O

P
L
A
C
E

D
E
C
I
M
A
L
S

(
.
X
X
)
-
-
-
.
0
1
5

F
R
A
C
T
I
O
N
A
L
-
-
1
/
6
4
TH
R
E
E

P
L
A
C
E

D
E
C
I
M
A
L
S

(
.
X
X
X
)
-
-
.
0
0
5
FI
N
I
S
H
E
D

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
MA
T
'
L
.
PA
T
T
.

N
o
.
PA
R
T

N
o
.
PA
R
T

N
A
M
E
AL
L

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S

S
H
O
W
N

I
N

B
R
A
C
K
E
T
S

{

}

A
R
E

M
I
L
L
I
M
E
T
E
R
S
OR
D
E
R
No
.
No
.
RE
Q
'
D
.
S
E
E

N
O
T
E

"
E
"
25
14
1
3
64
7
2
0
0
2
3
SE
C
T
I
O
N
A
L

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y
2-
1
/
2

T
H
R
U

5
"

U
-
R
A
I

B
L
O
W
E
R
S
TA
P
E
R

B
O
R
E

G
E
A
R
S
"X
"

.
0
0
5
SI
Z
E
0.
8
3
1
0.
7
3
1
0.
5
8
5
0.
4
2
7
5 4 3-
1
/
2
2-
1
/
2
A
-

I
N
S
T
A
L
L

I
T
E
M

#
2
0

(
S
C
R
E
W
)
I
N

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y
B-

S
E
E

O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

M
A
N
U
A
L

I
R
B
-
1
8
0

F
O
R

L
U
B
R
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

I
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
C-

2
-
1
/
2
,

3
-
1
/
2
,

&

4
"

R
E
Q
'
D

S
O
C
.

H
D
.

O
N

G
.
E
.

O
N
L
Y
E-

R
E
Q
'
D

O
N

2
2

&

4
2

O
N
L
Y
F
-

N
U
T

T
O

B
E

T
O
R
Q
U
E
D

T
O
:

2
-
1
/
2
-
-
-
6
0

L
B
.
F
T
.

3
-
1
/
2
-
-
-
1
1
0

L
B
.
F
T
.

4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
9
0

L
B
.
F
T
.

5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
5
0

L
B
.
F
T
.
G
-

F
O
R

S
I
G
H
T

G
L
A
S
S

U
N
I
T
S

O
N
L
Y
.

U
S
E

W
A
S
H
E
R

O
U
T
S
I
D
E

O
F

G
E
A
R
B
O
X
.

U
S
E

R
E
D

L
O
C
T
I
T
E

O
N

T
H
E

T
H
R
E
A
D
S
.
NO
T
E
S
:
SE
E

N
O
T
E

"
A
"
(D
O

N
O
T

D
R
I
L
L
TH
R
U
)
SE
E

N
O
T
E

"
F
"
SE
E

N
O
T
E

"
C
"
SE
E

N
O
T
E

"
B
"
SE
E

T
A
B
L
E
11
.
2
3
7
8

3
7
4
2 18
3
9
39
354
018
38
5
19
33 15 2
32
35
12
35
32
7
2
1
2
3
39
20
8
17
4
14
34
31
27

1

1
6
11
32
27
H
J
45
SE
E

N
O
T
E

"
G
"
4
6
26
CO
N
F
I
D
E
N
T
I
A
L
DO

N
O
T

S
C
A
L
E

F
O
R

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
IT
E
M

2
5

R
E
V
I
S
E
D

P
E
R

E
C
N
33
3
9
-
V
9-
0
3
8
7
RE
M
D
AP
FC
R
AP
c
M

C
FC
R
FC
R
LU
B
R
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

N
O
T
E

B

R
E
V
I
S
E
D
3-
1
9
8
7
RE
M
C
6-1
8
-
8
5
RM
8-7
-
8
6
8-2
6
-
8
6
10-
1
6
-
8
6
F
U
L
L
/P
A
R
T
S
/
X
X
A
S
6-2
5
-
8
5
6-2
7
-
8
5
AP
FR
DB
RE
D
R
A
W
N
B
IT
E
M

#
4
2

M
O
V
E
D
RMRM
RE
V

P
E
R

E
C
N
A
FC
R
AP
E
IN
C
R
E
A
S
E
D

G
E
A
R

N
U
T

T
O
R
Q
U
E
JH
B
5-
3
-
9
0
35
7
7
V
F
RE
V
I
S
E
D

P
E
R

E
C
N
JH
B
2-1
2
-
9
3
38
0
4
-
V
G
DE
L
E
T
E
D

I
T
E
M

4
1
VC
04/
3
0
/
0
1
T
-
5
1
AD
D

L
I
F
T
I
N
G

L
U
G

I
T
E
M
#

4
6
RK
04/
1
5
/
0
2
T
1
2
2
AG
P
J H
AG
P
BD
R

#
2
7
01/
1
5
/
0
2
RK
AD
D

I
T
E
M
#

4
5

F
O
R

S
I
G
H
T

G
L
A
S
S

U
N
I
T
S
F:
\

F
I
L
E
\

F
O
R
M
\

D
S
I
Z
E
.
G
C
M
As
s
e
m
b
l
y

o
f

U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L

R
A
I

S
e
r
i
e
s
,

A
i
r

B
l
o
w
e
r
s
,

2
-
1
/
2
”

T
h
r
o
u
g
h

5
”

G
e
a
r

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
18
As
s
e
m
b
l
y

o
f

U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L

R
A
I

B
l
o
w
e
r
s
,

6
”

a
n
d

7
”

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
19For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
As
s
e
m
b
l
y

o
f

U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L

R
A
I
-
G

S
e
r
i
e
s

G
a
s

B
l
o
w
e
r
s
,

3
-
1
/
2
”
T
h
r
o
u
g
h

5
”

G
e
a
r

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
GFEDCBA
GFEDCBA
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
TH
I
S

D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T

C
O
N
T
A
I
N
S

C
O
N
F
I
D
E
N
T
I
A
L

I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

O
F
RO
O
T
S

D
I
V
I
S
I
O
N
,

D
R
E
S
S
E
R

I
N
D
U
S
T
R
I
E
S
,

I
N
C
.

I
T

S
H
A
L
L
BE

H
E
L
D

I
N

S
T
R
I
C
T
E
S
T

C
O
N
F
I
D
E
N
C
E
,

A
N
D

B
E

U
S
E
D

O
N
L
Y
IN

C
O
N
J
U
N
C
T
I
O
N

W
I
T
H

R
O
O
T
S

D
I
V
I
S
I
O
N

B
U
S
I
N
E
S
S
.
MF
G
.

R
E
F
.
CO
N
F
I
D
E
N
T
I
A
L
DO

N
O
T

S
C
A
L
E

F
O
R

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
RE
V
RE
F
:

E
P
9
3
8
CO
N
C
E
N
T
R
I
C
I
T
Y
PE
R
P
E
N
D
I
C
U
L
A
R
I
T
Y
PR
O
F
I
L
E

O
F

L
I
N
E
PR
O
F
I
L
E

O
F

A

S
U
R
F
A
C
E
DI
A
M
E
T
E
R
FI
N
I
S
H

I
N

M
I
C
R
O

I
N
C
H
E
S
FL
A
T
N
E
S
S
AN
G
U
L
A
R
I
T
Y
PA
R
A
L
L
E
L
I
S
M
TR
U
E

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N
ST
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
ÿ
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
S
BY

D
A
T
E
NO
T
I
C
E
CH
A
N
G
E
CH
K
D
.

A
P
P
SC
A
L
E
DB
V
AP
P
.
CH
K
D
.
DR
.
DA
T
E
DI
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
A
L

T
O
L
E
R
A
N
C
E
S

U
N
L
E
S
S

O
T
H
E
R
W
I
S
E

S
P
E
C
I
F
I
E
D
TW
O

P
L
A
C
E

D
E
C
I
M
A
L
S

(
.
X
X
)
-
-
-
.
0
1
5

F
R
A
C
T
I
O
N
A
L
-
-
1
/
6
4
TH
R
E
E

P
L
A
C
E

D
E
C
I
M
A
L
S

(
.
X
X
X
)
-
-
.
0
0
5
FI
N
I
S
H
E
D

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
MA
T
'
L
.
PA
T
T
.

N
o
.
PA
R
T

N
o
.
PA
R
T

N
A
M
E
AL
L

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S

S
H
O
W
N

I
N

B
R
A
C
K
E
T
S

{

}

A
R
E

M
I
L
L
I
M
E
T
E
R
S
OR
D
E
R
No
.
No
.
RE
Q
'
D
.
25
1
3
T3
0
0
9
9
0
2
3
SE
C
T
I
O
N
A
L

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y
3-
1
/
2

T
H
R
U

5
"

U
-
R
A
I

G
A
S

B
L
O
W
E
R
S
A-

U
S
E

L
O
C
K
T
I
T
E

#
2

(
3
0
5
1
5
)

B
E
T
W
E
E
N

H
E
A
D
P
L
A
T
E

A
N
D

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R

J
O
I
N
T
S
.
B
-

S
E
E

O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

M
A
N
U
A
L

I
R
B
-
1
8
0

F
O
R

G
A
S

B
L
O
W
E
R
S

F
O
R

L
U
B
R
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

I
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
.

C-

3
6
,
4
5

&

4
7

R
E
Q
'
D

S
O
C
.

H
D
.

O
N

G
.
E
.

O
N
L
Y
E-

R
E
Q
'
D

O
N

3
2
,

3
3

&

4
2

U
R
A
I
-
G

O
N
L
Y
-
S
E
A
L
I
N
G

W
A
S
H
E
R
S

&

B
U
T
T
O
N
H
E
A
D

C
A
P
S
C
R
E
W
S
.
F-

N
U
T

T
O

B
E

T
O
R
Q
U
E
D

T
O
:

3
-
1
/
2
-
-
-
1
1
0

L
B
.
F
T
.

4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
9
0

L
B
.
F
T
.

5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
5
0

L
B
.
F
T
.
N
O
T
E
S
:
SE
E

N
O
T
E

"
F
"
SE
E

N
O
T
E
"C
"

&

"
E
"
SE
E

N
O
T
E

"
B
"
394018
38
5 19
33 15 2
32
35
12
7
21
23398
17
4
1
4
34
31
27

1

1
6
11
32
27
H
0.
0
0
0
0

44
SE
E

N
O
T
E
"

E
"
0.
0
0
0
0

0
.
0
0
0
0

VI
E
W

"
X
"
37
45
D
43
4
6
2
6
20
AG
P
RK RKRK RK
AD
D

I
T
E
M
S

8

&

2
0

(
N
A
M
E
P
L
A
T
E

&

S
C
R
E
W
)
RK
D
01/10/01
vc
07/
2
5
/
0
1
12/
0
5
/
0
1
04/
1
2
/
0
2
FULL
RK
AD
D

L
I
F
T
I
N
G

L
U
G

I
T
E
M

#

4
6
B
AD
D

3
3

U
R
A
I
-
G

T
O

N
O
T
E

E

A
N
D

DE
L
.

F
R
O
M

N
O
T
E

C
VCRK
PI
C
T
U
R
E

C
H
A
N
G
E
A
PR
O
T
O
AA
T1
0
2
AG
P
C
T1
2
2
AG
P
08/
1
6
/
0
2
T1
2
9
F:
\

F
I
L
E
\

F
O
R
M
\

D
S
I
Z
E
.
G
C
M
20
GFEDCBA
GFEDCBA
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
3
2
1
TH
I
S

D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T

C
O
N
T
A
I
N
S

C
O
N
F
I
D
E
N
T
I
A
L

I
N
F
O
R
M
A
T
I
O
N

O
F
RO
O
T
S

D
I
V
I
S
I
O
N
,

D
R
E
S
S
E
R

I
N
D
U
S
T
R
I
E
S
,

I
N
C
.

I
T

S
H
A
L
L
BE

H
E
L
D

I
N

S
T
R
I
C
T
E
S
T

C
O
N
F
I
D
E
N
C
E
,

A
N
D

B
E

U
S
E
D

O
N
L
Y
IN

C
O
N
J
U
N
C
T
I
O
N

W
I
T
H

R
O
O
T
S

D
I
V
I
S
I
O
N

B
U
S
I
N
E
S
S
.
MF
G
.

R
E
F
.
RE
V
DIM
E
N
S
I
O
N
A
L

T
O
L
E
R
A
N
C
E
S

U
N
L
E
S
S

O
T
H
E
R
W
I
S
E

S
P
E
C
I
F
I
E
D
RE
F
:

E
P
9
3
8
CO
N
C
E
N
T
R
I
C
I
T
Y
PE
R
P
E
N
D
I
C
U
L
A
R
I
T
Y
PR
O
F
I
L
E

O
F

L
I
N
E
PR
O
F
I
L
E

O
F

A

S
U
R
F
A
C
E
DI
A
M
E
T
E
R
FI
N
I
S
H

I
N

M
I
C
R
O

I
N
C
H
E
S
FL
A
T
N
E
S
S
AN
G
U
L
A
R
I
T
Y
PA
R
A
L
L
E
L
I
S
M
TR
U
E

P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N
ST
R
A
I
G
H
T
N
E
S
S
ÿ
RE
V
I
S
I
O
N
S
BY

D
A
T
E
NO
T
I
C
E
CH
A
N
G
E
CH
K
D
.

A
P
P
SC
A
L
E
DB
V
AP
P
.
CH
K
D
.
DR
.
DA
T
E
TW
O

P
L
A
C
E

D
E
C
I
M
A
L
S

(
.
X
X
)
-
-
-
.
0
1
5

F
R
A
C
T
I
O
N
A
L
-
-
1
/
6
4
TH
R
E
E

P
L
A
C
E

D
E
C
I
M
A
L
S

(
.
X
X
X
)
-
-
.
0
0
5
FI
N
I
S
H
E
D

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
MA
T
'
L
.
PA
T
T
.

N
o
.
PA
R
T

N
o
.
PA
R
T

N
A
M
E
AL
L

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S

S
H
O
W
N

I
N

B
R
A
C
K
E
T
S

{

}

A
R
E

M
I
L
L
I
M
E
T
E
R
S
OR
D
E
R
No
.
No
.
RE
Q
'
D
.
SE
C
T
I
O
N
A
L

A
S
S
E
M
B
L
Y
T3
0
1
1
0
0
2
3
B
CO
N
F
I
D
E
N
T
I
A
L
DO

N
O
T

S
C
A
L
E

F
O
R

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N
S
FO
R

6
"

U
-
R
A
I

G
A
S

B
L
O
W
E
R
S
N
O
T
E
S
A

U
S
E

L
O
C
K
T
I
T
E

#
2

(
3
0
5
1
5
)

B
E
T
W
E
E
N

H
E
A
D
P
L
A
T
E

A
N
D

C
Y
L
I
N
D
E
R

J
O
I
N
T
S
.
B

S
E
E

O
P
E
R
A
T
I
N
G

M
A
N
U
A
L

I
R
B
-
1
8
0

F
O
R

L
U
B
R
I
C
A
T
I
O
N

I
N
S
T
R
U
C
T
I
O
N
C

N
U
T

T
O

B
E

T
O
R
Q
U
E
D

T
O
:

6
"
-
-
-
4
0
0

L
B
.

F
T
.
"X
"
1
11

1
3
26 2
7
2 5 19
33
27
29
25
34
31
14 3 8 9 17
4
2
1
2
3
16
12
30
32
0.0
0
0
0

SE
E

N
O
T
E

"
C
"
42 32
37 18
35 39
3
638
15
0.0
0
0
0

0
.
0
0
0
0

43
44
7
45
VI
E
W

"
X
"
0.1
9
8
0

A
2
0
NT
S
RE
F
.

6
4
7
9
2
0
2
3
B
PI
C
T
U
R
E

C
H
A
N
G
E
AD
D
E
D

D
I
M
E
N
S
I
O
N

.
0
6
6
VC
C
AD
D

I
T
E
M
S

#

8

&

2
0

(
N
A
M
E
P
L
A
T
E

&

S
C
R
E
W
)
VCRK
VC
01/
1
2
/
0
1
A
06/
2
6
/
0
1
PR
O
T
O
07/
2
5
/
0
1
PR
O
T
O
RKRK
B B
B B
08/
1
6
/
0
2
T1
2
9
RK
F:
\

F
I
L
E
\

F
O
R
M
\

D
S
I
Z
E
.
G
C
M
As
s
e
m
b
l
y

o
f

U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L

R
A
I

S
e
r
i
e
s

G
a
s

B
l
o
w
e
r
s
,

6
”

G
e
a
r

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
21For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
As
s
e
m
b
l
y

o
f

U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L

R
A
I

S
e
r
i
e
s

-

D
S
L

w
i
t
h

S
p
l
a
s
h

L
u
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d

D
r
i
v
e

E
n
d

3
-
5
”

G
e
a
r

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
22
As
s
e
m
b
l
y

o
f

U
N
I
V
E
R
S
A
L

R
A
I

S
e
r
i
e
s

-

D
S
L

w
i
t
h

S
p
l
a
s
h

L
u
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d

D
r
i
v
e

E
n
d

6
”

G
e
a
r

D
i
a
m
e
t
e
r
1 Headplate Gear End 1
2 Headplate Drive End 1
3 Gearbox 1
4 Timing Gears 2
5 Cover-Blind (Plug Opening) 1
7 Gasket, Gear Box 1
11 Cylinder 1
12 Impeller & Shaft Drive 1
13 Impeller & Shaft Driven 1
14 Bearing, Ball 3
15 Bearing, Roller 1
16 Pin, Dowel 4
17 Gear Nut 2
19 Key 1
21 Plug, Pipe 3
23 Screw Hex Nylock 8
25 Breather (Plug Vent)1
26 Screw, Hex *
27 Seal, Lip Bearing 4
29 Washer, Spring Wavy 2
31 Screw, Hex, Nylock 4
32 Screw, Hex 10
33 Seal Lip-Drive 1
34 Clamp Plate 2
35 Foot 2
37 Fitting, Grease 2
38 Fitting, Relief 2
39 Washer Mounting 4
23For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
1 Headplate Gear End 1
2 Headplate Drive End 1
3 Gearbox 1
4 Timing Gears 2
7 Gasket, Gear Box, DE Cover 1
11 Cylinder 1
12 Impeller & Shaft Drive 1
13 Impeller & Shaft Driven 1
14 Bearing, Ball 3
15 Bearing, Roller 1
16 Pin, Dowel 4
17 Gear Nut 2
19 Key 1
21 Plug, Pipe 3
23 Screw Hex 6
25 Breather (Plug Vent)1
26 Screw, Hex *
27 Seal, Lip Bearing 4
31 Screw, Hex, Nylock 4
32 Screw, Hex 6
33 Seal Lip-Drive 1
34 Clamp Plate 2
35 Foot 2
39 Washer Mounting 4
40 Screw Socket 2
42 Screw Hex 2
48 DE Oil Slinger Set Screw 4
50 Drive End Cover 1
52 Drive End Oil Slinger 2
53 Oil Sight Glass 2
Universal RAI Series Blowers Parts List
6” & 7” Gear Diameter
(Refer to drawing #64792023)
Item # Part Name Qty.
*Quantities vary by blower.
Universal RAI Series Blowers Parts List
2-1/2” – 5” Gear Diameter
(Refer to drawing #64720023)
1 Headplate Gear End 1
2 Headplate Drive End 1
3 Gearbox 1
4 Timing Gears 2
5 Cover-Blind (Plug Opening) 1
7 Gasket, Gear Box 1
11 Cylinder 1
12 Impeller & Shaft Drive 1
13 Impeller & Shaft Driven 1
14 Bearing, Ball 3
15 Bearing, Roller 1
16 Pin, Dowel 4
17 Gear Nut 2
19 Key 1
21 Plug, Pipe 3
23 Screw Hex 6
25 Breather (Plug Vent)1
26 Screw, Hex *
27 Seal, Lip Bearing 4
31 Screw, Hex, Nylock 4
32 Screw, Hex 6
33 Seal Lip-Drive 1
34 Clamp Plate 2
35 Foot 2
37 Fitting, Grease 2
38 Fitting, Relief 2
39 Washer Mounting 4
40 Screw Socket 2
42 Screw Hex 2
Item # Part Name Qty.
*Quantities vary by blower.
Universal RAI-DSL Series Blowers Parts List
3-1/2” – 5” Gear Diameter
(Refer to drawing #T30356023)
Item # Part Name Qty.
*Quantities vary by blower.
Universal RAI®-DSL Series Blowers Parts List 6” Gear Diameter
(Refer to drawing #T30382023)
1 Headplate Gear End 1
2 Headplate Drive End 1
3 Gearbox 1
4 Timing Gears 2
7 Gasket, Gear Box 1
11 Cylinder 1
12 Impeller & Shaft Drive 1
13 Impeller & Shaft Driven 1
14 Bearing, Ball 3
15 Bearing, Roller 1
16 Pin, Dowel 4
17 Gear Nut 2
19 Key 1
Item # Part Name Qty.
*Quantities vary by blower.
21 Plug, Pipe 3
23 Screw Hex Nylock 8
25 Breather (Plug Vent)1
26 Screw, Hex *
27 Seal, Lip Bearing 4
31 Screw, Hex, Nylock 4
32 Screw, Hex 10
33 Seal Lip-Drive 1
34 Clamp Plate 2
35 Foot 2
39 Washer Mounting 4
48 DE Oil Slinger Set Screw 4
50 Drive End Cover 1
52 Drive End Oil Slinger 2
Item # Part Name Qty.
24
Universal RAI Series Gas Blowers Parts List
6” Gear Diameter
(Refer to drawing #T3011023)
Item # Part Name Qty.
*DE cover gasket is not the same as the gasket used on the
GE. You must specify the gasket required when ordering.
**Quantities vary by blower.
Universal RAI Series Gas Blowers Parts List
3-1/2” & 5” Gear Diameter
(Refer to drawing #T30099023)
1 Headplate Gear End 1
2 Headplate Drive End 1
3 Gearbox 1
4 Timing Gears 2
5 Cover-Blind (Plug Opening) 1
7 Gasket, Gear Box 1
11 Cylinder 1
12 Impeller & Shaft Drive 1
13 Impeller & Shaft Driven 1
14 Bearing, Ball 3
15 Bearing, Roller 1
16 Pin, Dowel 4
17 Gear Nut 2
19 Key 1
21 Plug, Pipe 3
23 Screw Hex 8
25 Breather (Plug Vent)1
26 Screw, Hex 14*
27 Seal, Bearing 4
31 Screw, Hex 4
32 Screw, Hex 4
33 Seal Lip-Drive 1
34 Clamp Plate 2
35 Foot 2
37 Fitting, Grease 2
38 Fitting, Relief 2
39 Washer Mounting 4
40 Screw Socket 2
42 Screw Hex 2
Item # Part Name Qty.
*Quantities vary by blower.
Specified Lubricants
ROOTS Synthetic Oil: ISO-VG-220 Grade
Part Number
Quart 813-106-001
Gallon 813-106-002
Case (12 qts)813-106-008
ROOTS Synthetic Oil: ISO-VG-320 Grade
Part Number
Quart 813-106-004
Gallon 813-106-005
Case (12 qts)813-106-007
ROOTS Synthetic Grease: NLGI #2
Part Number
14.5 oz. Tube T200019-001
5 Gallon Pail T200019-003
Case (30 tubes)T200019-002
1 Headplate Gear End 1
2 Headplate Drive End 1
3 Gearbox 1
4 Timing Gears 2
5 Cover-Blind (Plug Opening) 1
7 Gasket, Gear Box 1
7* Gasket DE Cover 1
11 Cylinder 1
12 Impeller & Shaft Drive 1
13 Impeller & Shaft Driven 1
14 Bearing, Ball 3
15 Bearing, Roller 1
16 Pin, Dowel 4
17 Gear Nut 2
19 Key 1
21 Plug, Pipe 3
23 Screw Hex Nylock 8
25 Breather (Plug Vent)1
26 Screw, Hex 14**
27 Seal, Bearing 4
31 Screw, Hex 4
32 Screw, Hex 10
33 Seal Lip-Drive 1
34 Clamp Plate 2
35 Foot 2
37 Fitting, Grease 2
38 Fitting, Relief 2
39 Washer Mounting 4
40 Screw Socket 2
42 Screw Hex 2
43 Plug 8
53 Oil Sight Glass 2
25For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
UNIVERSAL RAI (URAI) AIR BLOWERS
URAI AIR BLOWERS (with Grease Lubricated Drive End)
FRAME INLET/DISCH SHAFT BARE
SIZE CONN. DIAMETER WEIGHT
65102020 22 1" NPT 0.625"32
65103020 24 2" NPT 0.625"43
71048020 32 1.25" NPT 0.750"69
65105020 33 2" NPT 0.750"74
65106020 36 2.5" NPT 0.750"102
65108020 42 1.5" NPT 0.875"88
65109020 45 2.5" NPT 0.875"109
65110020 47 3" NPT 0.875"128
65112020 53 2.5" NPT 1.125"143
65113020 56 4" NPT 1.125"170
65114020 59 4" NPT 1.125"204
65116020 65 3" NPT 1.375"245
65117020 68 5" NPT 1.375"285
65118020 615 6" Flange 1.375"425
65120020 76 4" NPT 1.562"400
65121020 711 6" Flange 1.562"530
65122020 718 8" Flange 1.562"650
Refer to Specification Sheet S-12K84
URAI-DSL AIR BLOWERS (with Dual Splash Lubrication DSL )
FRAME INLET/DISCH SHAFT BARE
SIZE CONN. DIAMETER WEIGHT
T30378020 32 1.25" NPT 0.750"72
T30379020 33 2" NPT 0.750"77
T30380020 36 2.5" NPT 0.750"105
T30352020 42 1.5" NPT 0.875"92
T30353020 45 2.5" NPT 0.875"113
T30354020 47 3" NPT 0.875"132
T30359020 53 2.5" NPT 1.125"148
T30360020 56 4" NPT 1.125"175
T30361020 59 4" NPT 1.125"209
T30384020 65 3" NPT 1.375"250
T30385020 68 5" NPT 1.375"290
T30386020 615 6" Flange 1.375"430
Refer to Specification Sheet S-27S03
Universal RAI air blowers include detachable mounting feet which permit vertical or horizontal installation.
The units are center timed for rotation in either direction. The bearings on the URAI are grease lubricated
on the drive end and splash lubricated on the gear end. The URAI-DSL is splash lubricated on BOTH ends.
BOM # *
BOM # *
URAI-G TM GAS BLOWERS (with Grease Lubricated Drive End)
FRAME INLET/DISCH SHAFT BARE
SIZE CONN. DIAMETER WEIGHT
710480G0 32 1.25" NPT 0.750"69
651050G0 33 2" NPT 0.750 74
651060G0 36 2.5" NPT 0.750 102
651080G0 42 1.5" NPT 0.875"88
651090G0 45 2.5" NPT 0.875 109
651100G0 47 3" NPT 0.875 128
651120G0 53 2.5" NPT 1.125"143
651130G0 56 4" NPT 1.125 170
651140G0 59 4" NPT 1.125 204
651160G0 65 3" NPT 1.375"245
651170G0 68 5" NPT 1.375 285
651180G0 615 6" NPT 1.375 425
Refer to Specification Sheet S-60A01
Universal RAI-GTM gas blowers include detachable mounting feet which permit vertical or horizontal
installation.Feet are different for vertical and horizontal mounting.
The units are center timed for rotation in either direction. The bearings on the Universal RAI-GTM are grease
lubricated on the drive end and splash lubricated on the gear end. ROOTS Synthetic lubricant is recommended.
UNIVERSAL RAI (URAI) GAS BLOWERS
BOM # *
Basic Connection & Drive Shaft Information
26
UNIVERSAL RAI (URAI-J) WHISPAIR AIR BLOWERS
URAI-J WHISPAIR AIR BLOWERS (with Grease Lubed Drive End)
BOM #*FRAME INLET/DISCH SHAFT BARE
SIZE CONN. DIAMETER WEIGHT
74065020 33J 2" NPT 0.750" 84
74086020 36J 2.5" NPT 0.750 112
74066020 45J 2.5" NPT 0.875" 119
74087020 47J 3" NPT 0.875 138
74067020 56J 4" NPT 1.125" 180
Refer to Specification Sheet S-33A93
URAI-J-DSL WHISPAIR AIR BLOWERS (with Dual Splash Lubrication DSL )
BOM #*FRAME INLET/DISCH SHAFT BARE
SIZE CONN. DIAMETER WEIGHT
T30417020 33J 2" NPT 0.750" 87
T30418020 36J 2.5" NPT 0.750 115
T30410020 45J 2.5" NPT 0.875" 122
T30412020 47J 3" NPT 0.875 141
T30415020 56J 4" NPT 1.125" 185
Refer to Specification Sheet S-30S03
URAI-J METRIC WHISPAIR AIR BLOWERS (with Grease Lubed Drive End)
BOM #*FRAME INLET/DISCH SHAFT BARE
SIZE CONN. DIAMETER WEIGHT
TBD 33J 2" BSP 19 mm 84
740860M0 36J 2.5" BSP 19 mm 112
TBD 45J 2.5" BSP 24 mm 119
TBD 47J 3" BSP 24 mm 138
TBD 56J 4" BSP 28 mm 180
Refer to Specification Sheet XXXXXX
URAI-J-DSL METRIC WHISPAIR AIR BLOWERS (with Dual Splash Lubrication DSL )
BOM #*FRAME INLET/DISCH SHAFT BARE
SIZE CONN. DIAMETER WEIGHT
TBD 33J 2" BSP 19 mm 87
T304660M0 36J 2.5" BSP 19 mm 115
TBD 45J 2.5" BSP 24 mm 122
T304550M0 47J 3" BSP 24 mm 141
TBD 56J 4" BSP 28 mm 185
Refer to Specification Sheet XXXXX
Universal RAI-J air blowers incorporate the patented WhispairTM design in addition to the
same features as the original URAI blowers. The URAI-J's are center timed, however the
WhispairTM benefits can only be realized when the jet is located in the discharge position.
Basic Connection & Drive Shaft Information
27For your nearest ROOTS office contact information, please consult the last page of this document.
NOTE: METRIC URAI product has metric shaft diameter and connection sizes
URAI-METRIC AIR BLOWERS (with Grease Lubricated Drive End)
FRAME INLET/DISCH SHAFT BARE
SIZE CONN. DIAMETER WEIGHT
651020M0 22 1" BSP 16 mm 32
651030M0 24 2" BSP 16 mm 43
710480M0 32 1 1/4" BSP 19 mm 69
651050M0 33 2" BSP 19 mm 74
651060M0 36 2 1/2" BSP 19 mm 102
651080M0 42 1 1/2" BSP 24 mm 88
651090M0 45 2 1/2" BSP 24 mm 109
651100M0 47 3" BSP 24 mm 128
651120M0 53 2 1/2" BSP 28 mm 143
651130M0 56 4" BSP 28 mm 170
651140M0 59 4" BSP 28 mm 204
T30392060 65 3" BSP 32 mm 245
T30394060 68 5" BSP 32 mm 285
T30390060 615 150 NP10 32 mm 425
T30396060 76 4" BSP 38 mm 400
T30398060 711 150 NP10 38 mm 530
T30400060 718 200 NP10 38 mm 650
Refer to Specification Sheet XXXXX
URAI-DSL-METRIC AIR BLOWERS (with Dual Splash Lubrication DSL )
FRAME INLET/DISCH SHAFT BARE
SIZE CONN. DIAMETER WEIGHT
T30463060 32 1 1/4" BSP 19 mm 72
T30464060 33 2" BSP 19 mm 77
T30465060 36 2 1/2" BSP 19 mm 105
T30451060 42 1 1/2" BSP 24 mm 92
T30452060 45 2 1/2" BSP 24 mm 113
T30453060 47 3" BSP 24 mm 132
T30459060 53 2 1/2" BSP 28 mm 148
T30460060 56 4" BSP 28 mm 175
T30461060 59 4" BSP 28 mm 209
T30472060 65 3" BSP 32 mm 250
T30473060 68 5" BSP 32 mm 290
T30474060 615 150 NP 10 32 mm 430
Refer to Specification Sheet XXXXX
Universal RAI air blowers include detachable mounting feet which permit vertical or horizontal installation.
The units are center timed for rotation in either direction. The bearings on the URAI are grease lubricated
on the drive end and splash lubricated on the gear end. The URAI-DSL is splash lubricated on BOTH ends.
BOM # *
UNIVERSAL RAI METRIC (URAI-M) AIR BLOWERS
BOM # *
Basic Connection & Drive Shaft Information
Contact List
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Dresser Rooots
16240 Port Northwest Drive
Houston, TX 77041
Toll Free Hot Line: 1-877-363-ROOT(S) (7668)
Direct Line: 832-590-2600
Toll Free Fax: [phone]
Direct Fax: [phone]
Roots Factory Service
& Repair Centers
Dresser Roots – Houston Service Center
Dresser Roots Factory Service & Repair Center
11611B Tanner Rd.
Houston, TX 77041
Ph: 713-896-4810
Fax: [phone]
Dresser Roots – Connersville Service Center
Dresser Roots Factory Service & Repair Center
801 West Mount Street
Connersville, IN 47331
Ph: 765-827-9200
Fax: [phone]
Dresser Roots – United Kingdom Service Center
Dresser Roots Factory Service & Repair Center
PO Box B7
Off St Andrews Road
Turnbridge, Huddersfield
England HD1 6RB
Ph: [phone]
Aftermarket Direct Line: [phone]
Aftermarket email: [e-mail]
Aftermarket Fax: [phone]
Dresser Roots – Mexico Service Center
Dresser Roots Factory Service & Repair Center
Henry Ford No 114
Esq. Roberto Fulton
Fracc. Industrial San Nicolas
Tlalnepantla, Edo de Mexico
Cp 54030
Ph: [phone]
Fax: [phone]
©2006 Dresser, Inc. all rights reserved. • WHISPAIR is a trademark of Dresser, Inc. • ROOTS and Universal RAI are registered trademarks of Dresser, Inc.
Dresser Roots
Connersville Operation
900 West Mount Street
Connersville, IN 47331
Ph: 765-827-9200
Fx: 765-827-9266
Dresser Roots
Holmes Operation
PO Box B7
Off St. Andrews Rd
Turnbridge, Huddersfield
England HD1 6RB
Ph: [phone]
Fx: [phone]
Dresser Roots
Headquarters
16240 Port Northwest Drive
Houston, TX 77041
Toll Free (US): 1-877-363-7668
Ph: 832-590-2305
Toll Free Fax: [phone]
Fx: 832-590-2326
website: www.rootsblower.com • US email: [e-mail] • UK email: [e-mail]-2002 rev.0106
(formerly IOM-180-205)
Material Safety Data Sheet
I.Product Name: Dresser Roots ISO-VG 320 D ate Issued/Revised: August 10, 2006
Chemical Family:Synthetic based lubricating oil
Use:Lubricant and corrosion inhibitor
Manufacturer:Royal Purple, Ltd.
Address:1 Royal Purple Lane, Porter, Texas 77365 USA
Phone:[phone] Emergency Phone:[phone] Fax:[phone]
II.Components:
Base Oil (synthetic)—Synthetic additives with iso-paraffinic diluents.
The precise composition of this oil is proprietary. A more complete disclosure will be provided to a physician or
nurse in the event of a medical emergency.
All components of this product are listed on the U.S. TSCA inventory.
This product contains no hazardous substances within the definition of OSHA Regulation 29 CFR 1910.1200.
Royal Purple certifies that this product has been evaluated for RCRA characteristics and does not meet the criteria of a
hazardous waste if discarded in its purchased form.
III.Main Hazards / Health Effects:
Eyes:May cause irritation.
Inhalation:Oil mist may line breathing passages with oil making breathing difficult.
Ingestion:May cause diarrhea.
Skin:May irritate the skin after prolonged periods of contact.
IV.First Aid:
Eyes:Flush with water until all residual material is gone. If irritation persists, seek medical help.
Inhalation:Clear air passage. If respiratory difficulty continues, seek medical help.
Ingestion:Wash out mouth immediately. Do not induce vomiting. Consult physician.
Skin:Wash thoroughly with hand cleanser, followed by soap and water. Contaminated clothing should be dry cleaned
before reuse.
V.Extinguishing Media:
Suitable:Foam, dry powder, Halon ®, carbon dioxide, sand, earth and water mist.
Unsuitable:Water jet.
Protective Equipment for Fire Fighting:Self-contained breathing apparatus.
VI.Accidental Release Measures:
Personal Precautions:Wear gloves and protective overalls.
Environmental Precautions:Do not allow it to enter drains.
Spillage:Contain spill and keep from entering waterways. Absorb on porous material. Large quantities can be pumped.
VII.Handling and Storage:
Handling:No special handling precautions necessary.
Storage:Do not store at elevated temperatures.
VIII.Exposure Control / Personal Protection:
Respiratory Protection:Hydrocarbon absorbing respirator if misting.
Hand Protection:Oil-proof gloves for hypersensitive persons.
Eye Protection:Glasses, if applied to parts in motion.
Body Protection:Overalls.
IX.Physical and Chemical Properties:
Physical State:Liquid
Color:Light Amber
Odor:Lube Oil
pH:Neutral
Boiling Range / Point ºF (ºC):>700 (>371)
Pour Point ºF (ºC):-35 (-37 )
Flash Point (COC)ºF (ºC): >450 (>232 )
Autoignition Temperature ºF (ºC):>600 (>315)
Evaporation Rate (Butyl Acetate = 1):Negligible
Vapor Pressure (kPa):<0.1
Percent Volatiles:None
Density (g/cm3 ): 0 .88
Flammability:Not flammable at ambient temp.
OAR Value:UN
Oxidizing Properties:None
Water Solubility:Insoluble
Vapor Density:Greater than air
Product Name:Dresser Roots ISO-VG-320
Signature: ____________________________________
Prepared By:A. J. Gustavsen. Ph. D.
Date Issued/Revised: August 10, 2006
As of issue date, the information contained herein is accurate and reliable to the
best of Royal Purple’s knowledge. Royal Purple does not warrant or guarantee its
accuracy or reliability and shall not be liable for any loss or damage arising out of
the use thereof. It is the user’s responsibility to satisfy itself that the information
offered for its consideration is suitable for its particular use.
LEGEND
I. Identification of the Substance / Preparation and Company
II. Composition Information on Ingredients
III. Hazards Identification
IV. First Aid Measures
V. Fire Fighting Measures
VI. Accidental Release Measures
VII. Handling and Storage
VIII. Exposure Control / Personal Protection
IX. Physical and Chemical Properties
X. Stability and Reactivity
XI. Toxicological Information
XII. Ecological Information
XIII. Waste Disposal
XIV. Transport Information
XV. Regulatory Information
XVI. Other Information
NFPA SYMBOL
FIRE
HMIS SYMBOL
HEALTH 0
FLAMMABILITY 1
REACTIVITY 0
PPI B
X.Stability and Reactivity:
Stability:Chemically stable under normal conditions. No photoreactive agents.
Conditions to Avoid:Powerful sources of ignition and extreme temperatures.
Materials to Avoid:Strong inorganic and organic acids, oxidizing agents.
Hazardous Decomposition Products:Burning generates smoke, airborne soot, hydrocarbons and oxides of carbon, sulfur
and nitrogen. Residue mainly comprised of soot and mineral oxides.
XI.Toxicological Information:California Prop 65:N/A
Acute Toxicity:Not known Carcinogen: NTP:No
Irritancy-Skin:Very mild IARC:No
Skin Sensitization:Not known OSHA:No
Subacute / Sub-chronic Toxicity:Not known EC Classification (67 / 548 / EEC):No
Genotoxicity:None known LC-50:>2000mg/l - extrapolated from component data
Chronic Toxicity:None known LD-50:Not applicable
XII.Ecological Information:
Possible Effects: When released into the environment, adsorption to sediment and soil will be the predominant
behavior.
Behavior:Relatively well behaved. Bioaccumulation potential nil.
Environmental Fate:Due to its fluid nature and specific gravity, this product will float or spread across water making it a
nuisance contaminant. It is not thought to be toxic to marine or land organisms.
XIII.Waste and Container Disposal:
Waste Disposal:Consider recycling. This product, as sold, does not meet the RCRA characteristics of a hazardous
waste. Under RCRA, it is the responsibility of the user, at the time of disposal, to determine whether the product meets
the RCRA criteria for hazardous waste. Contact a waste disposal company or local authority for advice.
Container Disposal:See waste disposal section listed above.
XIV.Transport Information:Air Transport (ICAO, IATA):Bulk Nonhazardous
DOT:Nonhazardous Sea Transport (IMO, IMDG):Bulk Nonhazardous
UN No.:N/A Road and Rail Transport (ADR / RID):Bulk Nonhazardous:
XV.Regulatory Information:CERCLA:Nonhazardous
Labeling Information:None needed TSCA:All components are listed
EC Annex 1 Class.:N/A WHMIS (Canada):Not regulated
R Phrases:N/A Canadian DSL:All components are listed
SARA 311 / 312:N o n e 40 CFR Part 372 (SARA Section 313):N/ A
S Phrases:S-3 keep cool, S-16 keep away from ignition RCRA Hazard Class:Nonhazardous
sources TSCA 12B Components:None
Ozone Depleting Chemicals:N/A
XVI.Other Information:
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Section 6- Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting the Dust Collector

Excessive pressure drop across filter bags

The differential pressure gauge or manometer on your dust collector
should read 6” w.g. or less. Higher readings and/or steadily increasing
readings are an indication that the main airflow through the dust collector
may be restricted, and a potential process problem such as poor suction
at duct pickup points may exist. In extreme cases (over 17” w.g.) filter
bags will be damaged. Check the following:

Pressure Gauge
Check the differential pressure gauge or manometer and the tubing
leading to the dust collector for proper operation. Disconnect the lines at
the gauge or manometer and clear with compressed air. Look for loose
fittings, cracked, broken, or pinched tubing. Make sure the gauge is
zeroed or that the manometer is level, zeroed and contains the correct
fluid.

Bags Loaded with Dust
A condition known as blinding. If the dust is dry, see the next
paragraphs below. If the dust is wet, see paragraphs below on “Leaks”
and “Condensation”.

1. Dust Not Discharging from the Hopper

Check hopper for over-loading or bridging across the dust
discharge. Correct by repairing dust discharge equipment,
replacing with higher capacity equipment, or installing hopper
vibrators, etc. as required to keep the hopper clear.

2. Air Flow too High

If the main airflow is too high to allow dust to drop off of the filter
bags, an excessive pressure drop across the dust collector will
result and dust will build up in the system. In many cases this
high pressure drop in turn leads to a reduction in the main air flow
so that it is necessary to remove the dust accumulation from the
filter bags (and the rest of the system) before measuring the main
air flow volume.

6-1
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Trouble Shooting the Dust Collector (continued)

Visually inspect the bags for heavy caking; if caking is evident,
see the note below and take the necessary action to clean the
bags. Next, measure the main airflow with a pitot tube or
equivalent devise and compare with the original volume for which
the unit was designed. If the flow is too high, cut back the main
fan to prevent a recurrence of the problem.

3. Particle Size and Dust Load

If possible, compare the dust particle size and loading with the
original design specifications. Finer dust may cause a higher
pressure drop. Do not hesitate to call the factory; we have
experience with many kinds of dust.

4. Bags Too Tight

Bags that have shrunk on their cages may not flex sufficiently
during the compressed air pulse to loosen caked dust. If the bags
were cleaned or laundered, pull a bag tight around its cage; you
should be able to “gather” a small fold of material between your
fingers.

5. Water Leaks

Inspect the dust collector housing and ductwork for holes, cracks,
or loose gaskets where water could enter the collector.

6. Condensation

If moisture has been condensing inside the collector, check the
dew point temperature of the incoming air stream. If may be
necessary to insulate the collector and/or the ductwork leading to
the collector to keep surface temperatures above the dew point
and prevent condensation of the filter bags.

NOTE: Collectors that have had blinded or caked bags can
possible be put into service by running the pulsing air system for
15 to 30 minutes without the main fan or blower. If the pressure
drop is not lower when the main fan is started again, take the
bags out of the collector and remove the caked dust by special
dry-cleaning. Information pertaining to filter bag cleaning may be
obtained by calling your CAMCORP sales representative.

6-2
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Trouble Shooting the Dust Collector (continued)

Extremely Low Pressure Drop

Pressure Gauge
Check the differential pressure gauge or manometer and the tubing
leading to the dust collector as in I-A of this section.

Holes in Filter Bags or Bags Incorrectly Installed.
Inspect the filter bags for holes, rips, tears, or excessive wear. Make
sure that the filter bags were installed correctly according to the “Bag &
Cage Installation” section.

Ductwork and Dampers
Inspect the ductwork to and from the dust collector for air leaks or
blockage. Make sure that any dampers in the system are correctly
positioned to allow air to flow through the dust collector.

Leaks in the Housing
Check the tube sheets (flat steel sheets from which the filter bags are
suspended) and the dust collector housing for holes, cracks or loose
gaskets that would permit air to bypass the dust collector or filter bags.

Continuous Flow of Dust in the Clean Air Exhaust
(Primary Dusting)

Holes in the Filter Bags or Bags Incorrectly Installed
Inspect the filter bags as in II-B this section.

Holes in the Tube Sheets
Check the tube sheets for holes, cracks, or loose bolts that would permit
dusty air to bypass the filter bags.

6-3
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Troubleshooting the Dust Collector (continued)

Puff of Dust in the Clean Air Exhaust after each Pulse
(Secondary Dusting)

Worn Filter Bags
Inspect the filter bags for wear. Thin bags may not stop fine dust when
flexed by a compressed air pulse.

Residual Dust
If dust has gotten into the clean air plenum because of a dropped or torn
bag, hole in tube sheet, etc., the pulse air may stir up the dust and allow
it to escape into the clean air exhaust. Residual dust may also be driven
down inside the filter bags by the pulse air; if the filter bags are filled with
several inches of dust, clean both the clean air plenum and the filter
bags to avoid further problems.

Short Filter Bag Life

This is often a complicated problem to diagnose and we recommend
calling the factory for advice. The following list may be helpful in
performing some preliminary check:

Temperature
Operating Temperature above the recommended limit of the filter bag
material.

Chemical Attack
Bag material degrades due to attack from certain chemicals in the dust
or gasses in the air stream.

High Moisture
High moisture content in the collector may cause certain filter bag
material to shrink or degrade (more rapidly at elevated temperatures).

Localized Abrasion
Abrasion of the bags at the dusty air inlet; a dust impingement baffle
may be required.

6-4
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Troubleshooting the Dust Collector (continued)

Internal Bag Supports Gone Bad
Corroded, rusted or broken filter cages can cause excessive bag wear.
Stainless steel or coated cages are available.

Troubleshooting the Cleaning System

Diaphragm Valve – Pulsing Failure. The Diaphragm assembly consists
of (3) components. The main diaphragm valve, the secondary
diaphragm valve, and the solenoid valve. Troubleshooting
recommendations as follows:

Main Diaphragm and Secondary Diaphragm:

1. Diaphragm Valve Bleeding Air – Disassemble and inspect both
diaphragms for ruptured valves or air bleed holes are restricted.
(Reference attached manual) Replace with a repair kit if
necessary.

2. Verify Positive Displacement Pump is operating correctly and
producing compressed air.

3. Verify weighted relief valve is weighted correctly allowing tank to
build 7-8 PSI pressure.

Solenoid Valve:

1. Open or short circuit in wiring between timer and solenoid –
Check continuity with ohmmeter or suitable tester and repair as
required.

2. Plastic plug in solenoid exhaust port - Remove and discard plug.

Timer – Not Operating

A. Check for mechanical damage.
B. Check the wiring from the timer to the solenoids for open or short
circuits.
C. Replace Timer

6-5
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Troubleshooting the Cleaning System (continued)

Positive Displacement (PD) Pump - Following is a list of possible
Symptoms and Troubleshooting Solutions.

Symptom Possible Causes Possible Sources
Noisiness Rotor-to-Rotor
Contact
Rust Build up or Rotors
Rotors Out of Time
Excessive Pressure Ratio
Failed Bearings (s)
Failed Gears

Failing Bearing (s) Faulty Installation
Non-spec Oil
Contaminated Oil
Insufficient Oil
Improperly Mounted Sheave
Over-tightened Belts

Failing Gears Insufficient Backlash
Non-spec Oil
Contaminated Oil
Insufficient Oil
Sever Torsional Vibration

Failing Lubricated
Coupling or Joint

Non-spec Grease
Contaminated Grease
Insufficient Grease

Loose Attached
Hardware
Belt Guard
Pump Mounting Bracket
Frame Members
In/Out Piping Supports

Air Leakage Improper Relief Valve Setting
Blown Gaskets
Loose Piping Joints

Belt Flutter

Insufficient Static Tension
Sheave Misalignment
Sever Torsional Vibration

6-6
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Symptom Possible Causes Possible Sources
Poor
Performance
Restricted Inlet Clogged Filter Element
Collapsed Inlet Hose

Erroneous Pressure Loose Gauge Connection
Gauge Movement Damaged
Gauge Inaccurately
Calibrated

Air Leakage Improper Relief Valve Setting
Blown Gaskets
Loose Piping Joints

Insufficient Rotor
Speed
Wrong Sheave Set
Wrong Motor Speed
Slipping Belts

Excessive Rotor
Clearances
Abrasive Wear of Rotor
Surfaces
Rotor “Lag” Timed

Leaking Oil Failed Oil Seals

Foreign Material in Seal Bores
Faulty Installation
Non-spec Oil
Contaminated Oil
Overheated Rotor Shafts

End Cover Seams
Not Tight
Bolts Loose
Gaskets Torn

Oil Foaming Non-spec Oil
Oil Cavities Overfilled
Chronic Fuse
Blowing or Circuit
Breaking

Excessive Motor
Amperage
Excessive Pump Speed
Line Voltage Drop
Air Density Increase
Loose Electrical Connections
Foreign Material in Air Box

Underrated Fuses

Premature Heater
Strip Actuation
Unusually High Ambient
Temperature
Underrated Heater Strips

6-7
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Symptom Possible Causes Possible Sources
Overheating

Excessive Pressure
Ratio
Clogged Filter Element
Collapsed Inlet Hose
Clogged Dust Vent Filter
Undersized Dust Vent Filter
Clogged Diffusion Pads
Insufficient Rotor
Speed
Wrong Sheave Set
Wrong Motor Speed
Slipping Belts

Pulse Arm Drive – Motor not rotating.

1. Remove the motor from the gear drive and check for proper
operation. If the motor does not rotate, repair or replace.

2. If the motor does rotate properly check for binding or roughness in
the gear drive. Repair or replace the gear box as necessary.

Pulse Arm Drive – Motor rotating and sweep arm not rotating or rotating
intermittently.

3. Enter the clean air plenum and check for obstructions in the path
of the rotating pulse arm. Remove any obstructions

4. Verify that the pulse arm is rotating parallel to the tubesheet and
that the nozzles do not strike the cage tops and cause the sweep
arm to stop. If this is not the case call the factory.

5. Verify that the torque-limiting clutch on the small sprocket isn’t
slipping.

6. Verify that the chain is not binding. If it is then check the sprocket
alignment.

7. Disconnect the drive chain. The pulse arm should rotate freely
and with no binding or roughness. If binding is experienced
grease the rotary union. If the binding or roughness continues
inspect the bearing and replace if necessary.

6-8
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Section 7 – Routine Maintenance

Inspection

Frequency will vary as widely as there are operating conditions. In
general proceed as follows:

Daily – Check unit differential pressure.

Weekly – Check pulse timer board and solenoid valves for function.
This usually is only listening to check uniform time in intervals between
pulses.

Monthly – Lubricate fan, rotary valve and screw conveyor. Check seals
on latter two for dust loss.

Quarterly – Check for dust accumulation in clean air plenum.

Repairs

Filter bags – Generally replacement, although some applications can be
laundered.

Solenoid Valve – Repair kits are available if a valve is stuck open or
fails to operate.

Diaphragm Valve – Repair kits are available if the diaphragm valve is
stuck open or fails to operate due to a ruptured diaphragm.

Rotary Valves – Usually a matter of periodic seal and blade
replacement. More detailed information is supplied with the valve.

Screw Conveyors – Periodic checks of the drive system and shaft
seals. Inspect hanger bearings (if applicable) during filter bag change.
Failure will be detected by the squeal.

Fans – “V” belt tension and replacement of bearings if running rough.
Make sure rotor balance is maintained.

7-1
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Section 8 – Appendix

Dust Collection Terms & Definitions

Air-to-Cloth Ratio – Ratio of the volume of gas filtered (in ACFM) to the amount
of filter media (in square feet).

Bag Blinding – A condition where dust particles become embedded in the fabric
over time and are not removed by the cleaning mechanism. This results in an
increased pressure drop across the filter bag media.

Bleed Through – Small particles of dust that are able to migrate through the
filter bags.

Bridging – A material blockage across an opening such as a hopper or between
filter bags or cartridges.

Can Velocity – The upward velocity of air through a cross section of the dust
collector.

Clean Air Plenum – The area of the dust collector where the air passes through
after being filtered by the filter media.

Diaphragm Valve – A compressed air valve that provides a high volume of
medium-pressure air to clean the filter media.

Differential Pressure – The variance in pressure between two measured points.
On a dust collector this is generally measured on each side of the tube sheet to
indicate the condition of the filter bags. This is typically measured in inches of
water.

Dirty Air Plenum – The area of the dust collector where the filter media hangs
and the air has dust particulate in it.

Dust Cake – The normal build up on the outside of the filter media. A dust cake
is needed to provide the maximum filtering efficiency.

Filter Media – An air permeable material that provides a means to separate the
particulate from the air. This is usually a felt or woven bag or a pleated cartridge.

Inches of Water – The standard unit of measurement for dust collector
differential pressure. A typical notation is 2” w.c. ( water column) or 2” w.g. (water
gauge).
8-1
CAMCORP, INC.
Phone: [phone] Fax: [phone]
www.camcorpinc.com
Magnehelic Gauge – A standard devise used to measure differential pressure.

Pressure Drop – Another term for differential pressure or the drop in pressure
between two measured points.

Re-Entrainment – The re-depositing of dust on the filter media after it has been
cleaned off. This can be caused by turbulence in the hopper (or dirty air plenum)
or by excessive airflow through the dust collector.

Solenoid Valve – In the case of a dust collector, a solenoid valve is used to
open and close a diaphragm valve. It does this by venting compressed air from
the backside of the diaphragm which allows the diaphragm to open.

Timer Board – An electrical device that provides the electrical signal to the
solenoid to pulse the diaphragm valve.

Tubesheet – The steel plate that supports the filter media (bags or cartridges).
This plate separates the dirty air plenum from the clean air plenum.

8-2

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants B-1
APPENDIX B. FEBRUARY 2022 ALLIANCE SOURCE TESTING REPORT
FOR UMA

tach
Utah Metal Works Incorporated 
805 Everett Ave 
Salt Lake City, UT 84110 

Sources Tested: Unit #1: Wire Chopper, 
Baghouse and Cyclone & Unit #2: Gravity 
Separator, Baghouse and Cyclone 
Test Dates: February 8 & 9, 2022 

AST Project No. 2022‐0732 

Prepared By 
Alliance Source Testing, LLC 
3683 W 2270 S, Suite E 
West Valley City, UT 84120 

Source Test Report 

Source Test Report
Test Program Summary

AST-2022-0732 UMW – Salt Lake City, UT Page i

Regulatory Information

Permit No. DAQE-AN103370007-13

Source Information

Source Name Target Parameter
Unit #1: Wire Chopper, Baghouse and Cyclone PM10
Unit #2: Gravity Separator, Baghouse and Cyclone PM10

Contact Information

Test Location Test Company Analytical Laboratory
Utah Metal Works Incorporated
805 Everett Ave
Salt Lake City, UT 84110

Chris Lewon
[e-mail]
[phone]

Alliance Source Testing, LLC
3683 W 2270 S, Suite E
West Valley City, UT 84120

Project Manager
Kyle Vaughan
[e-mail]
[phone]

Field Team Leader
Guy Grebe
[e-mail]
[phone]

QA/QC Manager
Heather Morgan
[e-mail]
[phone]

Report Coordinator
Sarah Perry
[e-mail]
[phone]
Alliance Source Testing, LLC
5530 Marshall Street
Arvada, CO 80002
Eric Grosjean
[e-mail]
[phone]

2 of 68
Source Test Report
Certification Statement
AST-2022-0732 UMW – Salt Lake City, UT Page ii
Alliance Source Testing, LLC (AST) has completed the source testing as described in this report. Results apply
only to the source(s) tested and operating condition(s) for the specific test date(s) and time(s) identified within this
report. All results are intended to be considered in their entirety, and AST is not responsible for use of less than the
complete test report without written consent. This report shall not be reproduced in full or in part without written
approval from the customer.
To the best of my knowledge and abilities, all information, facts and test data are correct. Data presented in this
report has been checked for completeness and is accurate, error-free and legible. Onsite testing was conducted in
accordance with approved internal Standard Operating Procedures. Any deviations or problems are detailed in the
relevant sections in the test report.
This report is only considered valid once an authorized representative of AST has signed in the space provided
below; any other version is considered draft. This document was prepared in portable document format (.pdf) and
contains pages as identified in the bottom footer of this document.
Kyle Vaughan, QSTI
Alliance Source Testing, LLC
Date
3 of 68
3/16/2022

Source Test Report
Table of Contents

AST-2022-0732 UMW – Salt Lake City, UT Page iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.0 Introduction .................................................................................................................................................. 1-1 
1.1 Facility Description .................................................................................................................................. 1-1 
1.2 Project Team ............................................................................................................................................ 1-1 
1.3 Site-Specific Test Plan & Notification ..................................................................................................... 1-1 
1.4 Test Program Notes .................................................................................................................................. 1-1 
2.0 Summary of Results ..................................................................................................................................... 2-1 
3.0 Testing Methodology .................................................................................................................................... 3-1 
3.1 U.S. EPA Reference Test Methods 1 and 2 – Sampling/Traverse Points and Volumetric Flow Rate ..... 3-1 
3.2 U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 3/3A – Oxygen/Carbon Dioxide ........................................................ 3-1 
3.3 U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 4 – Moisture Content ......................................................................... 3-1 
3.4 U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 201A – PM <10 microns ................................................................... 3-1 
3.5 Quality Assurance/Quality Control – U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 3/3A ....................................... 3-2 

LIST OF TABLES

Table 1-1 Project Team ........................................................................................................................................ 1-1 
Table 2-1 Summary of Results – Unit #1 ............................................................................................................. 2-1 
Table 2-2 Summary of Results – Unit #2 ............................................................................................................. 2-1 
Table 3-1 Source Testing Methodology ............................................................................................................... 3-1 

APPENDICES

Appendix A Sample Calculations
Appendix B Field Data
Appendix C Laboratory Data
Appendix D Quality Assurance/Quality Control Data
Appendix E Process Operating/Control System Data

4 of 68

Introduction

5 of 68

Source Test Report
Introduction

AST-2022-0732 UMW – Salt Lake City, UT Page 1-1

1.0 Introduction
Alliance Source Testing, LLC (AST) was retained by Utah Metal Works Incorporated (UMW) to conduct
compliance testing at the Salt Lake City, Utah facility. Portions of the facility are subject to provisions of the Utah
Department of Environmental Quality, Division of Air Quality (UDAQ) Approval Order (AO) DAQE-
AN103370007-13. Testing was conducted to determine the emission rates of filterable particulate matter less than
10 microns (PM10) at the exhaust of Unit #1: Wire Chopper, Baghouse and Cyclone and Unit #2: Gravity Separator,
Baghouse and Cyclone.
1.1 Facility Description
UMW operates a scrap metal recycling plant in Salt Lake City, Utah. Particulate emissions from the wire chopper
are controlled by a fabric filter. PM10 emissions were sampled in the exhaust duct of the fabric filter. The primary
process is copper wire recycling. The copper wire and insulation are first chopped in the pre-shredder. The chopped
wire is then conveyed through two (2) granulators that further chop the wire and insulation into smaller sections.
These smaller sections are then conveyed into a double deck screen. This vibrating screen separates the sections
into a small size mesh and a large size mesh. The large mesh is conveyed to an air gravity separator and the small
mesh is conveyed to another air gravity separator. From there, the two different sizes of copper are deposited into
boxes for shipping. Any copper that has not been fully liberated from the insulation is conveyed to a third
granulator before being re-introduced into the process line. Air pick up vents are located throughout the entire
conveying and chopping process that transport the insulation to a cyclone and two (2) baghouses.
1.2 Project Team
Personnel involved in this project are identified in the following table.

Table 1-1
Project Team
UMW Personnel Brenda Terry
AST Personnel
Guy Grebe
Tobias Hubbard
Emma Pinchak
1.3 Site-Specific Test Plan & Notification
Testing was conducted in accordance with the Site-Specific Test Plan (SSTP) submitted to UDAQ by UMW.
1.4 Test Program Notes
During Run 2 on Unit #2, there was a pause at 12:03.

6 of 68

Summary of Results

7 of 68

Source Test Report
Summary of Results

AST-2022-0732 UMW – Salt Lake City, UT Page 2-1

2.0 Summary of Results
AST conducted compliance testing at the UMW facility in Salt Lake City, Utah on February 8 and 9, 2022. Testing
consisted of determining the emission rates of filterable PM10 at the exhaust of Unit #1: Wire Chopper, Baghouse
and Cyclone and Unit #2: Gravity Separator, Baghouse and Cyclone.

Tables 2-1 and 2-2 provide summaries of the emission testing results with comparisons to the permit limits. Any
difference between the summary results listed in the following tables and the detailed results contained in
appendices is due to rounding for presentation.

Table 2-1
Summary of Results – Unit #1

Run Number Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Average
Date 2/8/22 2/8/22 2/8/22 --
Filterable PM10 Data
Concentration, grain/dscf 0.0010 0.0011 0.00085 0.00099
Permit Limit, grain/dscf -- -- -- 0.020
Percent of Limit, % -- -- -- 5
Emission Rate, lb/hr 0.069 0.080 0.061 0.070
Permit Limit, lb/hr -- -- -- 1.1
Percent of Limit, % -- -- -- 6

Table 2-2
Summary of Results – Unit #2

Run Number Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Average
Date 2/9/22 2/9/22 2/9/22 --
Filterable PM10 Data
Concentration, grain/dscf 0.0012 0.0012 0.0011 0.0012
Permit Limit, grain/dscf -- -- -- 0.020
Percent of Limit, % -- -- -- 6
Emission Rate, lb/hr 0.069 0.067 0.063 0.067
Permit Limit, lb/hr -- -- -- 1.1
Percent of Limit, % -- -- -- 6

8 of 68

Testing Methodology

9 of 68

Source Test Report
Testing Methodology

AST-2022-0732 UMW – Salt Lake City, UT Page 3-1

3.0 Testing Methodology
The emission testing program was conducted in accordance with the test methods listed in Table 3-1. Method
descriptions are provided below while quality assurance/quality control data is provided in Appendix D.

Table 3-1
Source Testing Methodology

Parameter U.S. EPA Reference
Test Methods Notes/Remarks
Volumetric Flow Rate 1 & 2 Full Velocity Traverses
Oxygen / Carbon Dioxide 3 / 3A Integrated Bag / Instrumental Analysis
Moisture Content 4 Gravimetric Analysis
Particulate Matter less than 10 Microns 201A Constant Rate Sampling

3.1 U.S. EPA Reference Test Methods 1 and 2 – Sampling/Traverse Points and Volumetric Flow Rate
The sampling location and number of traverse (sampling) points were selected in accordance with U.S. EPA
Reference Test Method 1. To determine the minimum number of traverse points, the upstream and downstream
distances were equated into equivalent diameters and compared to Figure 1-1 in U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 1.

Full velocity traverses were conducted in accordance with U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 2 to determine the
average stack gas velocity pressure, static pressure and temperature. The velocity and static pressure measurement
system consisted of a pitot tube and inclined manometer. The stack gas temperature was measured with a K-type
thermocouple and pyrometer.

Stack gas velocity pressure and temperature readings were recorded during each test run. The data collected was
utilized to calculate the volumetric flow rate in accordance with U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 2.

3.2 U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 3/3A – Oxygen/Carbon Dioxide
The oxygen (O2) and carbon dioxide (CO2) testing was conducted in accordance with U.S. EPA Reference Test
Method 3/3A. One (1) integrated Tedlar bag sample was collected during each test run. The bag samples were
analyzed on site with a gas analyzer. The remaining stack gas constituent was assumed to be nitrogen for the stack
gas molecular weight determination. The quality control measures are described in Section 3.5.

3.3 U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 4 – Moisture Content
The stack gas moisture content was determined in accordance with U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 4. The gas
conditioning train consisted of a series of chilled impingers. Prior to testing, each impinger was filled with a known
quantity of water or silica gel. Each impinger was analyzed gravimetrically before and after each test run on the
same balance to determine the amount of moisture condensed.

3.4 U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 201A – PM <10 microns
The stack gas temperature was less than 85°F at the time of testing, therefore testing was conducted with an
unheated sample system and no condensable particulate matter (CPM) emissions were collected. The PM10 testing
was conducted in accordance with U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 201A. The complete sampling system
10 of 68

Source Test Report
Testing Methodology

AST-2022-0732 UMW – Salt Lake City, UT Page 3-2

consisted of a stainless-steel nozzle, PM10 in-stack cyclone, in-stack filter holder, pre-weighed quartz filter, glass-
lined probe extension, gas conditioning train, pump and calibrated dry gas meter. The gas conditioning train
consisted of four (4) chilled impingers. The first and second impingers contained 100 mL of de-ionized water, the
third was initially empty, and the last impinger contained 200-300 grams of silica gel. The impinger temperature
was maintained at 68°F or less throughout testing.

Following the completion of each test run, the sampling train was leak checked at a vacuum pressure greater than or
equal to the highest vacuum pressure observed during the run. The nitrogen purge was omitted due to minimal
condensate collected in the dry impingers. After the leak check the impinger contents were measured for moisture
gain.

The pre-weighed quartz filter was carefully removed and placed in container 1. The front half of the filter holder
and back-half of the PM10 cyclone were rinsed six (6) times with acetone to remove any adhering particulate matter,
and these rinses were recovered in container 2. All containers were sealed, labeled and liquid levels marked for
transport to the identified laboratory for filterable particulate matter analysis.

3.5 Quality Assurance/Quality Control – U.S. EPA Reference Test Method 3/3A
Cylinder calibration gases used met EPA Protocol 1 (+/- 2%) standards. Copies of all calibration gas certificates can
be found in the Quality Assurance/Quality Control Appendix.

Low-Level gas was introduced directly to the analyzer. After adjusting the analyzer to the Low-Level gas
concentration and once the analyzer reading was stable, the analyzer value was recorded. This process was repeated
for the High-Level gas. For the Calibration Error Test, Low, Mid, and High-Level calibration gases were
sequentially introduced directly to the analyzer. All values were within 2.0 percent of the Calibration Span or 0.5%
absolute difference.

At the completion of testing, the data was also saved to the AST server. All data was reviewed by the Field Team
Leader before leaving the facility. Once arriving at AST’s office, all written and electronic data was relinquished to
the report coordinator and then a final review was performed by the Project Manager.

11 of 68

Appendix A

12 of 68
Appendix A
Example Calculations
Location:
Source:
Project No.:
Run No./Method:
Meter Pressure (Pm), in. Hg
where,
Pb 26.10 = barometric pressure, in. Hg
ΔH 0.520
= pressure differential of orifice, in H2O
Pm 26.14 = in. Hg
Absolute Stack Gas Pressure (Ps), in. Hg
where,
Pb 26.10 = barometric pressure, in. Hg
Pg 0.65
= static pressure, in. H2O
Ps 26.15 = in. Hg
Standard Meter Volume (Vmstd), dscf
where,
Y 0.982 = meter correction factor
Vm 26.260 = meter volume, cf
Pm 26.14 = absolute meter pressure, in. Hg
Tm 514.7 = absolute meter temperature, oR
Vmstd 23.097 = dscf
Standard Wet Volume (Vwstd), scf
where,
Vlc 9.8
= volume of H2O collected, ml
Vwstd 0.462 = scf
Moisture Fraction (BWSmsd), dimensionless (measured)
where,
Vwstd 0.462 = standard wet volume, scf
Vmstd 23.097 = standard meter volume, dscf
BWSmsd 0.020
Moisture Fraction (BWSsat), dimensionless (theoretical at saturated conditions)
where,
Ts 75.8 = stack temperature, °F
Ps 26.15 = absolute stack gas pressure, in. Hg
BWSsat 0.034
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732
Run 1 / Method 201A
𝑉𝑚𝑠𝑡𝑑 ൌ 17.636 ൈ Y ൈ Vm ൈ Pm
𝑇𝑚
Vwstd ൌ 0.04716 ൈ Vlc
Pm ൌ Pb ൅
Δ H
13.6
Ps ൌ Pb ൅
Pg
13.6
BWS ൌ Vwstd
ሺVwstd ൅ Vmstdሻ

BWSsat ൌ 10଺.ଷ଻ି ଶ,଼ଶ଻
୘ୱାଷ଺ହ
Ps
13 of 68
Appendix A
Example Calculations
Location:
Source:
Project No.:
Run No./Method:
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732
Run 1 / Method 201A
Moisture Fraction (BWS), dimensionless
where,
BWSsat 0.034 = moisture fraction (theoretical at saturated conditions)
BWSmsd 0.020 = moisture fraction (measured)
BWS 0.020
Molecular Weight (DRY) (Md), lb/lb-mole
where,
CO2 0.0 = carbon dioxide concentration, %
O2 20.9 = oxygen concentration, %
Md 28.84 = lb/lb mol
Molecular Weight (WET) (Ms), lb/lb-mole
where,
Md 28.84 = molecular weight (DRY), lb/lb mol
BWS 0.020 = moisture fraction, dimensionless
Ms 28.62 = lb/lb mol
Average Velocity (Vs), ft/sec
where,
Cp 0.77 = pitot tube coefficient
Δ P1/2 0.804 = velocity head of stack gas, (in. H2O)1/2
Ts 535.4 = absolute stack temperature, °R
Ps 26.15 = absolute stack gas pressure, in. Hg
Ms 28.62 = molecular weight of stack gas, lb/lb mol
Vs 44.5 = ft/sec
Average Stack Gas Flow at Stack Conditions (Qa), acfm
where,
Vs 44.5 = stack gas velocity, ft/sec
As 3.57 = cross-sectional area of stack, ft2
Qa 9,553 = acfm
Average Stack Gas Flow at Standard Conditions (Qs), dscfm
where,
Qa 9,553 = average stack gas flow at stack conditions, acfm
BWS 0.020 = moisture fraction, dimensionless
Ps 26.15 = absolute stack gas pressure, in. Hg
Ts 535.4 = absolute stack temperature, °R
Qs 8,067 = dscfm
Ms ൌ Md ሺ1 െ BWSሻ ൅ 18.015 ሺBWSሻ
Qs ൌ 17.636 ൈ Qa ൈ ሺ1 െ BWSሻ ൈ
Ps
Ts
Md ൌ ሺ0.44 ൈ % COଶ ሻ ൅ ሺ0.32 ൈ % O2ሻ ൅ ሺ0.28 ሺ100 െ % COଶ െ % O2ሻሻ
Qa ൌ 60 ൈ Vs ൈ As
Vs ൌ 85.49 ൈ Cp ൈ ሺΔ P
ଵ/ଶ ሻ avg ൈ Ts
Ps x Ms
BWS ൌ BWSmsd unless BWSsat ൏ BWSmsd
14 of 68
Appendix A
Example Calculations
Location:
Source:
Project No.:
Run No./Method:
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732
Run 1 / Method 201A
Filterable PM10 Concentration (CFPM10), grain/dscf
where,
MFPM10 0.5 = FPM10 mass, mg
Vmstd 23.097 = standard meter volume, dscf
CFPM10 0.0010 = grain/dscf
Filterable PM10 Emission Rate (ERFPM10), lb/hr
where,
CFPM10 0.0010 = FPM10 concentration, grain/dscf
Qs 8,067 = average stack gas flow at standard conditions, dscfm
ERFPM10 0.069 = lb/hr
C୊୔୑ଵ଴ ൌ 𝑀ி௉ெଵ଴ ൈ 0.0154
Vmstd
ER୊୔୑ଵ଴  ൌ C୊୔୑ଵ଴ ൈQsൈ60
7.0E ൅ 03
15 of 68

Appendix B

16 of 68
Unit #1
17 of 68
Emissions Data
Location:
Source:
Project No.:
Parameter:
Run Number Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Average
Date 2/8/22 2/8/22 2/8/22 -
Start Time 10:51 12:28 13:45 -
Stop Time 12:00 13:38 14:49 -
Run Time, min (θ) 63.4 62.1 60.4 62.0
Barometric Pressure, in. Hg (Pb) 26.10 26.10 26.10 26.10
Meter Correction Factor (Y) 0.982 0.982 0.982 0.982
Orifice Calibration Value (Δ H@) 1.830 1.830 1.830 1.830
Meter Volume, ft3 (Vm) 26.260 26.100 26.040 26.133
Meter Temperature, °F (Tm) 55.0 57.7 61.5 58.1
Meter Temperature, °R (Tm) 514.7 517.3 521.2 517.7
Meter Orifice Pressure, in. WC (Δ H) 0.520 0.520 0.520 0.520
Volume H2O Collected, mL (Vlc) 9.8 3.9 8.3 7.3
Nozzle Diameter, in (Dn) 0.166 0.166 0.166 0.166
Area of Nozzle, ft2 (An) 0.00015 0.00015 0.00015 0.00015
Filterable <PM10 (Filter) Mass, mg (MFPM2.5) 0.50 0.50 0.50 0.50
Filterable <PM10 Mass, mg (MFPM10) 1.00 1.15 0.75 0.97
Filterable >PM10 Mass, mg (MFPM) 9.25 2.95 3.30 5.17
Filterable PM10 Mass, mg (MFPM10) 1.50 1.65 1.25 1.47
Standard Meter Volume, ft3 (Vmstd) 23.097 22.838 22.618 22.851
Standard Water Volume, ft3 (Vwstd) 0.462 0.184 0.391 0.346
Sampling Rate, acfm (Qs) 0.43 0.43 0.45 0.44
Moisture Fraction Measured (BWSmsd) 0.020 0.008 0.017 0.015
Moisture Fraction @ Saturation (BWSsat) 0.034 0.036 0.040 0.037
Moisture Fraction (BWS) 0.020 0.008 0.017 0.015
Meter Pressure, in Hg (Pm) 26.14 26.14 26.14 26.138
Volume at Nozzle, ft3 (Vn) 27.353 26.834 26.960 27.049
Isokinetic Sampling Rate, % (+/- 20%)(I) 107.5 104.0 106.2 105.9
DGM Calibration Check Value, % (+/- 5%) (Yqa) -4.1 -2.9 -0.7 -2.6
Particle Cut Diameter (PM2.5), um (+/-0.25 um) (D50IV) 2.38 2.40 2.32 2.36
Particle Cut Diameter (PM10), um (+/-1 um)(D50) 10.7 10.8 10.5 10.7
Reynolds Number (Nre) 2,816 2,795 2,865 2825
Cunningham Correction Factor ( C) 1.070 1.071 1.071 1.071
Gas Viscosity, mpoise (µ) 185.05 186.71 186.50 186.09
Cunningham Correction Factor (Cr) 1.074 1.074 1.076 1.075
Particle Cut Diameter, um (D50-1) 2.37 2.39 2.31 2.36
Ratio of D50 and D50-1 (+/- 0.01)(Z) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Filterable PM10 Concentration, grain/dscf (CFPM10) 0.0010 0.0011 0.00085 0.00099
Filterable PM10 Emission Rate, lb/hr (ERFPM10) 0.069 0.080 0.061 0.070
Underlined values were below the detection limit; the MDL is used for calculations.
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732
EMISSION CALCULATIONS
CALCULATED DATA
INPUT DATA
RECALCULATED DATA
PM/PM10
18 of 68
VFR Data
Location:
Source:
Project No.:
Parameter:
Run Number Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Average
Date 2/8/22 2/8/22 2/8/22 -
Start Time 10:51 12:28 13:45 -
Stop Time 12:00 13:38 14:49 -
Run Time, min 63.4 62.1 60.4 62.0
Point 1 0.62 0.69 0.71 0.67
Point 2 0.72 0.60 0.69 0.67
Point 3 0.75 0.61 0.62 0.66
Point 4 0.60 0.72 0.75 0.69
Point 5 0.55 0.75 0.69 0.66
Point 6 0.51 0.77 0.65 0.64
Point 7 0.82 0.90 0.87 0.86
Point 8 0.86 0.85 0.84 0.85
Point 9 0.80 0.81 0.93 0.85
Point 10 0.52 0.58 0.61 0.57
Point 11 0.55 0.55 0.57 0.56
Point 12 0.53 0.54 0.55 0.54
Square Root of ΔP (in. WC)1/2 0.804 0.832 0.838 0.825
Pitot Tube Coefficient (Cp) 0.766 0.766 0.766 0.766
Barometric Pressure, in. Hg (Pb) 26.10 26.10 26.10 26.10
Static Pressure, in. WC (Pg) 0.65 0.65 0.65 0.65
Stack Pressure, in. Hg (Ps) 26.15 26.15 26.15 26.15
Stack Cross-sectional Area, ft2 (As) 3.57 3.57 3.57 3.57
Temperature, °F (Ts) 75.8 77.8 80.7 78.1
Temperature, °R (Ts) 535.4 537.5 540.3 537.8
Moisture Fraction Measured (BWSmsd) 0.020 0.008 0.017 0.015
Moisture Fraction @ Saturation (BWSsat) 0.034 0.036 0.040 0.037
Moisture Fraction (BWS) 0.020 0.008 0.017 0.015
O2 Concentration, %(O2) 20.9 20.9 20.9 20.9
CO2 Concentration, %(CO2) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Molecular Weight, lb/lb-mole (dry)(Md) 28.84 28.84 28.84 28.84
Molecular Weight, lb/lb-mole (wet)(Ms) 28.62 28.75 28.65 28.68
Velocity, ft/sec (Vs) 44.5 46.1 46.6 45.7
At Stack Conditions, acfm (Qa) 9,553 9,884 9,994 9,811
At Standard Conditions, dscfm (Qs) 8,067 8,412 8,385 8,288
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732
VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE
CALCULATED DATA
VELOCITY HEAD, in. WC
PM/PM10
19 of 68
Method 1 Data
Location
Source
Project No.
Date:
Vertical
Rectangular
19.50 in
5.00 in
14.50 in
35.50 in
3.57 ft2
4
1
4.0 ft
2.3 (must be > 0.5)
8.0 ft
4.7 (must be > 2)
12
12
Measurer:GUY
Reviewer:TCH
23456789101112
1 25.0 16.7 12.5 10.0 8.3 7.1 6.3 5.6 5.0 4.5 4.2 1 16.72.427.42
2 75.0 50.0 37.5 30.0 25.0 21.4 18.8 16.7 15.0 13.6 12.5 2 50.0 7.25 12.25
3 -- 83.3 62.5 50.0 41.7 35.7 31.3 27.8 25.0 31.8 20.8 3 83.3 12.08 17.08
4 -- -- 87.5 70.0 58.3 50.0 43.8 38.9 35.0 22.7 29.2 4 -- -- --
5 -- -- -- 90.0 75.0 64.3 56.3 50.0 45.0 40.9 37.5 5 -- -- --
6 -- -- -- -- 91.7 78.6 68.8 61.1 55.0 50.0 45.8 6 -- -- --
7 -- -- -- -- -- 92.9 81.3 72.2 65.0 59.1 54.2 7 -- -- --
8 -- -- -- -- -- -- 93.8 83.3 75.0 68.2 62.5 8 -- -- --
9 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 94.4 85.0 77.3 70.8 9 -- -- --
10 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 95.0 86.4 79.2 10 -- -- --
11 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 95.5 87.5 11 -- -- --
12 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 95.8 12 -- -- --
*Percent of stack diameter from inside wall to traverse point.
A = 4 ft.
B = 8 ft.
Depth of Duct = 14.5 in.
Width of Duct = 14.5 in.
Cross Sectional Area of Duct:
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732
02/07/22
Stack Parameters
Duct Orientation:
Duct Design:
Distance from Far Wall to Outside of Port:
Nipple Length:
Depth of Duct:
Width of Duct:
No. of Test Ports:
Number of Readings per Point:
Distance A:
Distance A Duct Diameters:
Distance B:
Distance B Duct Diameters:
Minimum Number of Traverse Points:
Actual Number of Traverse Points:
RECTANGULAR DUCT
Number of traverse points on a diameter
Stack Diagram
Cross Sectional Area
LOCATION OF TRAVERSE POINTS
Traverse
Point
% of
Diameter
Distance
from inside
wall
Distance
from
outside of
port
Upstream 
Disturbance
Downstream 
Disturbance
B
A
20 of 68
Cyclonic Flow Check
Location Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Source Unit #1
Project No. AST-2022-0732
Date 2/7/22
Sample Point Angle (ΔP=0)
1 8
2 12
3 7
4 9
5 10
6 8
7 6
8 5
9 10
10 12
11 8
12 16
Average 9
21 of 68
Method 4 Data
Location
Source
Project No.
Parameter:
Run 1 Date:2/8/22
Impinger No.1234Total
Contents water water empty silica --
Initial Mass, g 730.4 728.1 631.6 960.0 3050.1
Final Mass, g 728.3 729.5 633.4 968.7 3059.9
Gain, g -2.1 1.4 1.8 8.7 9.8
Run 2 Date:2/8/22
Impinger No.1234Total
Contents water water empty silica --
Initial Mass, g 728.3 729.5 633.4 968.7 3059.9
Final Mass, g 724.1 728.5 633.2 978.0 3063.8
Gain, g -4.2 -1.0 -0.2 9.3 3.9
Run 3 Date:2/8/22
Impinger No.1234Total
Contents water water empty silica --
Initial Mass, g 725.5 732.3 649.6 978.6 3086.0
Final Mass, g 724.1 731.6 649.9 988.7 3094.3
Gain, g -1.4 -0.7 0.3 10.1 8.3
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732
PM/PM10
22 of 68
Field Data
Location: Start Time: Source:
Date: VALID End Time: Project No.:
2.0 % est.Ts (°F):76 Tm (°F):58 Ts-50°26 Ts+50°126 Mid 1 (cf):
26.5 in. Hg Est. Qs:0.430 cfm Est. Qs:0.391 Est. Qs:0.470 Mid 2 (cf):
0.65 in. WC Est. µs:185.07 mpoise Est. µs:173.07 Est. µs:197.11 Mid 3 (cf):
26.55 in. Hg PR-703-1 glass Est. ΔH: 0.487 in. WC Est. ΔH: 0.472 Est. ΔH: 0.470 Total (cf):
0.0 %P-1167 P-1167 FILTER NO.
20.9 %s-type s-type Pre Mid 1 Mid 2 Post 9173-C Pb: 26.1 in. Hg
79.1 %0.766 0.766 0.007 -- -- 0.000 Pg: 0.65 in. WC
28.836 lb/lb-mole SS-.166 0.166 15 -- -- 10 O2: 20.9 %
28.62 lb/lb-mole 12 60 PASS -- -- PASS CO2: 0.0 %
Stack Probe Filter Imp. Exit CPM Filter
Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb.
-- Ideal Actual -- -- -- --
1 05:10 0:05:10 0.62 75 0.48 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.42 108.9
10.79 2.39
2 05:34 0:10:44 0.72 75 0.48 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.45 106.6
10.39 2.25
3 05:41 0:16:26 0.75 75 0.48 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.46 106.4
10.25 2.20
B-1 05:05 0:21:31 0.60 76 0.48 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.42 109.3
10.89 2.43
2 04:52 0:26:23 0.55 76 0.48 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.42 114.4
10.88 2.43
3 04:41 0:31:04 0.51 76 0.48 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.42 117.4
10.97 2.46
C-1 05:57 0:37:01 0.82 76 0.48 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.44 97.1
10.61 2.33
2 06:05 0:43:06 0.86 76 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.43 93.9
10.68 2.35
3 05:52 0:48:59 0.80 76 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.43 97.1
10.70 2.36
D-1 04:44 0:53:43 0.52 76 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.42 118.8
10.80 2.40
2 04:52 0:58:35 0.55 76 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.44 119.9
10.53 2.30
3 04:47 1:03:22 0.53 76 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 40 -- 0.43 118.4 10.76 2.38
Max D50
Vac.2.5 um
63.4 min 26.260
ft3 0.65 in. WC 55.0 °F 75.8 °F 2 0.520 in. WC 107.5 2.38 -4.1
Final DGM:
10.72
No. Pts/Time (min):
Pitot ID Cp/Cp':
Pitot Cp/Cp':
% ISOΔP
50
Actual Run Time
Dwell
Time
Parameter:
+/- 50°F ΔH
10 um
D50Vm
Dry Gas Meter
Reading
(ft3)
273.360
Tm
51
291.200
297.650
VOLUME CORRECTION
STACK DATA (FINAL)
M5-69
LEAK CHECKS
METER BOX:
ΔH@ (in. WC):
0.982
1.830
Pitot Type Cp/Cp':
Probe ID/Material:
Pump Vac (in Hg):
Gas Temperatures (°F)Orifice Press.
ΔH (in. WC)D50
[2.5 um]
--
Amb.Qs (acfm) D50
[10 um]
Pump
Vac
(in. Hg)
Nozzle ID/Dn (in.):
% ISODGM Average
Pitot
Tube
ΔP
(in. WC)
10:51
12:00
Leak Rate (cfm):
295.580
Sa
m
p
l
e

P
o
i
n
t
299.620
Moisture:
Barometric:
Static Press:
Stack Press:
CO2:
O2:
N2/CO:
Md:
Ms:
Total
Time
YqaΔH
53
58
55
56
57
58
54
58
Ts
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732 PM/PM10
Y:
58
52
275.450
293.640
288.670
280.310
277.830
282.350
284.310
286.180
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Run 12/8/22
STACK DATA (EST) EQUIPMENT STACK DATA (EST)
Gas Temps (°F)
Pitot Tube:
23 of 68
Field Data
Location: Start Time: Source:
Date: VALID End Time: Project No.:
0.8 % est.Ts (°F):76 Tm (°F):55 Ts-50°26 Ts+50°126 Mid 1 (cf):
26.10 in. Hg Est. Qs:0.434 cfm Est. Qs:0.394 Est. Qs:0.474 Mid 2 (cf):
0.65 in. WC Est. µs:186.21 mpoise Est. µs:174.22 Est. µs:198.24 Mid 3 (cf):
26.15 in. Hg PR-703-1 glass Est. ΔH: 0.498 in. WC Est. ΔH: 0.486 Est. ΔH: 0.483 Total (cf):
0.0 %P-1167 P-1167 FILTER NO.
20.9 %s-type s-type Pre Mid 1 Mid 2 Post 9185-C Pb: 26.1 in. Hg
79.1 %0.766 0.766 0.012 -- -- 0.000 Pg: 0.65 in. WC
28.84 lb/lb-mole SS-.166 0.166 15 -- -- 3 O2: 20.9 %
28.75 lb/lb-mole 12 60 PASS -- -- PASS CO2: 0.0 %
Stack Probe Filter Imp. Exit CPM Filter
Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb.
-- Ideal Actual -- -- -- --
1 05:10 0:05:10 0.69 77 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 51 -- 0.43 103.5
10.81 2.41
2 04:49 0:09:59 0.60 77 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 51 -- 0.44 112.4
10.71 2.38
3 04:51 0:14:50 0.61 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 52 -- 0.43 110.7
10.77 2.40
B-1 05:17 0:20:07 0.72 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 52 -- 0.43 100.2
10.90 2.45
2 05:23 0:25:30 0.75 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 52 -- 0.43 99.5
10.80 2.41
3 05:27 0:30:57 0.77 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 52 -- 0.43 97.4
10.86 2.43
C-1 05:54 0:36:51 0.90 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 52 -- 0.43 89.9
10.88 2.44
2 05:44 0:42:35 0.85 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 52 -- 0.43 94.0
10.75 2.39
3 05:36 0:48:11 0.81 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 52 -- 0.43 96.2
10.76 2.40
D-1 04:44 0:52:55 0.58 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 53 -- 0.45 117.3
10.52 2.31
2 04:37 0:57:31 0.55 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 53 -- 0.44 117.7
10.70 2.37
3 04:34 1:02:06 0.54 78 0.50 0.52 2 -- -- 53 -- 0.43 116.2
10.87 2.44
Max D50
Vac.2.5 um
62.1 min 26.100
ft3 0.70 in. WC 57.7 °F 77.8 °F 2 0.520 in. WC 104.0 2.40 -2.910.77
57
Pitot Cp/Cp':
STACK DATA (FINAL)
Pitot
Tube
ΔP
(in. WC)
No. Pts/Time (min):
Leak Rate (cfm):
LEAK CHECKS
Gas Temperatures (°F)
57
--
DGM Average
Amb.
Pitot ID Cp/Cp':
Pitot Type Cp/Cp':
% ISO
YqaΔH% ISOTsΔPTm
58
58
Pump Vac (in Hg):
Pitot Tube:
D50
[2.5 um]
D50
[10 um]
Orifice Press.
ΔH (in. WC)
Gas Temps (°F)
Qs (acfm)
Pump
Vac
(in. Hg)
326.100
10 um
D50Vm
Probe ID/Material:
317.820
312.950
Dry Gas Meter
Reading
(ft3)
Nozzle ID/Dn (in.):
300.000
306.240
304.200
58
57
58
58
58
57
315.400
320.180
322.240
308.420
310.680
302.160
324.200
2/8/22
12:28Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Run 2 13:38
STACK DATA (EST)VOLUME CORRECTION
58
Y:
ΔH@ (in. WC):
0.982
1.830
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732 PM/PM10Parameter:
+/- 50°F ΔHSTACK DATA (EST) EQUIPMENT
58
Total
Time
M5-69METER BOX:
Actual Run Time
Final DGM:
Moisture:
Barometric:
Static Press:
Stack Press:
CO2:
O2:
N2/CO:
Md:
Ms:
Sa
m
p
l
e

P
o
i
n
t
Dwell
Time
24 of 68
Field Data
Location: Start Time: Source:
Date: VALID End Time: Project No.:
1.7 % est.Ts (°F):78 Tm (°F):58 Ts-50°28 Ts+50°128 Mid 1 (cf):
26.10 in. Hg Est. Qs:0.434 cfm Est. Qs:0.394 Est. Qs:0.474 Mid 2 (cf):
0.65 in. WC Est. µs:185.81 mpoise Est. µs:173.81 Est. µs:197.84 Mid 3 (cf):
26.15 in. Hg PR-703-1 glass Est. ΔH: 0.488 in. WC Est. ΔH: 0.473 Est. ΔH: 0.471 Total (cf):
0.0 %P-1167 P-1167 FILTER NO.
20.9 %s-type s-type Pre Mid 1 Mid 2 Post 9210-C Pb: 26.1 in. Hg
79.1 %0.766 0.766 0.000 -- -- 0.000 Pg: 0.65 in. WC
28.84 lb/lb-mole SS-.166 0.166 15 -- -- 5 O2: 20.9 %
28.65 lb/lb-mole 12 60 PASS -- -- PASS CO2: 0.0 %
Stack Probe Filter Imp. Exit CPM Filter
Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb.
-- Ideal Actual -- -- -- --
1 05:04 0:05:04 0.71 80 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 50 -- 0.44 103.3
10.70 2.38
2 04:59 0:10:03 0.69 80 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 50 -- 0.44 104.8
10.70 2.38
3 04:44 0:14:47 0.62 81 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 50 -- 0.43 109.8
10.75 2.40
B-1 05:12 0:19:59 0.75 81 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 49 -- 0.44 101.8
10.61 2.34
2 04:59 0:24:59 0.69 81 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 49 -- 0.44 105.5
10.66 2.36
3 04:51 0:29:49 0.65 82 0.48 0.52 2 -- -- 49 -- 0.45 110.0
10.58 2.33
C-1 05:36 0:35:25 0.87 81 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 49 -- 0.47 101.0
10.12 2.17
2 05:30 0:40:56 0.84 81 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 49 -- 0.45 98.9
10.40 2.27
3 05:48 0:46:43 0.93 81 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 49 -- 0.46 95.6
10.28 2.22
D-1 04:42 0:51:25 0.61 80 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 48 -- 0.44 111.3
10.71 2.38
2 04:32 0:55:57 0.57 80 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 48 -- 0.44 116.7
10.61 2.34
3 04:27 1:00:24 0.55 80 0.49 0.52 2 -- -- 48 -- 0.45 119.7
10.55 2.32
Max D50
Vac.2.5 um
60.4 min 26.040
ft3 0.71 in. WC 61.5 °F 80.7 °F 2 0.520 in. WC 106.2 2.32 -0.7
Parameter:
+/- 50°F ΔH
10 um
D50
10.54
0.982
1.830
Y:
ΔH@ (in. WC):
Probe ID/Material:
Pitot ID Cp/Cp':
Pitot Type Cp/Cp':
60
62
62
62
62
62
61
62
STACK DATA (FINAL)
Pitot
Tube
ΔP
(in. WC)
No. Pts/Time (min):
Leak Rate (cfm):
LEAK CHECKS
Gas Temperatures (°F)
--
DGM Average
Amb.% ISO
Pump Vac (in Hg):
Pitot Tube:
D50
[2.5 um]
D50
[10 um]
Orifice Press.
ΔH (in. WC)
Gas Temps (°F)
Qs (acfm)
Pump
Vac
(in. Hg)
YqaΔH % ISOTsΔP Tm
353.010Final DGM:
Actual Run Time
347.170
349.150
335.400
337.520
61
Total
Time
Vm
M5-69METER BOX:
Nozzle ID/Dn (in.):
Pitot Cp/Cp':
62
Stack Press:
CO2:
O2:
N2/CO:
Md:
Ms:
Sa
m
p
l
e

P
o
i
n
t
62
60
342.160
VOLUME CORRECTION
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732 PM/PM10
STACK DATA (EST) EQUIPMENT
344.580
339.600
Dry Gas Meter
Reading
(ft3)
329.100
351.090
326.970
333.180
331.200
Dwell
Time
2/8/22
13:45Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Run 3 14:49
STACK DATA (EST)
Moisture:
Barometric:
Static Press:
25 of 68
Unit #2
26 of 68
Emissions Data
Location:
Source:
Project No.:
Parameter:
Run Number Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Average
Date 2/9/22 2/9/22 2/9/22 -
Start Time 10:50 11:58 13:06 -
Stop Time 11:53 13:00 14:09 -
Run Time, min (θ) 60.0 59.2 59.8 59.7
Barometric Pressure, in. Hg (Pb) 26.10 26.10 26.10 26.10
Meter Correction Factor (Y) 1.009 1.009 1.009 1.009
Orifice Calibration Value (Δ H@) 1.718 1.718 1.718 1.718
Meter Volume, ft3 (Vm) 24.520 25.080 25.260 24.953
Meter Temperature, °F (Tm) 63.0 65.9 63.2 64.0
Meter Temperature, °R (Tm) 522.7 525.6 522.8 523.7
Meter Orifice Pressure, in. WC (Δ H) 0.480 0.460 0.460 0.467
Volume H2O Collected, mL (Vlc) 6.5 9.3 9.5 8.4
Nozzle Diameter, in (Dn) 0.150 0.150 0.150 0.150
Area of Nozzle, ft2 (An) 0.00012 0.00012 0.00012 0.00012
Filterable <PM10 (Filter) Mass, mg (MFPM2.5) 1.05 1.20 1.10 1.12
Filterable <PM10 Mass, mg (MFPM10) 0.65 0.50 0.50 0.55
Filterable >PM10 Mass, mg (MFPM) 1.70 3.65 1.35 2.23
Filterable PM10 Mass, mg (MFPM10) 1.70 1.70 1.60 1.67
Standard Meter Volume, ft3 (Vmstd) 21.818 22.191 22.468 22.159
Standard Water Volume, ft3 (Vwstd) 0.307 0.439 0.448 0.398
Sampling Rate, acfm (Qs) 0.41 0.42 0.42 0.42
Moisture Fraction Measured (BWSmsd) 0.014 0.019 0.020 0.018
Moisture Fraction @ Saturation (BWSsat) 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.011
Moisture Fraction (BWS) 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.011
Meter Pressure, in Hg (Pm) 26.14 26.13 26.13 26.134
Volume at Nozzle, ft3 (Vn) 24.929 25.385 25.447 25.254
Isokinetic Sampling Rate, % (+/- 20%)(I) 103.3 107.5 107.4 106.1
DGM Calibration Check Value, % (+/- 5%) (Yqa) -2.7 2.8 2.7 0.9
Particle Cut Diameter (PM2.5), um (+/-0.25 um) (D50IV) 2.34 2.26 2.26 2.29
Particle Cut Diameter (PM10), um (+/-1 um)(D50) 10.7 10.5 10.5 10.5
Reynolds Number (Nre) 2,894 2,988 3,009 2964
Cunningham Correction Factor ( C) 1.067 1.067 1.066 1.067
Gas Viscosity, mpoise (µ) 178.78 178.34 177.33 178.15
Cunningham Correction Factor (Cr) 1.072 1.074 1.074 1.073
Particle Cut Diameter, um (D50-1) 2.34 2.25 2.25 2.28
Ratio of D50 and D50-1 (+/- 0.01)(Z) 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00
Filterable PM10 Concentration, grain/dscf (CFPM10) 0.0012 0.0012 0.0011 0.0012
Filterable PM10 Emission Rate, lb/hr (ERFPM10) 0.069 0.067 0.063 0.067
Underlined values were below the detection limit; the MDL is used for calculations.
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #2
AST-2022-0732
EMISSION CALCULATIONS
CALCULATED DATA
INPUT DATA
RECALCULATED DATA
PM/PM10
27 of 68
VFR Data
Location:
Source:
Project No.:
Parameter:
Run Number Run 1 Run 2 Run 3 Average
Date 2/9/22 2/9/22 2/9/22 -
Start Time 10:50 11:58 13:06 -
Stop Time 11:53 13:00 14:09 -
Run Time, min 60.0 59.2 59.8 59.7
Point 1 1.10 1.00 1.10 1.07
Point 2 1.00 1.00 1.10 1.03
Point 3 1.10 0.95 1.00 1.02
Point 4 1.00 1.00 0.98 0.99
Point 5 0.95 0.98 0.95 0.96
Point 6 0.90 0.92 0.89 0.90
Point 7 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.03
Point 8 1.00 1.10 1.00 1.03
Point 9 1.00 1.00 0.97 0.99
Point 10 1.00 0.97 0.92 0.96
Point 11 0.97 0.92 0.86 0.92
Point 12 0.92 0.88 0.88 0.89
Square Root of ΔP (in. WC)1/2 1.001 0.988 0.985 0.991
Pitot Tube Coefficient (Cp) 0.766 0.766 0.766 0.766
Barometric Pressure, in. Hg (Pb) 26.10 26.10 26.10 26.10
Static Pressure, in. WC (Pg) -8.50 -8.50 -8.50 -8.50
Stack Pressure, in. Hg (Ps) 25.48 25.48 25.48 25.48
Stack Cross-sectional Area, ft2 (As) 2.35 2.35 2.35 2.35
Temperature, °F (Ts) 46.6 44.3 39.3 43.4
Temperature, °R (Ts) 506.3 504.0 498.9 503.1
Moisture Fraction Measured (BWSmsd) 0.014 0.019 0.020 0.018
Moisture Fraction @ Saturation (BWSsat) 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.011
Moisture Fraction (BWS) 0.012 0.011 0.009 0.011
O2 Concentration, %(O2) 20.9 20.9 20.9 20.9
CO2 Concentration, %(CO2) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Molecular Weight, lb/lb-mole (dry)(Md) 28.84 28.84 28.84 28.84
Molecular Weight, lb/lb-mole (wet)(Ms) 28.70 28.71 28.74 28.72
Velocity, ft/sec (Vs) 54.6 53.7 53.2 53.8
At Stack Conditions, acfm (Qa) 7,686 7,566 7,500 7,584
At Standard Conditions, dscfm (Qs) 6,738 6,669 6,692 6,700
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #2
AST-2022-0732
VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE
CALCULATED DATA
VELOCITY HEAD, in. WC
PM/PM10
28 of 68
Method 1 Data
Location
Source
Project No.
Date:
Vertical
Circular
23.75 in
3.00 in
20.75 in
2.35 ft2
2
1
4.0 ft
2.3 (must be > 0.5)
4.0 ft
2.3 (must be > 2)
12
12
Measurer:GUY
Reviewer:TCH
23456789101112
1 14.6 -- 6.7 -- 4.4 -- 3.2 -- 2.6 -- 2.1 1 4.4 0.91 3.91
2 85.4 -- 25.0 -- 14.6 -- 10.5 -- 8.2 -- 6.7 2 14.6 3.03 6.03
3 -- -- 75.0 -- 29.6 -- 19.4 -- 14.6 -- 11.8 3 29.6 6.14 9.14
4 -- -- 93.3 -- 70.4 -- 32.3 -- 22.6 -- 17.7 4 70.4 14.61 17.61
5 -- -- -- -- 85.4 -- 67.7 -- 34.2 -- 25.0 5 85.4 17.72 20.72
6 -- -- -- -- 95.6 -- 80.6 -- 65.8 -- 35.6 6 95.6 19.84 22.84
7 -- -- -- -- -- -- 89.5 -- 77.4 -- 64.4 7 -- -- --
8 -- -- -- -- -- -- 96.8 -- 85.4 -- 75.0 8 -- -- --
9 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 91.8 -- 82.3 9 -- -- --
10 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 97.4 -- 88.2 10 -- -- --
11 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 93.3 11 -- -- --
12 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 97.9 12 -- -- --
*Percent of stack diameter from inside wall to traverse point.
A = 4 ft.
B = 4 ft.
Depth of Duct = 20.75 in.
Cross Sectional Area of Duct:
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #2
AST-2022-0732
02/09/22
Stack Parameters
Duct Orientation:
Duct Design:
Distance from Far Wall to Outside of Port:
Nipple Length:
Depth of Duct:
No. of Test Ports:
Number of Readings per Point:
Distance A:
Distance A Duct Diameters:
Distance B:
Distance B Duct Diameters:
Minimum Number of Traverse Points:
Actual Number of Traverse Points:
CIRCULAR DUCT
Number of traverse points on a diameter
Stack Diagram
Cross Sectional Area
LOCATION OF TRAVERSE POINTS
Traverse
Point
% of
Diameter
Distance
from inside
wall
Distance
from
outside of
port
Upstream 
Disturbance
Downstream 
Disturbance
B
A
29 of 68
Cyclonic Flow Check
Location Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Source Unit #2
Project No. AST-2022-0732
Date 2/9/22
Sample Point Angle (ΔP=0)
1 4
2 6
3 6
4 8
5 4
6 2
7 6
8 4
9 4
10 4
11 8
12 2
Average 5
30 of 68
Method 4 Data
Location
Source
Project No.
Parameter:
Run 1 Date:2/9/22
Impinger No.1234Total
Contents water water empty silica --
Initial Mass, g 724.1 728.5 633.2 978.0 3063.8
Final Mass, g 723.2 728.6 633.4 985.1 3070.3
Gain, g -0.9 0.1 0.2 7.1 6.5
Run 2 Date:2/9/22
Impinger No.1234Total
Contents water water empty silica --
Initial Mass, g 724.1 731.6 649.9 988.7 3094.3
Final Mass, g 722.1 731.8 649.9 999.8 3103.6
Gain, g -2.0 0.2 0.0 11.1 9.3
Run 3 Date:2/9/22
Impinger No.1234Total
Contents water water empty silica --
Initial Mass, g 722.1 731.8 649.9 999.8 3103.6
Final Mass, g 721.6 731.4 649.9 1010.2 3113.1
Gain, g -0.5 -0.4 0.0 10.4 9.5
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #2
AST-2022-0732
PM/PM10
31 of 68
Field Data
Location: Start Time: Source:
Date: VALID End Time: Project No.:
2.0 % est.Ts (°F):39 Tm (°F):63 Ts-50°-11 Ts+50°89 Mid 1 (cf):
26.5 in. Hg Est. Qs:0.402 cfm Est. Qs:0.363 Est. Qs:0.441 Mid 2 (cf):
-8.5 in. WC Est. µs:176.18 mpoise Est. µs:164.35 Est. µs:188.21 Mid 3 (cf):
25.88 in. Hg PR-703-1 glass Est. ΔH: 0.441 in. WC Est. ΔH: 0.426 Est. ΔH: 0.421 Total (cf):
0.0 %P-1167 P-1167 FILTER NO.
20.9 %s-type s-type Pre Mid 1 Mid 2 Post 9206-C Pb: 26.1 in. Hg
79.1 %0.766 0.766 0.000 -- -- 0.000 Pg: -8.5 in. WC
28.836 lb/lb-mole SS-.15 0.150 15 -- -- 10 O2: 20.9 %
28.62 lb/lb-mole 12 60 PASS -- -- PASS CO2: 0.0 %
Stack Probe Filter Imp. Exit CPM Filter
Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb.
-- Ideal Actual -- -- -- --
1 05:14 0:05:14 1.10 39 0.44 0.48 3 -- -- 36 -- 0.41 98.5
10.62 2.30
2 05:00 0:10:14 1.00 39 0.44 0.48 3 -- -- 36 -- 0.41 104.7
10.52 2.26
3 05:14 0:15:28 1.10 39 0.44 0.48 3 -- -- 36 -- 0.42 101.7
10.38 2.21
4 05:00 0:20:28 1.00 43 0.43 0.48 3 -- -- 36 -- 0.42 105.0
10.53 2.27
5 04:52 0:25:20 0.95 46 0.43 0.48 3 -- -- 36 -- 0.42 108.9
10.47 2.26
6 04:44 0:30:04 0.90 50 0.42 0.48 3 -- -- 36 -- 0.42 111.3
10.53 2.28
B-1 05:14 0:35:18 1.10 50 0.42 0.48 3 -- -- 36 -- 0.42 99.8
10.60 2.31
2 05:00 0:40:18 1.00 50 0.42 0.48 3 -- -- 37 -- 0.42 104.7
10.60 2.31
3 05:00 0:45:17 1.00 50 0.42 0.48 3 -- -- 37 -- 0.42 105.2
10.56 2.29
4 05:00 0:50:17 1.00 51 0.42 0.48 3 -- -- 37 -- 0.42 106.1
10.50 2.27
5 04:55 0:55:12 0.97 51 0.42 0.48 3 -- -- 37 -- 0.41 104.9
10.70 2.35
6 04:47 0:59:59 0.92 51 0.42 0.48 3 -- -- 37 -- 0.41 107.3 10.73 2.36
Max D50
Vac.2.5 um
60.0 min 24.520
ft3 1.00 in. WC 63.0 °F 46.6 °F 3 0.480 in. WC 103.3 2.34 -2.7
Final DGM:
10.68
No. Pts/Time (min):
Pitot ID Cp/Cp':
Pitot Cp/Cp':
% ISOΔP
62
Actual Run Time
Dwell
Time
Parameter:
+/- 50°F ΔH
10 um
D50Vm
Dry Gas Meter
Reading
(ft3)
771.000
Tm
62
787.520
793.600
VOLUME CORRECTION
STACK DATA (FINAL)
M5-27
LEAK CHECKS
METER BOX:
ΔH@ (in. WC):
1.009
1.718
Pitot Type Cp/Cp':
Probe ID/Material:
Pump Vac (in Hg):
Gas Temperatures (°F)Orifice Press.
ΔH (in. WC)D50
[2.5 um]
--
Amb.Qs (acfm) D50
[10 um]
Pump
Vac
(in. Hg)
Nozzle ID/Dn (in.):
% ISODGM Average
Pitot
Tube
ΔP
(in. WC)
10:50
11:53
Leak Rate (cfm):
791.620
Sa
m
p
l
e

P
o
i
n
t
795.520
Moisture:
Barometric:
Static Press:
Stack Press:
CO2:
O2:
N2/CO:
Md:
Ms:
Total
Time
YqaΔH
63
64
62
63
63
63
62
65
Ts
Unit #2
AST-2022-0732 PM/PM10
Y:
65
62
773.120
789.560
785.490
777.360
775.170
779.410
781.420
783.360
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Run 12/9/22
STACK DATA (EST) EQUIPMENT STACK DATA (EST)
Gas Temps (°F)
Pitot Tube:
32 of 68
Field Data
Location: Start Time: Source:
Date: VALID End Time: Project No.:
0.8 % est.Ts (°F):47 Tm (°F):63 Ts-50°-3 Ts+50°97 Mid 1 (cf):
26.10 in. Hg Est. Qs:0.412 cfm Est. Qs:0.373 Est. Qs:0.452 Mid 2 (cf):
-8.50 in. WC Est. µs:179.20 mpoise Est. µs:167.33 Est. µs:191.23 Mid 3 (cf):
25.48 in. Hg PR-703-1 glass Est. ΔH: 0.454 in. WC Est. ΔH: 0.438 Est. ΔH: 0.432 Total (cf):
0.0 %P-1167 P-1167 FILTER NO.
20.9 %s-type s-type Pre Mid 1 Mid 2 Post 9209-C Pb: 26.1 in. Hg
79.1 %0.766 0.766 0.000 -- -- 0.000 Pg: -8.5 in. WC
28.84 lb/lb-mole SS-.15 0.150 15 -- -- 7 O2: 20.9 %
28.75 lb/lb-mole 12 60 PASS -- -- PASS CO2: 0.0 %
Stack Probe Filter Imp. Exit CPM Filter
Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb.
-- Ideal Actual -- -- -- --
1 05:00 0:05:00 1.00 45 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 46 -- 0.44 110.0
10.22 2.18
2 05:00 0:09:59 1.00 44 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 46 -- 0.42 105.4
10.53 2.29
3 04:52 0:14:51 0.95 45 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 46 -- 0.42 107.4
10.59 2.31
4 05:00 0:19:51 1.00 45 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 47 -- 0.42 105.5
10.53 2.29
5 04:57 0:24:48 0.98 45 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 47 -- 0.42 106.7
10.53 2.28
6 04:47 0:29:35 0.92 45 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 47 -- 0.43 110.9
10.47 2.26
B-1 05:00 0:34:35 1.00 44 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 47 -- 0.42 105.6
10.52 2.28
2 05:14 0:39:49 1.10 44 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 46 -- 0.42 100.4
10.54 2.29
3 05:00 0:44:49 1.00 44 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 46 -- 0.42 105.9
10.49 2.27
4 04:55 0:49:44 0.97 44 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 46 -- 0.42 106.1
10.60 2.31
5 04:47 0:54:31 0.92 44 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 45 -- 0.43 110.8
10.47 2.26
6 04:41 0:59:12 0.88 43 0.46 0.46 3 -- -- 45 -- 0.42 110.6
10.64 2.32
Max D50
Vac.2.5 um
59.2 min 25.080
ft3 0.98 in. WC 65.9 °F 44.3 °F 3 0.460 in. WC 107.5 2.26 2.810.47
66
Pitot Cp/Cp':
STACK DATA (FINAL)
Pitot
Tube
ΔP
(in. WC)
No. Pts/Time (min):
Leak Rate (cfm):
LEAK CHECKS
Gas Temperatures (°F)
66
--
DGM Average
Amb.
Pitot ID Cp/Cp':
Pitot Type Cp/Cp':
% ISO
YqaΔH% ISOTsΔPTm
66
66
Pump Vac (in Hg):
Pitot Tube:
D50
[2.5 um]
D50
[10 um]
Orifice Press.
ΔH (in. WC)
Gas Temps (°F)
Qs (acfm)
Pump
Vac
(in. Hg)
821.280
10 um
D50Vm
Probe ID/Material:
813.110
808.790
Dry Gas Meter
Reading
(ft3)
Nozzle ID/Dn (in.):
796.200
802.550
800.510
66
66
66
65
66
66
810.900
815.230
817.290
804.660
806.750
798.400
819.330
2/9/22
11:58Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Run 2 13:00
STACK DATA (EST)VOLUME CORRECTION
66
Y:
ΔH@ (in. WC):
1.009
1.718
Unit #2
AST-2022-0732 PM/PM10Parameter:
+/- 50°F ΔHSTACK DATA (EST) EQUIPMENT
66
Total
Time
M5-27METER BOX:
Actual Run Time
Final DGM:
Moisture:
Barometric:
Static Press:
Stack Press:
CO2:
O2:
N2/CO:
Md:
Ms:
Sa
m
p
l
e

P
o
i
n
t
Dwell
Time
33 of 68
Field Data
Location: Start Time: Source:
Date: VALID End Time: Project No.:
1.7 % est.Ts (°F):44 Tm (°F):66 Ts-50°-6 Ts+50°94 Mid 1 (cf):
26.10 in. Hg Est. Qs:0.408 cfm Est. Qs:0.369 Est. Qs:0.448 Mid 2 (cf):
-8.50 in. WC Est. µs:177.76 mpoise Est. µs:165.90 Est. µs:189.79 Mid 3 (cf):
25.48 in. Hg PR-703-1 glass Est. ΔH: 0.444 in. WC Est. ΔH: 0.426 Est. ΔH: 0.421 Total (cf):
0.0 %P-1167 P-1167 FILTER NO.
20.9 %s-type s-type Pre Mid 1 Mid 2 Post 9213-C Pb: 26.1 in. Hg
79.1 %0.766 0.766 0.000 -- -- 0.000 Pg: -8.5 in. WC
28.84 lb/lb-mole SS-.15 0.150 15 -- -- 5 O2: 20.9 %
28.65 lb/lb-mole 12 60 PASS -- -- PASS CO2: 0.0 %
Stack Probe Filter Imp. Exit CPM Filter
Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb. Amb.
-- Ideal Actual -- -- -- --
1 05:18 0:05:18 1.10 42 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 38 -- 0.42 100.8
10.45 2.26
2 05:18 0:10:37 1.10 42 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 38 -- 0.43 102.7
10.32 2.21
3 05:04 0:15:41 1.00 41 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 39 -- 0.42 106.1
10.43 2.24
4 05:01 0:20:41 0.98 40 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 38 -- 0.42 107.1
10.42 2.24
5 04:56 0:25:37 0.95 40 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 38 -- 0.43 109.4
10.38 2.23
6 04:46 0:30:24 0.89 39 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 39 -- 0.43 113.0
10.37 2.22
B-1 05:04 0:35:27 1.00 39 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 39 -- 0.43 107.0
10.34 2.21
2 05:04 0:40:31 1.00 38 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 39 -- 0.42 105.9
10.41 2.24
3 04:59 0:45:30 0.97 38 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 39 -- 0.43 108.4
10.36 2.22
4 04:51 0:50:21 0.92 38 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 39 -- 0.43 112.1
10.30 2.20
5 04:42 0:55:03 0.86 37 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 39 -- 0.42 114.3
10.41 2.23
6 04:45 0:59:48 0.88 37 0.45 0.46 3 -- -- 39 -- 0.42 112.0
10.47 2.25
Max D50
Vac.2.5 um
59.8 min 25.260
ft3 0.97 in. WC 63.2 °F 39.3 °F 3 0.460 in. WC 107.4 2.26 2.7
Parameter:
+/- 50°F ΔH
10 um
D50
10.48
1.009
1.718
Y:
ΔH@ (in. WC):
Probe ID/Material:
Pitot ID Cp/Cp':
Pitot Type Cp/Cp':
65
63
62
63
64
62
64
62
STACK DATA (FINAL)
Pitot
Tube
ΔP
(in. WC)
No. Pts/Time (min):
Leak Rate (cfm):
LEAK CHECKS
Gas Temperatures (°F)
--
DGM Average
Amb.% ISO
Pump Vac (in Hg):
Pitot Tube:
D50
[2.5 um]
D50
[10 um]
Orifice Press.
ΔH (in. WC)
Gas Temps (°F)
Qs (acfm)
Pump
Vac
(in. Hg)
YqaΔH % ISOTsΔP Tm
847.000Final DGM:
Actual Run Time
840.980
843.050
830.480
832.570
64
Total
Time
Vm
M5-27METER BOX:
Nozzle ID/Dn (in.):
Pitot Cp/Cp':
63
Stack Press:
CO2:
O2:
N2/CO:
Md:
Ms:
Sa
m
p
l
e

P
o
i
n
t
61
65
836.740
VOLUME CORRECTION
Unit #2
AST-2022-0732 PM/PM10
STACK DATA (EST) EQUIPMENT
838.870
834.590
Dry Gas Meter
Reading
(ft3)
823.970
845.020
821.740
828.370
826.240
Dwell
Time
2/9/22
13:06Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Run 3 14:09
STACK DATA (EST)
Moisture:
Barometric:
Static Press:
34 of 68

Appendix C

35 of 68
Version No. LT 2020-00_20.0
Project No. AST 2022-0732
Alliance Source Testing, LLC
Lab Services
5530 Marshall St.
Arvada, CO 80002
[phone]
www.stacktest.com
Analytical Laboratory Report
Utah Metal Works
805 Everett Ave
Salt Lake City, Utah 84116
1 of 20
36 of 68
Quality Associate
Date
Certification Statement
Alliance Source Testing, LLC (AST) has completed the analysis as described in this report. Results
apply only to the source(s) tested and operating condition(s) for the specific test date(s) and
time(s) identified within this report. All results are intended to be considered in their entirety,
and AST is not responsible for use of less than the complete test report without written consent.
This report shall not be reproduced in full or in part without written approval from the customer.
To the best of my knowledge and abilities, all information, facts and test data are correct.
Data presented in this report has been checked for completeness and is accurate, error-free
and legible. Any deviations or problems are detailed in the relevant sections on the test report.
This document was prepared in portable document format (.pdf) and contains pages as
identified in the bottom footer of this document.
Validation Signature
The analytical data and all QC contained within this report was reviewed and validated by the
following individual.
James Davidson
2 of 20
Digitally signed by James Davidson
DN: C=US, CN=James Davidson, E=[e-mail]
Reason: I have reviewed this document
Date: 2022.02.25 14:23:48-06'00'James Davidson
37 of 68
Project Narrative
Analytical Method(s): Method 201A - Determination of PM10 and PM2.5 Emissions from stationary Sources
Filterable The filter(s) were either oven dried and/or desiccated per the method until a final
weight was obtained. The liquid fractions were extracted if required, evaporated and
cooled until a final weight was obtained. These fractions were summed together to
provide the total Particulate Matter collected.
MDL The Minimum Detection Level (MDL) is 0.5 mg per fraction. If the measured result for a
fraction is less than the MDL, the MDL was used in ensuing calculations.
Blank Correction If blank correction is performed, only blank values returned higher than the MDL are
used. If a blank returns a value less than the MDL, no correction is included.
Custody:The samples were received by Jason Yang on 02/14/22 in Arvada, CO. The samples
were received in good condition with proper Chain-of-Custody documentation. No
apparent container problems were noted upon receipt. Prior to analysis, the samples
were kept secure with access limited to authorized personnel of AST.
Number of Samples: 19
Labeling: Acceptable
Analyst:Eric Grosjean- Laboratory Manager
Jason Yang- Laboratory Technician
Equipment:Mettler Toledo Balance ML-104, SN B217893065. This scale was used for analytical
determinations of filters and rinse vessels.
Denver Instruments Balance TB-6201, SN 17904189. This scale was used to measure the
total mass of rinse collected for blank correction.
Analysis was performed on the same balance as the associated tare.
Quincy Lab Inc oven, 30CG, SN G3-012673.
QC Notes:The samples met the minimum criteria established by the relevant method.
A blank correction was applied per the method.
Reporting Notes: none
3 of 20
38 of 68
Client
City, State
Project No.
Method
Lab ID
Field ID
Filter ID
Filter tare, g
Date - Desiccator
Time - Desiccator
Date of Weighing 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22
Time of Weighing 9:05 13:10 9:05 13:10 9:05 13:10
Filter Weight, g 0.1522 0.1523 0.1534 0.1532 0.1475 0.1474
Measured Filter Mass, mg
Filter PM Mass, mg*
Lab ID
Field ID
Beaker ID
Beaker tare, g
Beaker Acetone, g
Acetone Mass, g
Date - Desiccator
Time - Desiccator
Date of Weighing 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22
Time of Weighing 16:00 13:00 16:00 13:00 16:00 13:00
Weight, g 4.0342 4.0343 4.0268 4.0265 4.0316 4.0312
Measured >PM10 Mass, mg
Lab ID
Field ID
Beaker ID
Beaker tare, g
Beaker Acetone, g
Acetone Mass, g
Date - Desiccator
Time - Desiccator
Date of Weighing 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22
Time of Weighing 16:00 13:00 16:00 13:00 16:00 13:00
Weight, g 4.0099 4.0097 4.0232 4.0233 4.0386 4.0383
Measured PM10 Mass, mg
Blank Corrected
*The total results have been calculated based on MDL values for any sample fractions which were below the MDL.
Utah Metal Works
Salt Lake City, Utah 84116
AST-2022-0732
EPA Method 201A
Front Half Filter
D22034 D22037 D22040
0.1520 0.1529 0.1472
2/14/22 2/14/22 2/14/22
M201A-Unit 1-Run 1 Cont. 1 M201A-Unit 1-Run 2 Cont. 1 M201A-Unit 1-Run 3 Cont. 1
9173-C 9185-C 9210-C
0.50 0.50 0.50
>PM10 Rinse
D22035 D22038 D22041
4:50 4:50 4:50
0.25 0.40 0.25
4.0250 4.0237 4.0281
26.43 25.82 21.53
M201A-Unit 1-Run 1 Cont. 2 M201A-Unit 1-Run 2 Cont. 2 M201A-Unit 1-Run 3 Cont. 2
29626 29615 29600
13:30 13:30 13:30
9.25 2.95 3.30
22.40 21.80 17.50
2/15/22 2/15/22 2/15/22
<=PM 10 Rinse
D22036 D22039 D22042
M5/201A-Unit 1-Run 1 Cont. 3 M5/201A-Unit 1-Run 2 Cont. 3 M5/201A-Unit 1-Run 3 Cont. 3
13.51 12.22 18.04
9.50 8.20 14.00
29617 29598 29590
4.0088 4.0221 4.0377
1.00 1.15 0.75
2/15/22 2/15/22 2/15/22
13:30 13:30 13:30
No
4 of 20
39 of 68
Client
City, State
Project No.
Method
Lab ID
Field ID
Filter ID
Filter tare, g
Date - Desiccator
Time - Desiccator
Date of Weighing 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22
Time of Weighing 9:05 13:10 9:05 13:10 9:05 13:10
Filter Weight, g 0.1496 0.1497 0.1550 0.1548 0.1525 0.1523
Measured Filter Mass, mg
Lab ID
Field ID
Beaker ID
Beaker tare, g
Beaker Acetone, g
Acetone Mass, g
Date - Desiccator
Time - Desiccator
Date of Weighing 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22
Time of Weighing 16:00 13:00 16:00 13:00 16:00 13:00
Weight, g 4.0186 4.0188 4.0166 4.0165 4.0350 4.0353
Measured >PM10 Mass, mg
Lab ID
Field ID
Beaker ID
Beaker tare, g
Beaker Acetone, g
Acetone Mass, g
Date - Desiccator
Time - Desiccator
Date of Weighing 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22 2/16/22 2/17/22
Time of Weighing 16:00 13:00 16:00 13:00 16:00 13:00
Weight, g 4.0115 4.0116 4.0743 4.0745 4.0010 4.0014
Measured PM10 Mass, mg
PM10 Mass, mg*
Blank Corrected
*The total results have been calculated based on MDL values for any sample fractions which were below the MDL.
13:30
0.65 0.50 0.50
9206-C 9209-C 9213-C
D22051
4:50 4:50 4:50
0.1486 0.1537 0.1513
2/14/22 2/14/22 2/14/22
1.05 1.20 1.10
2/15/22
Utah Metal Works
Salt Lake City, Utah 84116
AST-2022-0732
EPA Method 201A
<=PM 10 Rinse
Front Half Filter
D22043 D22046 D22049
M201A-Unit 2-Run 1 Cont. 1 M201A-Unit 2-Run 2 Cont. 1 M201A-Unit 2-Run 3 Cont. 1
>PM10 Rinse
D22044 D22047 D22050
M201A-Unit 2-Run 1 Cont. 2 M201A-Unit 2-Run 2 Cont. 2 M201A-Unit 2-Run 3 Cont. 2
D22045 D22048
4.0109 4.0740
8.20
29608
4.0170 4.0129 4.0338
1.70 3.65 1.35
2/15/22 2/15/22 2/15/22
13:30
29610 29607
13:30
22.52 22.01 21.93
18.50 18.00 17.90
13:30
No
13:30 13:30
2/15/22 2/15/22
0.65 0.40 0.40
M5/201A-Unit 2-Run 1 Cont. 3 M5/201A-Unit 2-Run 2 Cont. 3 M5/201A-Unit 2-Run 3 Cont. 3
29614 29630 29593
14.50 7.00
18.51 12.27 11.00
4.0008
5 of 20
40 of 68
Client
City, State
Project No.
Method
Lab ID
Field ID
Beaker ID
Beaker tare, g
Beaker Acetone, g
Acetone Mass, g
Date - Desiccator
Time - Desiccator
Date of Weighing 2/16/22 2/17/22
Time of Weighing 16:00 13:00
Weight, g 4.0268 4.0267
Measured Solvent Blank Mass, mg
Solvent Blank Mass, mg*
Solvent Blank, mg/g
Utah Metal Works
EPA Method 201A
AST-2022-0732
Salt Lake City, Utah 84116
183.03
0.00
D22052
M201A - Acetone Blank
29595
4.0263
Acetone Blank
0.000
13:30
0.45
179.00
2/15/22
6 of 20
41 of 68
7
o
f

2
0

42 of 68
8 of 20
43 of 68
9 of 20
44 of 68
10 of 20
45 of 68
11 of 20
46 of 68
12 of 20
47 of 68
13 of 20
48 of 68
14 of 20
49 of 68
15 of 20
50 of 68
16 of 20
51 of 68
17 of 20
52 of 68
18 of 20
53 of 68
19 of 20
54 of 68
20 of 20
55 of 68

Appendix D

56 of 68
Method 3/3A Data
Location
Source
Project No.
Date/Time 2/8/22 4:00 PM Date/Time 2/8/22 4:00 PM
Make/Model/SN Servomex 1440D 1420c-1 Servomex 1440D 1415C-4
Parameter Cylinder ID
Cylinder
Concentration, %
Analyzer
Concentration, %Cylinder ID Cylinder
Concentration, %
Analyzer
Concentration, %
Zero Gas Nitrogen 0.0 0.0 Nitrogen 0.0 0.0
High Range Gas CC701407 24.81 24.9 CC701407 24.09 24.1
Mid Range Gas CC919931 11.02 11.0 CC919931 11.23 11.1
Concentration Span, %
Accuracy
24.8 24.1
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732
O2 Data CO2 Data
0.5 0.5
57 of 68
Method 3/3A Data
Location
Source
Project No.
Date/Time 2/9/22 3:00 PM Date/Time 2/9/22 3:00 PM
Make/Model/SN Servomex 1440D 1420c-1 Servomex 1440D 1415C-4
Parameter Cylinder ID
Cylinder
Concentration, %
Analyzer
Concentration, %Cylinder ID Cylinder
Concentration, %
Analyzer
Concentration, %
Zero Gas Nitrogen 0.0 0.1 Nitrogen 0.0 0.0
High Range Gas CC701407 24.81 24.9 CC701407 24.09 24.1
Mid Range Gas CC919931 11.02 11.0 CC919931 11.23 11.1
Concentration Span, %
Accuracy
24.8 24.1
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #2
AST-2022-0732
O2 Data CO2 Data
0.5 0.5
58 of 68
CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS
Grade of Product: EPA Protocol
Part Number:E03NI78E15A0225 Reference Number:153-401365403-1
Cylinder Number:CC919931 Cylinder Volume:151.7 CF
Laboratory:124 - Tooele (SAP) - UT Cylinder Pressure:2015 PSIG
PGVP Number:B72018 Valve Outlet:590
Gas Code:CO2,O2,BALN Certification Date:Dec 03, 2018
Expiration Date:Dec 03, 2026
Certification performed in accordance with “EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of Gaseous Calibration Standards (May 2012)” document EPA
600/R-12/531, using the assay procedures listed. Analytical Methodology does not require correction for analytical interference. This cylinder has a total analytical
uncertainty as stated below with a confidence level of 95%. There are no significant impurities which affect the use of this calibration mixture. All concentrations are on a
mole/mole basis unless otherwise noted.
Do Not Use This Cylinder below 100 psig, i.e. 0.7 megapascals.
ANALYTICAL RESULTS
Component Requested Actual Protocol Total Relative Assay
Concentration Concentration Method Uncertainty Dates
NITROGEN Balance -
CARBON DIOXIDE 11.00 %11.23 %G1 +/- 0.7% NIST Traceable 12/03/2018
OXYGEN 11.00 %11.02 %G1 +/- 0.8% NIST Traceable 12/03/2018
CALIBRATION STANDARDS
Type Lot ID Cylinder No Concentration Uncertainty Expiration Date
NTRM 13060410 CC413504 7.489 % CARBON DIOXIDE/NITROGEN 0.6%Jan 14, 2019
NTRM 98051014 SG9162888BAL 12.05 % OXYGEN/NITROGEN 0.7%Dec 14, 2023
ANALYTICAL EQUIPMENT
Instrument/Make/Model Analytical Principle Last Multipoint Calibration
Horiba VIA-510 SV4MEUTJ CO2 CO2 NDIR (Dixon)Nov 29, 2018
Horiba MPA-510 W603MM58 O2 O2 Paramagnetic (Mason)Nov 15, 2018
Triad Data Available Upon Request
Signature on file
Approved for Release Page 1 of 153-401365403-1
59 of 68





 





$.:<
"=7/2: 

"
%&232:2802
"=7/2: 



@65812:
"=7/2: 

@65812:
*96=72 


./9:.<9:@ 

(99262
'$

)(@65812:
$:2;;=:2 

$'
$*$
"=7/2: 

*.6>2
#=<62< 
.;
912## "2:<5350.<598
.<2 =8




1*$,.$)(
.
/(


Certification performed in accordance with “EPA Traceability Protocol for Assay and Certification of Gaseous Calibration Standards (May 2012)” document EPA
600/R-12/531, using the assay procedures listed. Analytical Methodology does not require correction for analytical interference. This cylinder has a total analytical
uncertainty as stated below with a confidence level of 95%. There are no significant impurities which affect the use of this calibration mixture. All concentrations are on a
mole/mole basis unless otherwise noted.
Do Not Use This Cylinder below 100 psig, i.e. 0.7 megapascals.

 



)'*)( (. +/ -.  ./&,).))& ).&
 &.$0 --2
)( (.,.$)( )( (.,.$)(  .#) ( ,.$(.2 . -
&#"
#, 



 


"'(
(:.02./62
 

#,-"


 



"'(
(:.02./62
 

"(&#".6.802




2* ).
 2&$( ,
) )( (.,.$)(( ,.$(.2 1*$,.$)(
.
"(&!


 
 



&#"
#, "(&#"
=8



"(&! 


 





#,-" "(&#"
!.@




 

 
(-.,/' (.% ) &(&2.$&
,$($*& -.
/&.$*)$(.
&$,.$)(
9:5/.
*

'*!)(
##
"&
5?98=8



9:5/.
!$

+

!!
##
$.:.7.482<50
!.;98=8



,$
.
0$&&
*)(
 +/ -.









!
" !







 



















$"(./,
)(
!$&


















**,)0 
!),
 & - "

)!

 

60 of 68
Calibration Data
Location:
Source:
Project No.:
Parameter:
#1 #2 #3 Dn (Average)Difference
2/7/22 SS-.166 0.166 0.166 0.166 0.166 0.000
2/7/22 P-1167 no no no
Date Probe or
Thermocouple ID
Reference
Temp. (°F)
Indicated
Temp. (°F)Difference Criteria
2/7/22 PR-703-1 42.0 41.0 0.2%
Date 02/08/22
Balance ID:5A2873330
Test Weight ID:SLC-1KG-4
Certified Weight (g):1000.0
Measured Weight (g):999.8
Weight Difference (g):0.2 -- -- -- -- --
2/8/22 Weather Station NA NA NA
2/7/22 M5-69
Field Balance Check
Weather Station Location
Salt Lake City, UT
Date Meter Box ID
PM/PM10
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #1
AST-2022-0732
Date Nozzle ID
Nozzle Diameter (in.)
Criteria
≤ 0.004 in.
Date Pitot ID
Evidence of
damage?
Evidence of
mis-alignment?
Calibration or
Repair required?
± 1.5 % (absolute)
Positive Pressure Leak Check
Pass
Date Barometric
Pressure
Evidence of
damage?
Reading
Verified
Calibration or
Repair required?
61 of 68
Calibration Data
Location:
Source:
Project No.:
Parameter:
#1 #2 #3 Dn (Average)Difference
2/9/22 SS-.15 0.150 0.150 0.150 0.150 0.000
2/7/22 P-1167 no no no
Date Probe or
Thermocouple ID
Reference
Temp. (°F)
Indicated
Temp. (°F)Difference Criteria
2/7/22 PR-703-1 42.0 41.0 0.2%
Date 02/09/22
Balance ID:5A2873330
Test Weight ID:SLC-1KG-4
Certified Weight (g):1000.0
Measured Weight (g):999.8
Weight Difference (g):0.2 -- -- -- -- --
2/8/22 Weather Station NA NA NA
2/7/22 M5-27
Field Balance Check
Weather Station Location
Salt Lake City, UT
Date Meter Box ID
PM/PM10
Utah Metal Works - Salt Lake City, UT
Unit #2
AST-2022-0732
Date Nozzle ID
Nozzle Diameter (in.)
Criteria
≤ 0.004 in.
Date Pitot ID
Evidence of
damage?
Evidence of
mis-alignment?
Calibration or
Repair required?
± 1.5 % (absolute)
Positive Pressure Leak Check
Pass
Date Barometric
Pressure
Evidence of
damage?
Reading
Verified
Calibration or
Repair required?
62 of 68
63 of 68
Document ID 620.004
Revision 20.1
Effective Date 10/5/20
Issuing Department Page 1 of 1
Console ID:
Meter S/N:
Critical Orifice S/N:
(PbI)
(PbF)
(Pb)
(Y)1330-31 1330-25 1330-19
(K')0.8428 0.6728 0.5186
(VP)14.5 16.5 18.0
Initial DGM Volume, ft3 (VmI)600.889 611.720 622.004
Final DGM Volume, ft3 (VmF)611.720 622.004 632.165
Total DGM Volume, ft3 (Vm)10.831 10.284 10.161
Ambient Temperature, °F (Ta)67 66 66
Initial DGM Temperature, °F (TmI)69 69 70
Final DGM Temperature, °F (TmF)69 70 69
Average DGM Temperature, °F ( Tm)69 70 70
Elapsed Time (Θ)10.00 12.00 15.00
Meter Orifice Pressure, in. WC (ΔH)3.20 2.00 1.20
Standard Meter volume, ft3 (Vmstd)9.4014 8.8880 8.7617
Standard Critical Orifice Volume, ft3 (Vcr)9.4674 9.0779 8.7467
Meter Correction Factor (Y)1.007 1.021 0.998
Tolerance --0.002 0.012 0.011
Orifice Calibration Value (ΔH @)1.743 1.699 1.712
Tolerance --0.025 0.019 0.006
M eter Correction Factor (Y)
Orifice Calibration Value (ΔH @)
Accuracy Difference
oF oR oF oR %oF
0 460 1 461 -0.2 1
68 528 67 527 0.2 1
100 560 99 559 0.2 1
223 683 224 684 -0.1 1
248 708 249 709 -0.1 1
273 733 274 734 -0.1 1
300 760 301 761 -0.1 1
400 860 399 859 0.1 1
500 960 498 958 0.2 2
600 1,060 600 1,060 0.0 0
700 1,160 702 1,162 -0.2 2
800 1,260 801 1,261 -0.1 1
900 1,360 902 1,362 -0.1 2
1,000 1,460 1,002 1,462 -0.1 2
1,100 1,560 1,102 1,562 -0.1 2
1,200 1,660 1,202 1,662 -0.1 2
Calibration Date:
Expiration Date:7/29/2022
Yes
25.78
25.78
25.78
Tech Services
D GM Calibration-Orifices
K' Factor, ft3·R1/2 / in. WC·min
PIECAL 520 B
Vacuum Pressure, in. Hg
Initial Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Final Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Average Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Critifcal Orifice ID
C alibration Detail
M5-27
1232
1330
Positive Pressure Leak Check
E quipment Detail - Dry Gas Meter
1.009
1.718
Calibration By:
E quipment Detail - Thermocouple Sensor
Reference Temp.Display Temp.
PIE
121645
Personnel
Reference Calibrator Make:
Reference Calibrator Model:
Reference Calibrator S/N:
C alibration Detail
Jose Vila
1/29/2022
64 of 68
Document ID 620.004
Revision 20.0
Effective Date 8/26/20
Issuing Department Page 1 of 1
Console ID:
Meter S/N:
Critical Orifice S/N:
(PbI)
(PbF)
(Pb)
(Y)1330-31 1330-25 1330-19
(K')0.8429 0.6728 0.5186
(VP)15.0 17.0 18.5
Initial DGM Volume, ft3 (VmI)293.243 304.364 318.449
Final DGM Volume, ft3 (VmF)304.364 318.449 328.895
Total DGM Volume, ft3 (Vm)11.121 14.085 10.446
Ambient Temperature, °F (Ta)85 85 85
Initial DGM Temperature, °F (TmI)77 78 79
Final DGM Temperature, °F (TmF)78 79 83
Average DGM Temperature, °F ( Tm)78 79 81
Elapsed Time (Θ)10.00 16.00 15.00
Meter Orifice Pressure, in. WC (ΔH)3.40 2.10 1.20
Standard Meter volume, ft3 (Vmstd)9.4182 11.8620 8.7341
Standard Critical Orifice Volume, ft3 (Vcr)9.2241 11.7802 8.5128
Meter Correction Factor (Y)0.979 0.993 0.975
Tolerance --0.003 0.011 0.008
Orifice Calibration Value (ΔH @)1.904 1.835 1.752
Tolerance --0.073 0.005 0.078
Orifice Cal Check --1.38 1.89 1.86
Meter Correction Factor (Y)
Orifice Calibration Value (ΔH @)
Accuracy Difference
oF oR oF oR %oF
0 460 1 461 -0.2 1
68 528 67 527 0.2 1
100 560 99 559 0.2 1
223 683 223 683 0.0 0
248 708 248 708 0.0 0
273 733 274 734 -0.1 1
300 760 300 760 0.0 0
400 860 399 859 0.1 1
500 960 498 958 0.2 2
600 1,060 600 1,060 0.0 0
700 1,160 701 1,161 -0.1 1
800 1,260 801 1,261 -0.1 1
900 1,360 901 1,361 -0.1 1
1,000 1,460 1,002 1,462 -0.1 2
1,100 1,560 1,103 1,563 -0.2 3
1,200 1,660 1,203 1,663 -0.2 3
Calibration Date:
Expiration Date:
Calibration Detail
M5-69
1232
1330
Personnel
Reference Calibrator Make:
Reference Calibrator Model:
Reference Calibrator S/N:
Calibration Detail
Positive Pressure Leak Check Pass
3/25/2022
Jose VilaCalibration By:
9/25/2021
Equipment Detail - Thermocouple Sensor
Reference Temp.Display Temp.
PIECAL
121645
DGM Calibration-Orifices
Tech Services
K' Factor, ft3·R1/2 / in. WC·min
PIECAL 520B
Vacuum Pressure, in. Hg
0.982
1.830
Initial Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Final Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Average Barometric Pressure, in. Hg
Critifcal Orifice ID
25.54
25.54
25.54
Equipment Detail - Dry Gas Meter
65 of 68

Appendix E

66 of 68
1
Sarah Perry
Subject:RE: EXTERNAL: RE: EXTERNAL: Draft - AST-2022-0732 Utah Metalworks Baghouse PM Compliance
From: Brenda Terry <[e-mail]>  
Sent: Thursday, March 03, 2022 2:58 PM 
To: Sarah Perry <[e-mail]>; Kyle Vaughan <[e-mail]>; Alyssa Trujillo 
<[e-mail]> 
Cc: Chris Lewon <[e-mail]>; Chris Thomas <[e-mail]> 
Subject: RE: EXTERNAL: RE: EXTERNAL: Draft ‐ AST‐2022‐0732 Utah Metalworks Baghouse PM Compliance 

CAUTION: This email originated from outside of the organization. Do not click links or open attachments unless you 
recognize the sender and know the content is safe. 

Hi Sarah,

Below are our #’s for volume through the chopping line on February 8 & 9, 2022.

2/8/22 88,491 lbs
2/9/22 88,484 lbs

Let me know if you need anything else.

Thanks,
Brenda

Brenda Terry
IT/Safety/Env Admin
Utah Metal Works, Inc.
www.umw.com
[e-mail]
801-364-5679

67 of 68
Last Page of Report
68 of 68

Utah Metal Works / Notice of Intent
Trinity Consultants C-1
APPENDIX C. POTENTIAL TO EMIT CALCULATIONS

Wire Chopper Emission Factors
Reference: Institute of Scrap Recyclng Industries, Inc., Appendix D, Table D‐4 Wire Chopper Emission Factors
PM10/PM2.5=0.072 lb/ton scrap wire input
PM10/PM2.5=758.16 lb/yr
PM10/PM2.5=0.1944 lb/hr
PM10/PM2.5=0.38 tn/yr Controlled ‐ cyclone and baghouse
Assumptions:
NOx, CO, VOC, and S02 emissions are considered negligible, and no data on HAP emissions
Daily throughput ‐  9000 lbs per hour
Annual throughput ‐  10,530 tons
Operating Hours: 14 hours per day, 5 days per week Monday through Friday and 5 hours on Saturday or 3,900 hours per year
Wire Chopper Emission Factors
Reference: Institute of Scrap Recyclng Industries, Inc., Appendix D, Table D‐9 Wire Chopper Emission Factors
PM10/PM2.5=0.0014 lb/ton transferred
PM10/PM2.5=14.742 lb/yr
PM10/PM2.5=0.00378 lb/hr
PM10/PM2.5=0.0074 tn/yr
Assumptions:
Annual throughput ‐  10,530 tons
12 conveyor drop points 9000 lbs per hour
Emission factor based on dry operation
Utah Metal Works
Proposed Baghouse for aluminum wire chopping line
Operating Hours 3900
PM10
1
(grains/dscf) (dscfm) (grains/min) (lb/hr) (TPY)
Proposed baghouse 0.020 8,412 168.2 1.443 2.81
Assumptions:
1 ‐ Proposed baghouse is similar to the Unit #2 baghouse which has an emission limit of 0.02 grain/dscf
Maximum volumetric flow rate Information obtained from Unit #1 baghouse Feb. 8 & 9, 2022 stack test data, page 19
Standard temperature ‐ 68°F
Standard pressure ‐ 29.92 in Hg
1 gr = .00014 pound
PM10/PM2.5
Utah Division of Air Quality
New Source Review Section Company _______________________
Site/Source _____________________
Form 10 Date __________________________
Fabric Filters (Baghouses)
Baghouse Description
1. Briefly describe the process controlled by this baghouse:
Gas Stream Characteristics
2. Flow Rate (acfm):4. Particulate Loading (grain/scf)
Design Max Average
Expected
3. Water Vapor Content of Effluent
Stream (lb. water/lb. dry air)
Inlet Outlet
5. Pressure Drop (inches H2O)
High __________ Low _________
6. Gas Stream Temperature (°F):7.Fan Requirements (hp) (ft3/min)
Equipment Information and Filter Characteristics
8. Manufacturer and Model Number:
10. Bag Diameter
(in.)
11. Bag Length (ft.)12. Number of Bags:13.Stack Height
___________ feet
Stack Inside Diameter
___________ inches
9. Bag Material:
□Nomex nylon
□Polyester
□Acrylics
□Fiber glass
□Cotton
□Teflon
□___________
14. Filtering
Efficiency
Rating:
_________%
15. Air to Cloth
Ratio:
______: 1
16. Hours of Operation:
Max Per day ________
Max Per year _______
17. Cleaning Mechanism:
□Reverse Air □ Shaker
□Pulse Jet □ Other:
______________________
Emissions Calculations (PTE)
18. Calculated emissions for this device
PM10 ___________Lbs/hr___________ Tons/yr PM2.5 ___________Lbs/hr___________ Tons/yr
NOx ____________Lbs/hr___________ Tons/yr SOx ____________Lbs/hr___________ Tons/yr
CO ____________Lbs/hr___________ Tons/yr VOC ___________Lbs/hr___________ Tons/yr
HAPs___________Lbs/hr (speciate)____________Tons/yr (speciate)
Submit calculations as an appendix.
Page 1 of 2
Utah Metal Works
Salt Lake City, Utah
5/27/2022
Baghouse will control emissions from proposed new
aluminum wire chopping line, vibrating screen, and gravity separators
0.02
1.443 2.81
686
9
x
x
368 50' 3"
Page 2 of 2

Instructions - Form 10 Fabric Filters (Baghouses)

NOTE: 1. Submit this form in conjunction with Form 1 and Form 2.

2. Call the Division of Air Quality (DAQ) at [phone] if you have problems or questions in
filling out this form. Ask to speak with a New Source Review engineer. We will be glad to
help!

1. Describe the process equipment that the filter controls, what product is being controlled, particle size
data (if available), i.e., cement silo, grain silo, nuisance dust in work place, process control with high
dust potential, etc.
2. The maximum and design exhaust gas flow rates through the filter control device in actual cubic feet
per minute (ACFM). Check literature or call the sales agent.
3. The water/moisture content of the gas stream going through the filter.
4. The amount of particulate in the gas stream going into the filter and the amount coming out if available.
Outlet default value = 0.016 grains PM10/dscf.
5. The pressure drop range across the system. Usually given in the literature in inches of water.
6. The temperature of the gas stream entering the filter system in degrees Fahrenheit.
7. The horse power of the fan used to move the gas stream and/or the flow rate of the fan in ft3/min.
8. Name of the manufacturer of the filter equipment and the model number if available.
9. Check the type of filter bag material or fill in the blank. Check literature or call the sales agent.
10. The diameter of the bags in the system. Check literature or call the sales agent.
11. The length of the bags in the system. Check literature or call the sales agent.
12. The number of bags. Check literature or call the sales agent.
13. The height to the top of the stack from ground level and the stack inside diameter.
14. The filtering efficiency rating that the manufacturer quotes. Check literature or call the sales agent.
15. The ratio of the flow rate of air to the cloth area (A/C).
16. The number of hours that the process equipment is in operation, maximum per day and per year.
17. The way in which the filters bags are cleaned. Check the appropriate box.
18. Supply calculations for all criteria pollutants and HAPs. Use AP42 or Manufacturers data to complete
your calculations.

U:\aq\ENGINEER\GENERIC\Forms 2010\Form10 Baghouses.doc
Revised 12/20/10